Rebirth vs. Rebirth Tragedy to Triumph by Violeta and Zelena [[Chapters 271, to 280]] – Daisy Novels 

Chapter 271

She wouldn’t make it in time for the Best New Actress Award nomination next year due to time constraints.

It’s bound to cause delays and missed opportunities, perhaps it’s just destined.

Instead of missing the chance, Violeta preferred not to spoil the role due to personal reasons.

Since it wasn’t her plan, she had no choice but to let go of this opportunity.

The counselor expressed disappointment, “Oh no, how did this happen? It’s such a pity. This was a fantastic chance!”

Violeta stayed quiet before responding, “Mr. Ecton, there are plenty more chances in the future.”

“That’s right, you’re still youthful. Use this period to recuperate from your injury.”

“Alright, Mr. Ecton, Happy New Year.”

“Same to you.”

They concluded the call.

Across in Harbor City.

As Violeta anticipated, Stanley had already reached out to investors linked with Hannah.

With extensive experience in the industry, Hannah had a wide network of investors. At noon, she arranged a lunch meeting and introduced Stanley to two investors, also taking the chance to introduce Hattie.

Hannah excelled in networking and grasped the industry’s protocols well.

Engaging with industry insiders proved simpler than negotiating with investors.

Thus, the role was swiftly determined.

Hattie was overjoyed, feeling like she had struck gold.

After a few drinks, Stanley couldn’t help but express some disappointment, “You know, I had dealings with a big shot from Quinston before, but it didn’t pan out…”

Curious, Hannah asked, “Oh? Who was it, Stan?”

Stanley chuckled mysteriously, his hand gesturing casually as he spoke, “It’s tricky. I have to be careful not to say too much. It’s easy to rub people the wrong way. Let’s just say, he’s someone we don’t want to mess with. Even if the role is set for your daughter, if he demands it, I’ll have no choice but to give it to him.”

“Excuse me,” he belched, then went on, “It hinges on what they’re aiming for.”

Hannah was speechless.

Such significant sway?

She squinted, figuring it was likely a formidable Quinston player.

Hattie felt a bit annoyed at Stanley’s remark.

After dinner, Hannah politely instructed the driver to drive them back, then wearily settled into the car for the journey home.

Upon settling into the car, Hattie voiced her concern, “Mom, does this mean my role isn’t guaranteed? If someone else wants it, do I lose out?”

Hannah reclined in her seat, eyes closed, and responded, “What choice do you have? Hattie, I’ve reminded you countless times, that Quinston has many influential figures. This is just a stepping stone for you. You need to network with key players in the entertainment industry to secure your future.”

“I used to be into Niall too, but he’s not into me.” Hattie frowned, sharing her thoughts with her mother.

Hannah opened her eyes gently, smiling as she responded, “Just because he’s not into you doesn’t mean you can’t pursue what

you want. If everyone waited for mutual feelings, the wealthy wouldn’t arrange marriages for their children.”

Hannah initially strategized to win over Carl Ridge, leading to the birth of their son and daughter.

Over the years, she maintained composure and avoided causing any trouble for the Ridge family.

Her aim isn’t fame, but pure gain.

In Harbor City’s cutthroat entertainment scene, competition is intense. Despite its size, many resort to schemes and deceit to rise. Everyone hustles to succeed.

For years, she’s leaned on Carl Ridge’s stature in Harbor City.

As long as they don’t push her, she won’t escalate to open conflict.

But as her kids matured, Hannah’s aspirations expanded. Now, she’s set her sights on the entire Ridge family.

“Mom, I get it.”

A few days passed.

Niall discovered Violeta had abandoned the “Blind Detective” script.

“Vio, weren’t you interested in this earlier? What’s changed?”

Violeta perched on the windowsill, engrossed in a book, as Niall casually leaned against the door frame.

When she heard him speak, Violeta turned towards him and

smiled, saying, “Benson, I got injured, so I can’t take on this role right now.”

Niall said, “It’s fine, just keep the script for now. Once you’re better, we can begin shooting.”

Violeta replied, “If we do that, it will waste everyone’s time on set, and I feel bad making them wait for me.”

Seeing Violeta smile, Niall felt deeply for her.

The highest form of love is feeling indebted.

“Vio, are you still interested in filming? I can assist with negotiations. If that doesn’t pan out, we can finance it ourselves and hire a director and writer to create something specifically for you.”

“Bro, there’s no need for that. I have it under control,” Violeta said, closing her book. “Honestly, I wanted to team up with Wade. I admire the daring and adventurous characters he creates in his novels. However, Wade hasn’t been involved in a project personally for quite some time, so I chose the ‘Blind Detective’ script instead.”

However, with a broken bone, even the “Blind Detective” project had to be paused.

Maybe it was destiny.

“So, you’re a fan of Wade’s work?”

“Yes, I love his novels.”

As they chatted, Niall’s phone rang.

He stepped outside to take the call, leaving Violeta engrossed in her book.

Chapter 272

This matter was thought to have ended, but Violeta would never have expected that Niall had secretly noted her desire to film Wade’s drama and privately sought someone to contact her.

A few more days passed.

As the new school term approached, Violeta had rarely left the house since fracturing her bone.

Zoren and the others originally wanted to invite Violeta out to have fun. Still, considering her injury, they hardly ever asked her out, wanting her to rest well at home instead.

That day, Hayden suddenly called Violeta and invited her to play billiards.

Violeta had been feeling cooped up at home, so despite her leg injury, she agreed to go out and have some fun.

Hayden personally drove to pick up Violeta.

Violeta didn’t use a wheelchair. Instead, she used a crutch, which was light and not as cumbersome as a wheelchair.

When they arrived at the billiards hall, Violeta and a few others were already there.

When they saw Violeta after not seeing her for nearly half a month, they joked that a day without seeing her felt like three autumns had passed, and this half-month apart felt like it had been over ten years.

Violeta couldn’t be bothered to banter with them.

“After playing billiards, let’s go out for fondue tonight. I’ve been craving it like crazy at home.”

Since the injury, Irene had the kitchen at home prepare the bone broth for Violeta daily, saying it was suitable for her recovery. Violeta ended up gaining five pounds just from drinking the broth!

She must really have a craving for spicy and flavorful food!

“Alright. You must have been craving it badly at home. Hahaha!”

Violeta sighed, “Yeah if only I hadn’t gone skiing. I regret it now. You guys have no idea what I missed out on because of that.”

Liam asked, “What did you miss out on?”

Violeta replied, “A role! This is a great opportunity for me to debut in a high-quality and well-received drama.”

She told them about her involvement with Blind Detective.

Violeta didn’t show any regret in front of her family because she didn’t want them to worry.

But since they were friends, Violeta didn’t have to hold back as much and could share her true feelings with them.

It’s impossible not to feel regret.

But giving up is currently the best option.

But undoubtedly, the direct consequence of giving up would be that she would debut later than Hattie, watching Hattie being nominated for the Best New Actress Award.

When school started again, she might be ridiculed all over again.

Violeta could already imagine how those petty people would behave. Still, her stubborn foot injury and bone fracture were just unavoidable facts.

Zoren said, “You missed it, then what? I remember you liked Wade’s drama, right?”

Violeta asked, “How did you know?”

Zoren replied, “When I visited your room on New Year’s Day,

I saw many of Wade’s novels on your bookshelf. Did I guess right?”

She didn’t expect Zoren to be so observant.

Violeta casually replied, “Yeah, but opportunities like that are rare.”

I can’t just film Wade’s drama whenever I want.

I have to wait for the right moment.

Well, for now, it’s best to focus on healing the injury in my foot.

They played billiards at the pool hall for two hours.

Jasper and Zoren went to the parking lot to get their cars. Liam called to reserve a spot at the fondue restaurant. At the same time, Hayden finished paying the bill and walked slowly out of the billiards room with Violeta.

While riding the elevator, Hayden casually said, “I bought something for you.”

“Huh?”

Violeta turned to look at him.

Violeta saw Hayden pull out a piece of chocolate from his pocket. It was a Wonka chocolate bar, just like the one they had seen in “Charlie and the Chocolate Factory” on New Year’s Day at the Frost family’s.

Violeta hesitated for a moment, then took the chocolate, feeling its weight in her hand.

Violeta slowly peeled away the silver foil wrapper from the chocolate, the sound of the wrapping paper tearing slightly crisp.

It was surprisingly faithful to the original, even containing a golden ticket inside.

Violeta held the golden ticket, looked up at Hayden, and smiled like a child fulfilling a dream. “Where did you buy this?”

“Wiltonshire.”

The movie was filmed in Wiltonshire, so the taste should be closest to what was depicted in the film.

Hayden gazed quietly at Violeta with a serene expression. In his eyes, he saw Violeta’s smile when she held the chocolate, and he couldn’t help but feel his mood lighten with happiness.

Violeta took out her phone and snapped a photo of the chocolate, then broke off a piece and popped it into her mouth.

The chocolate she had longed for was rich and sweet, with a hint of nutty flavor. It was delicious.

“Thank you, it’s delicious.”

Violeta’s eyes curved into a gentle smile.

It was surprising that Hayden remembered Violeta’s casual comment during their last movie outing.

He specifically went out and bought the same chocolate to give to her.

Chocolate doesn’t require a lot of money, and one can even find many knockoffs online. It is the thought that counts.

“Good to know you like it.”

Violeta folded the silver foil wrapper back over the chocolate and tucked it safely into her bag.

At that moment, the elevator doors opened. Hayden used his hand to block the sensor, allowing Violeta to move out with her crutch before following behind her.

Violeta couldn’t walk quickly, and her injured foot was slowing her down, so Hayden matched his pace with hers.

Zoren and Jasper had already driven over at the entrance, while Liam had secured a table at the fondue restaurant.

Chapter 273

Violeta enjoyed her first fondue of the year and posted a few photos on her social media.

The short winter break of just one month ended just like that.

Four days later.

Toland University started its new semester.

Due to Violeta’s foot injury not yet healed, her registration and related activities were all scaled back.

Kaylee was furious upon learning that Violeta fractured her bone because of an unruly child while skiing.

“Those unruly kids are despicable. Vio, back in my hometown, there’s a dog we used to feed regularly. When I returned this year, I found those kids had cut their ears off. And their parents didn’t even think it was a big deal. It infuriated me!”

“Don’t be fooled by their age. Some of these kids can be really malicious!”

Violeta didn’t comment further. She didn’t believe in the notion that humans were inherently good.

Indeed, some children were born more like little devils than angels.

As Violeta had expected, Nolan didn’t return to school to continue his classes this semester. Discussions about senior Nolan’s sudden fame dominated the school forum.

The position of student council president was now vacant, and a new election would be held to fill it.

Violeta’s ankle injury prevents her from training at the tennis court anymore.

During her free time between classes, Violeta often spent her time at the coffee shop..

After reporting to school at the start of the semester, Zoren and the others didn’t attend classes much. Liam completed the formalities and officially took over responsibilities at his family’s company.

Hayden didn’t even come personally to report. Rumor had it that he was not even in Quinston and had been in Newham all this time.

Only Zoren and Jasper currently have more free time. They occasionally come back to school to visit clubs.

Before her ankle fracture, the promotional MV for MLSS that Violeta filmed had been released and featured on the official website, sparking a new wave of popularity.

Toland University wasn’t primarily known for its film school, although it did have a performing arts department. Each year, only a few students manage to gain widespread recognition.

Toland University emphasizes nurturing and developing students’ talents and character.

Therefore, when a celebrity emerges from the school, it always causes a stir among the student body.

After the start of the semester, two noteworthy events deserve mentioning.

The first was Nolan’s debut in Night On the River, which became a sensation.

The second one was Violeta’s promotional MV for MLSS.

With Nolan no longer at school, Violeta had become the prominent figure seen around campus.

The new batch of freshmen were currently undergoing military training, and Violeta’s team’s record remained unbroken.

When Violeta went to the cafeteria to eat, she noticed quite a few eyes on her, especially after some glanced over her from head to toe, finally settling on her ankle.

However, Violeta pretended not to notice and carried on as usual.

“Look, it’s her. Isn’t she beautiful? And she’s holding the military training record.”

“What’s wrong with her foot?”

“She’s indeed beautiful. No wonder she won first place in the last campus belle pageant!”

“I thought her face in the MV was just edit and effects. I didn’t expect her to look so exquisite in person.”

“I heard on the forum gossip that she was once with the senior president of the tennis club?”

“Hasn’t that been debunked? They’re just good friends.”

“Well, where there’s smoke, there’s fire. Even if it’s denied, I still have my doubts…”

“Didn’t someone also leak that Violeta stole someone else’s eighteen years of life? Is that true?”

Amid the gossip around her, Violeta carried her food and left with Kaylee, finding a corner to sit and eat in peace.

Kaylee said, “It’s so annoying. I think I understand why Zoren and the others didn’t want to eat in the cafeteria before.”

With their previous level of fame at school, every time they came, they were bound to hear more gossip and chatter than before.

Not long after they sat down together, Zelena and a few others walked to the empty seats beside them.

Of course, they intentionally came over to hassle Violeta.

As soon as they sat down, their voices “casually” drifted over …

Candy said, “Lena, did you really succeed in the audition? Aren’t you supposed to start filming as early as next week or at the latest mid-month? I envy you so much!”

Zelena blushed. “It’s all thanks to Hattie introducing me. It’s really thanks to Hattie’s help. I guess I’m just lucky. The director said I fit the female lead image for this film.”

Gillian added, “Hattie is really amazing. Both of you have roles! Unlike us, we might still have to wait for the crew to come and choose actors before we can be selected… Hattie smirked and casually said, “No need to worry. Once I’m on set, I’ll see if there are any suitable roles to arrange for you guys, too.”

Gillian looked pleasantly surprised, “Really? Hattie, you’re too kind.”

“Indeed, you two are undoubtedly the most promising in our class. Getting a chance to act in a film in sophomore year isn’t something everyone can achieve. What if she’s the top in our department? It doesn’t guarantee roles, right? Shooting an MV is nothing compared to this, wouldn’t you agree?”

“Hahaha.”

Candy burst into exaggerated laughter. “Gillian, if you say that, it might upset certain ‘top of the department’ people. She worked so hard but ended up not achieving anything. Haha…”

Chapter 274

Kaylee paused from eating and glanced in their direction.

She cursed under her breath, saying, “Damn annoying.”

Violeta anticipated this scenario in advance and ate her dinner in a composed manner. It was exactly what she had anticipated to see. It did not surprise her. It simply kind of tickled her.

“Kaylee, let’s eat. Don’t let them bother you.”

Kaylee admired Violeta’s attitude.

“Violeta, aren’t you angry?”

“Some people get things others don’t want anyway. Why should I be angry?”

Violeta’s words reached Hattie’s ears nearby.

Hattie’s face darkened as she looked at Violeta and asked, “Violeta, what do you mean by that?”

Violeta’s appetite vanished totally.

“It’s the literal meaning.”

Kaylee asked, “Hattie, don’t you understand English?”

Candy retorted, “Kaylee, what’s your business here?”

Kaylee glared at her. “You’re such a gossiping busybody. You’re the most disgusting one here.”

“What?”

With a start, Candy shoved herself off her seat and made a lot of noise, as if a battle was about to break out.

Kaylee also lowered her spoon and stood up from her chair aggressively, “Come on then, I’m not afraid of you.”

Zelena glanced around and whispered, “Forget it. Hattie, let’s not stoop to her level. This is the cafeteria. Causing a scene won’t benefit us.”

After all, they had just received the script and were about to start filming.

Causing a scene now might indeed cause unnecessary trouble.

In addition, they weren’t originally required to come here. They were merely there to agitate Violeta.

Seeing Violeta like this, it seems she hasn’t been provoked at all.

The saying goes: You have nothing to fear when you have nothing to lose

Kaylee is a typical example. If things escalate, there really won’t be any benefit.

Hattie knew Zelena was right, so she told Candy, “Forget it. There’s no need to stoop to her level. Just ignore her like a fart.”

Violeta finally took a sip of soup and then stood up.

In a cold and indifferent tone, she said, “Hattie, since you’ve taken on this role, film it well. I advise you not to provoke me. Otherwise, not only will I not give it to you as a charity, I won’t even leave you the scraps others have left behind.”

Violeta just couldn’t bear to ruin a role with the potential for nomination.

She felt sorry for all the hard work everyone put in behind the scenes of the drama.

If Hattie kept coming to her and causing trouble, Violeta wouldn’t continue to tolerate her.

After saying that, Violeta glanced at Kaylee, and the two of them left.

Watching Violeta’s awkward walking posture, Hattie found it extremely funny, especially after what Violeta had just said, which made it even more laughable.

“Hahaha! Violeta, you really know how to crack a joke!”

“What do you mean by ‘charity’? Are you implying that I only got this role because of your generosity? Are you daydreaming?”

“Do you see how you’re walking now, hobbling along? Doesn’t she look like a duck to you?”

“Hahahahahaha… “

They burst into laughter unabashedly.

Violeta stopped, simmering rage in her eyes and narrowing them.

She turned around slowly, shaking her head, and glanced at Hattie with sympathy in her eyes.

“You’re really a troublemaker.”

“You haven’t even tasted the candy in your mouth, and you already think it belongs to you?”

If I don’t teach her a lesson, Hattie might start thinking she’s invincible.

……

After leaving the cafeteria, Kaylee was burning with anger. If it weren’t for wanting to graduate smoothly, I would have slapped her across the face! She infuriates me.”

” Violeta remained silent and sent a text message to Niall.

The text message was simple: ‘Niall, help me suppress Blind Detective.’

Hattie wants to act in a film, right?

After suppressing it, let’s see how she manages to film anything!

Initially, Violeta considered the crew’s efforts behind the scenes and didn’t want to do this. She also didn’t want to ruin a good role.

But Hattie pushed her to this point.

Hattie was too arrogant, thinking that having someone like. Hannah backing her up could allow her to dominate the entertainment industry.

Lack of situational awareness was Hattie’s biggest flaw.

As all things considered, Hattie was far more stupid than Zelena. It makes sense why her career hadn’t reached the same heights as Zelena’s.

At least in their outward demeanour and behaviour, Zelena appeared to be on a higher level than Hattie.

After receiving Zelena’s text message, Niall didn’t ask for details and simply replied: ‘Okay.’

The next day.

The news that Hattie and Zelena had received the script and were preparing to join the crew spread on the school forum.

Even the class group chat was discussing it.

‘Wow, I didn’t expect someone from our class to get a role so quickly.’

‘I’m really envious!’

Hattie and Zelena were both very proud of themselves.

They secretly delighted in their hearts, thinking: What’s the point of being number one in this department if she still can’t land a role?

Hehe.

However, the next day, Hattie couldn’t feel proud anymore.

The reason was a sudden change in the notification from Stanley’s side.

Chapter 275

When Hannah called Hattie to inform her about this, Hattie was

so shocked that she was at a loss for words.

The candy that was right within reach slipped away!

“Mom, what do you mean by this? Didn’t we already settle everything here? Wasn’t the contract signed already? I’ve completed all the paperwork at school, and everyone knows I will start filming. What am I supposed to do if we can’t film now?”

Hannah answered, “Remember at the previous dinner, he mentioned that a powerful figure in Quinston was interested in this script? Stanley informed me this morning that the project has been shelved. It won’t start production until early next year. We’ll have to wait for further notice on when it will resume.”

Hattie asked, “What about my contract then?”

Hannah replied, “Your contract hasn’t been terminated, but the filming isn’t happening.”

Hattie didn’t understand, “What’s going on here? They’re stopping the filming, but not replacing me? Are they just going to keep me hanging like this?”

Hannah responded, “Yes, I don’t fully understand the situation yet. I need to find out more first. If they keep delaying the production, we might miss out on next year’s Best New Actress Award.”

Hattie pleaded, “What should I do then? Mom, please help me figure something out!”

Hannah had initially intended for Hattie to have a full-fledged debut, beginning with a Best New Actress Award victory and going on to win Best Supporting Actress and Best Actress Awards before landing a grand slam.

Now, Hattie’s time would be utterly squandered if the Blind Detective script was to be delayed any further.

Hannah lowered her eyes slightly. “Hattie, don’t worry too much for now. If Blind Detective can’t proceed, The Moon Belongs to You is still there, right? Although I wasn’t keen on that drama before, we’ll have to go with that one if there’s no other choice.”

But The Moon Belongs to You had already signed a contract with Zelena.

Wouldn’t Hattie be in competition with Zelena for the script of The Moon Belongs to You if Hannah took this decision?

Hattie didn’t hesitate and said directly, “Okay, Mom. If Blind Detective can’t happen, I’ll take this one. I’m determined to join the crew no matter what!”

Initially, they were scheduled to start filming on Wednesday, but now Thursday has passed, and Hattie was still in class.

Hannah was still trying to get in touch with Hattie about the female lead in The Moon Belongs to You.

Upon learning that Hattie couldn’t join the crew, Zelena felt secretly pleased. She comforted Hattie, saying, “It’s okay, Hattie. Don’t be discouraged. Although this opportunity didn’t work out, it doesn’t mean there won’t be opportunities in the future.”

Upon hearing Zelena’s words, Hattie deliberately asked, “When are you starting filming?”

Zelena replied, “It’s soon, this weekend. I’ve already packed everything.”

If it weren’t for having to maintain the appearance of “best friend relations” at school, Zelena wouldn’t even bother coming to school after the holidays. She would just wait at home to join the crew.

Hattie chuckled sarcastically, “Lena, don’t forget, this

opportunity came through me. This script is quite popular, you know.”

Zelena nodded, though she didn’t agree inwardly. She

responded diplomatically, “Yes, Hattie, having you as a friend is truly lucky for me. I originally thought we could join the crew together, but I didn’t expect this mishap on your end. Oh well, since my contract is already signed, otherwise, I would have gladly given my role to you!”

“Heh, do you think so?”

“Of course.”

Zelena acted through the entire range of emotions, sighed with regret, and said, “Hattie, your conditions are better than mine. If you debuted first, I could rely on you in the industry. If I debuted before you, I’d be all alone and lacking in eloquence. I’m scared!”

Zelena’s emotional performance swayed Hattie.

“Lena, I knew I could trust you. Let me be honest with you. My mom is helping me arrange to take over the role in The Moon Belongs to You. If everything goes as planned, the role will be mine.”

“What?”

Zelena’s expression froze. Inside, it felt like her world was falling apart.

What does she mean…

What does she mean by saying the role will be hers?

Hattie’s role had problems, and now is she trying to snatch mine?

Although the role was obtained through Hannah’s connections, shouldn’t it rightfully belong to me now that the contract is signed?

Zelena completely couldn’t accept this situation.

“Hattie, I’m not quite understanding what you mean. You… you can’t join the crew, so you’re taking away my role? What about me…

Hattie patted her hand gently. “Didn’t you just say you could rely on me if I debuted first? Don’t worry. Once I debut, I’ll share all the good opportunities with you.”

Zelena’s expression froze in place.

Her mindset was completely shattered!

The news of Hattie not joining the crew spread throughout the class in less than half a day.

Upon hearing this news, Kaylee was ecstatic.

“Hahaha, this is called instant karma!”

“She was so smug before. Now, let’s see how she feels! Serves her right! She deserves it!”

Violeta recognized that Hattie would probably start thinking about The Moon Belongs to You now that she couldn’t join the crew.

Chapter 276

Initially, there were two dramas, one for each person.

Now that Hattie’s out, she’s starting to grab Zelena’s role.

So these are so-called fake best friends.

The Moon Belongs to You, and The Legend of Blind Detective were blockbuster dramas.

However, the probability of winning awards for the former was much lower compared to The Legend of Blind Detective, and their starting points and paths were also quite different.

In Violeta’s memory, she didn’t recall whether The Moon. Belongs to You was nominated for any awards.

But undoubtedly, after Hattie snatched Zelena’s role, Zelena wouldn’t be able to join the crew anymore.

In the previous life, Violeta recalled that Hattie debuted before Zelena. This seemed to align with the current situation.

Zelena couldn’t possibly compete with Hattie.

With Hannah behind the scenes, Zelena would likely be replaced without surprises.

It would be fine if she had to pay compensation after signing the contract. With Hannah’s connections, sorting out such matters would be trivial.

Ironically, Zelena had previously staged that drama in front of Hattie.

After putting on such a show of kindness before, now that her role has been taken, was Zelena going to confront Hattie? Wouldn’t that expose her true nature?

Even though Zelena was furious, after careful calculation, she realized she couldn’t afford to fall out with Hattie.

For one, this role was secured through Hattie.

Secondly, Hattie could still be helpful to her in the future.

Thirdly, since her role was taken, Hattie owed Zelena a debt of favour. Zelena would seek to reclaim this favour in the future!

Who would have thought what started as a conflict between Hattie and Violeta hurt Zelena?

Who could Zelena turn to for justice now?

But right now, neither Hattie nor Zelena knew that Violeta was the person behind suppressing the script.

A week later.

Due to the last-minute casting change, “The Moon Belongs to You” was delayed and will start filming this Wednesday.

Hattie went back early to prepare.

Zelena ended up with nothing and continued attending classes at school, visibly crestfallen.

Violeta showed no remorse whatsoever for inadvertently hurting Zelena. After all, they were all in the same boat.

On the weekend.

Niall asked someone to contact Wade about his next film.

Two days ago, some progress was finally made. The news came from Wade’s assistant, who mentioned that Wade had no long dramas. Still, he did have a completed short drama script spanning seven episodes.

Due to its short length, the series might not meet the standards for broadcast on regional TV stations.

But it could still be aired as a web series.

It was Wade’s first time writing such a short drama. The characters in the short drama were derived from a supporting role in one of his previously written novels.

He was not very enthusiastic about filming it.

As a result, the script had been left untouched, with no current intention to start filming.

After learning about this, Niall personally contacted Wade to fund the production of his script.

If Wade decided to proceed with the project, Niall knew there would surely be directors willing to film it.

Wade’s whereabouts were often unpredictable. He occasionally played chess, visited parks, and sometimes spent several days in the mountains.

So Niall visited him three times but didn’t meet Wade in person during the first two attempts.

On the third attempt, he finally met him.

After learning Niall’s intentions, Wade felt he was a sincere businessman.

“I don’t want to film this short drama. You should give up.”

Wade thought Niall wanted to make money through investing in this short drama.

“Mr. Howell, I’m not looking to make money from this drama. I want to make my sister happy.”

“Your sister?”

Niall nodded. “Yes, my sister is a fan of yours, and she has always wanted to portray a character from your writings. I’m keen on this drama being made because the character in this script resonates deeply with her current situation.”

The character in this short drama by Wade is a disabled antagonist named Layla Young from his novel.

The character Layla was designed to be disabled since childhood, confined to a wheelchair, yet possessing an otherworldly appearance.

Due to being born disabled, Layla harboured deep resentment towards non-disabled individuals. As a result, she always killed his victims by severing their legs..

The spin-off drama depicted her tragic life story.

Layla was not well-received in the novel, so even if this spin-off drama was produced, it might generate a different popularity than those with more popular characters.

Wade wrote this because he pitied this woman who had been disabled and had to sit in a wheelchair since childhood. Still, he never considered making it into a film, so he just considered it practice for writing.

Wade was quite surprised after hearing Niall’s words.

“Your sister?”

Niall continued, “My sister sprained her ankle, and this period matches the character’s setting.”

Wade looked at Niall in front of him, suddenly recalling something.

Niall’s last name is White…

“Uh, your sister wouldn’t happen to be named Violeta White, would she?”

Niall was surprised. “Mr. Howell, do you know my sister?”

One second later, Wade burst into laughter.

Chapter 277

Wade exclaimed, “It turns out Violeta is your sister! Haha, what a small world!”

The old man had already taken a liking to Violeta. He even considered giving her the lead role in ‘Spring in Moon City’ when she was in her third year of university.

However, the script wasn’t yet complete, and the timing wasn’t ideal for filming.

Wade also wanted Violeta to refine her acting skills further.

After all, polishing a rough diamond takes time.

Surprisingly, Niall had approached Wade directly.

At this point, Wade’s attitude had changed. When they talked about an actress he liked, the old man softened his demeanor considerably.

Wade admitted, “Violeta is your sister. I have to say, I see a lot of potential in her.

“You want me to consider her for the role? It’s doable, but this drama will be far more demanding than you might expect. Although it’s a short series, the investment is significant, and even if it airs on a web series platform, it might not break even. The role itself isn’t as appealing as you might think.”

“It’s alright.”

Niall replied calmly, “My opinion on the story doesn’t matter; what truly matters is that my sister likes it.”

Wade nodded and teased him. “I can’t imagine this.

“Violeta has such loving family and friends around her, yet she wasn’t spoiled. It’s quite rare.”

Strictly speaking, Violeta wasn’t spoiled; sometimes, she was overly polite.

If you didn’t know her background, you might think she had been through the hardships of society for years. She had good manners and a rare quality for someone of her status-humility.

Humility was different from modesty.

This quality involves carrying a reverent heart for all things and walking through life without arrogance. It’s something that usually comes from significant life experiences, yet Violeta possessed it at the young age of 20.

Modesty, on the other hand, was merely being humble.

This was the very reason Wade saw great potential in Violeta.

When he learned that Niall was her brother, he was genuinely surprised.

Wade then discussed the necessary conditions for filming this series with Niall.

“In my projects, special effects can’t exceed twenty percent, so we need real locations and no green screens.

“People know I’m picky about actors, but they don’t realize that this pickiness is what makes the final product so perfect.

“I didn’t originally plan to make this series, but if I do, it has to be the best. Even if it’s a web series, it’ll be the best web series.”

There hadn’t been any standout web series on the market yet. Wade’s words set a high bar for the series even before filming began.

Niall felt reassured by Wade’s determination.

The next day.

Word spread that Wade would personally write the script and start filming a web series.

A rare visitor arrived at Wade’s place because of the news.

The housekeeper led a tall young man, dressed in a black casual jacket, into the living room to meet Wade.

Wade, who was sipping tea, looked up as the visitor approached.

“Hayden, what a surprise!”

Hayden smiled politely at him. The housekeeper took the gift he brought. Then Hayden sat across from Wade.

“I heard you’re working on a new script.”

Wade asked, “What’s the matter? You want a role in the drama?”

Hayden chuckled and said in a clear voice, “I’m not interested in acting. I heard you’re looking for a suitable filming location with a lake view.”

Wade confirmed and said, “Yes, you know me. I have strict requirements for green screen effects. We can’t start filming without the right location.”

Hayden offered, “How about Veilmist Lake in Icroln?”

The room fell quiet.

Wade was taken aback.

Most of Veilmist Lake was part of the Frosts’ private vacation estate, which retained its ancient charm perfect for filming.

“Oh? Are you going to offer your family’s vacation estate for my film?”

Hayden nodded. The maid came to serve them tea. Hayden waited quietly until she finished before continuing, “You can use it for free, but I want a role in return.”

Wade’s expression shifted slightly at the request. He said, “Haha, I’d prefer if you asked for payment. A role is more valuable than a location.

“But I’m curious, which role are you interested in, and for whom?”

“Naturally, I’m aiming for the lead female role,” Hayden replied.

Wade replied, “We’ve already decided on the lead role. Honestly, I didn’t plan to make this series initially, but someone persistently approached me several times, and the role suits her perfectly, so I agreed.”

Hayden replied, “Oh? The person I’m thinking of also fits the lead role perfectly.”

Could there be someone more suitable than Violeta?

Chapter 278

Wade was a man who cherished talent. Apart from Violeta, he was also interested in hearing about other promising newcomers.

“Who else?” Wade asked.

“Violeta.”

The room fell silent.

Wade was visibly frozen.

He asked, “Are you also coming to see me for Violeta’s sake?”

Hayden stopped mid-sip of his tea. He probed, “Also?”

Wade said, “Sigh! Niall asked me to film this drama. Violeta already had the lead female role reserved for her. Despite not having signed the contract yet, Violeta has already assumed the lead role. You’re here now, not only for the lead role, but also for Violeta. Quite a coincidence, isn’t it?”

“So, Niall is the one who arranged for this drama?”

Hayden’s thoughts aligned with Niall’s.

“So, Violeta is the lead character in this show?”

Wade confirmed, “Yes, the lead is Violeta.”

Hayden lowered his eyes and smiled gently. He said, “In that case, I’m glad I came. You should film at Veilmist Lake.”

Wade brightened up and asked, “No charge, right?”

Hayden gave a clear answer.

Wade beamed. He was overjoyed.

He could reallocate the savings on location fees to makeup and costumes. As such, it would enhance the overall production quality.

Wade was known for his meticulous nature, in which he always sought the best results within the budget.

Wade’s preparations for the web series quickly became the talk of the town.

The Quiet Ode’ was the title of the series. It was a spin-off from his long novel, ‘The Frozen Dawn’.

The news spread like wildfire throughout the entertainment industry.

It had been three years since Wade last led a production.

Rumors had circulated that Wade might start his other long novel, ‘Spring in Moon City’.

Instead, they unexpectedly announced ‘The Quiet Ode’.

Prior to this, the hot topics were ‘The Legend of the Blind Detective’ and ‘The Moon Belongs to You’. Wade’s new project had already overshadowed these dramas before they had even begun filming.

A web series!

Wade was actually going to make a web series!

Even the veteran wanted to try out the new direction.

The media quickly caught wind of this.

Reporters seeking information bombarded Wade’s assistant’s phone that night.

The assistant had to turn off the phone to avoid disclosing any details.

Despite the media blackout, Wade’s influence was undeniable. Financial magnates began to take notice. In just three days, stocks of the prominent web series companies soared.

The series hadn’t even started filming, yet it was already causing such a stir.

Only Wade could pull this off.

Despite the buzz, the cast remained unconfirmed.

Entertainment companies were eager to submit their artists’ profiles, but there was no word from Wade.

The weekend arrived.

Accompanied by Niall, Violeta went to the hospital for a follow-up on her ankle.

The doctor said it was healing well, and she could start putting weight on it as long as it didn’t hurt.

If it felt strenuous, she should still use crutches.

On the way home, Niall finally shared the good news with Violeta.

He stated, “Vio, Wade is going to direct a new series. Did you know?”

Violeta was browsing her phone. She froze and looked at Niall in shock.

She asked, “Are you serious?”

“Yeah.”

Violeta quickly searched for related news on Facebook but found nothing.

Based on her past experiences, she didn’t recall Wade working on a new series. Could it be false information?

If she had known Wade was filming something new, she would have approached him instead of looking at Blind Detective.

After calming down, Violeta spoke.

She asked, “Bro, where did you hear that? It can’t be true. Wade only has plans for Triple Blood and Spring in Moon City. What else is there to film?”

Triple Blood was supposed to be Wade’s final masterpiece.

In Moon City, spring was still in its early stages of production. A movie or series adaptation was at least a year away.

Niall replied, “It’s true. It’s the Frozen Dawn.”

“The Frozen Dawn?”

Violeta was familiar with all of Wade’s works, including The Frozen Dawn.

It was Wade’s earlier work and had already been adapted into both films and TV series.

Are they remaking The Frozen Dawn?

It hadn’t been that long since the movie came out. Why would they remake it?

Niall continued, “It’s a spin-off. You know Layla Young, right? They are creating a web series about her, named The Quiet Ode.

Violeta stared at Niall in stunned silence and smiled brightly. She asked, “Really!?”

“Yup.”

How could this be?

Why would Wade want to make a web series? In his entire screenwriting career, he had never written one.

These questions flashed through Violeta’s mind, but she dismissed them quickly. “I want to act in it!”

Chapter 279

Niall had anticipated her response. He pulled out a contract from a nearby folder and handed it to her.

He said, “Here is the lead actress contract.”

“What?!!”

Violeta was thunderstruck.

“Bro, you… you mean it?”

Niall patted her head gently and said softly, “Yeah, I negotiated this role for you. You’re the lead actress. The only downside is that it’s a web series and quite short. But since Wade is personally directing it, I thought you’d be happy.”

She quickly took the contract and looked it over. Indeed, the black-and-white contract confirmed her casting as the lead in ‘Layla’, accompanied by some confidentiality agreements.

Violeta exclaimed, “It’s real! This is amazing, bro! You’ve given me such a huge surprise!

“I love you so much!”

When his cousin seemed so happy, Niall’s heart swelled with joy.

He added, “I’m glad you like it. Once you sign and stamp it, it becomes legally binding.

“Even though it’s a web series, don’t worry. I’m investing in it, so everything will be top-notch.”

Even if she didn’t believe Niall would go all out, Violeta had faith in Wade’s meticulous standards.

Holding the contract, she couldn’t stop smiling. Violeta was beaming all the way home.

This was amazing!

This was beyond her wildest expectations.

She had thought missing out on ‘Blind Detective’ and ‘The Moon Belongs to You’ would cost her the chance to debut.

Surprisingly, Niall had delivered such a fantastic surprise.

Wade himself directed it, making it stand out even though it was a web series.

She wouldn’t trade this opportunity, even for the lead roles in Blind Detective and The Moon Belongs To You.

Violeta’s excitement lasted into the next day.

Her parents also shared her joy. At first, they weren’t particularly supportive of Violeta’s decision to pursue acting at such a young age. After all, they weren’t short on money, and there was no need for her to rush into fame.

When they saw how pleased Violeta was, they refrained from saying anything discouraging.

As long as their daughter was happy, they were content.

Irene said, “Let’s get a cake later to celebrate. Our daughter is going to be a big star!”

Anton added, “Of course, Vio. It’s been years since I watched a series. Once this one airs, I’ll be glued to the screen.”

Violeta corrected, “Dad, this series won’t be on TV. It’s a web series.”

“A web series?”

Anton was momentarily puzzled but quickly understood. He asked, “Why a web series?”

When web series had not yet achieved parity with mainstream local channels, they were completely outmatched by dramas that could air on TV.

Web series were synonymous with low-budget productions; they couldn’t compare to TV dramas in any aspect.

Anton and Irene wanted the best for their daughter. They couldn’t stand the thought that her debut would be in a low-budget web series.

Violeta was unfazed and explained to them-

“Mom and Dad, although it’s a web series, it’s not just any web series.

“Also, the investment is substantial. Niall is the funder, Wade Howell is the writer, and Rufus Cobb, the director of ‘The Frozen Dawn,’ is the director. This is a team that has won awards.

“The only reason it’s a web series is because it’s a spin-off and shorter.”

After hearing Violeta’s explanation, Irene nodded in understanding. She said, “I see.”

Anton asked, “Which platform will it be on?”

Violeta replied, “It’s not decided yet since we haven’t started filming.”

Anton said, “Alright. If more funds are needed, let me know.”

For his precious daughter’s project, there couldn’t possibly be a shortage of money.

Violeta smiled warmly and said, “Thanks, Dad!”

After signing, Niall submitted the contract on her behalf.

Because the series was a spin-off of Layla, there was no male lead; there was only a female lead.

The entire storyline of this drama revolves around the main character, Layla.

She was at the center of all the highlights.

For a newcomer like Violeta, this was the perfect debut opportunity.

Niall was surprised to find out that the location issue Wade had been worried about was resolved.

“Oh? At Veilmist Lake.”

“Uh-huh.”

Niall thought for a moment and said, “Veilmist Lake is the Frosts’ vacation home, right?”

Wade confirmed, “Correct. It’s owned by the Frosts. Hayden himself offered it to me for free.”

Niall was momentarily dumbfounded.

Free?

Niall was shocked and questioned, “Really?”

Wade continued, “And there’s more. Hayden initially came to me to offer Veilmist Lake in exchange for the lead female role. He had someone in mind to recommend. Can you guess who?”

Niall had no idea who it could be.

He said, “No idea.”

Wade laughed heartily and revealed, “It’s your sister, Violeta.”

Niall was stunned and asked, “What?”

Wade took a sip of tea and continued, “You heard right. It was Violeta. Hayden wanted the role for her.”

Chapter 280

Wade detailed, “Afterwards, I told him that the leading female lead had to be Violeta, so he gave me Veilmist Lake for free as a filming location.”

Niall was surprised to hear this.

Hayden would never do that.

Could it be…

Does that guy have a crush on his precious little sister?

Niall’s eyes flashed with intrigue. After finishing the tea, he politely bid farewell to Wade.

The production team spent the next two weeks preparing.

The drama officially began its auditions, set building, and other preliminary work.

Although Violeta was very excited to join the production, she

suppressed her feelings and attended school for another week before taking a leave of absence.

Zelena was thrilled when she heard that ‘The Quiet Ode’ was holding auditions.

She thought her chance had finally come.

Just as she started to prepare for this, she was struck by the news that Violeta had already been cast as the female lead.

Jealousy nearly drove Zelena insane.

And the media was somehow aware of the casting decision. It was reported on Facebook that the female lead of the drama was personally chosen by Wade, a campus belle from Toland University named Violeta Blake.

Many people claiming to be from Toland University commented below the post.

That’s definitely Violeta! I can’t wait to watch the drama!’

Violeta is absolutely stunning. She’s even more beautiful than in the photos.’

Debuting and immediately working with a veteran like Wade Howell is incredible. I’m a freshman in the performing arts department at Toland University. I’m hoping I can have the same luck as Violeta someday!’

Zelena was fuming when she saw all the positive comments.

She opened an alternative account and furiously typed.

Everyone knows about Violeta’s character. It’s clear to anyone with eyes why Wade chose her. Those comments are definitely from Violeta’s paid fans.’

After posting the comment, Zelena continued on her alternative Facebook account. She wrote, ‘Violeta’s debut is a disaster for the entertainment industry. Who doesn’t know about her nasty deeds?’

Soon enough, the power of the internet became evident.

As the online buzz around ‘The Quiet Ode’ grew, people started noticing Zelena’s posts and messaged her for more information.

Sis, did you have any dirt on Violeta? I’m not from Toland University; can you tell me more?’

Zelena received many such messages and replied to each, slandering Violeta.

I heard she stole the life of an innocent eighteen-year-old heiress. She’s a fake heiress herself, and she treats the real heiress horribly, constantly beating and scolding her. After getting into Toland’s elite circle, she never visited her foster parents again. She has a terrible character and has even bullied the real heiress at school!’

There’s more. If you don’t believe me, you can check out Toland University’s forum. You’ll find posts about her. There’s no way Wade Howell would choose someone like her without some dirty dealings involved. You know what I mean.’

Rumours spread rapidly online.

The drama had created quite a stir on the internet before filming

There were both positive and negative discussions about Violeta’s role as the female lead.

The more these comments spread, the more they affected Violeta’s public image. Zelena was extremely active online. She used various alternative accounts to spread rumours and make negative comments.

All these comments were prefaced with ‘I heard’ or ‘A friend of a friend is in her class’ or ‘I’m not sure, but someone said’.

In short, as the rumours spread, Zelena managed to get those slanders circulated online.

Soon after, Violeta’s name began to trend in the top twenty on the popular search list for several days.

However, there were pros and cons. Curious internet users flocked to Toland University’s forum for more gossip and discovered that Violeta had been the captain of the

championship team in the MLSS high school competition. She was also the female lead in the MV on the MLSS official website.

Given the game’s popularity, though not everyone watched the high school competition, at least 80 out of 100 young people played MLSS.

Violeta had never intended to hype herself as a ‘gamer girl’, but she accidentally benefited from it. Her mixed reputation led to thousands of new followers on Facebook.

Zelena had unintentionally helped Violeta gain popularity. She was so angry that she couldn’t sleep.

Far away on set, Hattie heard about Violeta’s upcoming role.

She made time to call Zelena.

“Violeta’s not in class anymore? That was quick.”

Hattie was surprised. A show’s preliminary preparations usually took time, even if the script was ready. They still needed to secure funding.

This speed necessitates prior arrangements.

However, Hannah hadn’t heard any industry buzz about this. Otherwise, she would have tried to get Hattie into Wade’s show.

Of course, Wade’s show was highly coveted. If the female lead audition was public, it would be extremely competitive.

お金金

SEND GIFT or GCASH: +63.936.139.8714

COMMENT

Subscribe

♡
Prev | Next

Rebirth vs. Rebirth Tragedy to Triumph by Violeta and Zelena [[Chapters 261, to 270]] – Daisy Novels 

Chapter 261

Since Violeta didn’t show any interest, the potential investment from Niall became uncertain, putting Stanley in a passive position.

Feeling a bit anxious, Stanley finished the meal, and Violeta and Niall left.

Immediately, Stanley made some calls to gather information about Violeta. After several inquiries, he finally got a hint from an assistant director who had visited Toland University with the “Spring River Moon Night” crew.

“Oh? She’s from Toland University? Do you know what her relationship with Niall is?”

“Don’t you know? She’s Niall’s sister!”

Stanley was on the phone, heading to his car.

If the White family’s daughter wanted to enter the entertainment industry, that would be explosive news.

Days passed as if the dinner with Stanley never happened.

Stanley found the contact information for Violeta’s class counselor and sent the script, hoping the counselor would pass it on to Violeta.

The counselor, understanding that Stanley was interested in Violeta, agreed to help. But the decision was ultimately Violeta’s.

On New Year’s Eve, Violeta spent her first New Year back with the White family. Irene finally finished her work at the theater, and both Anton and Niall started their holidays. The family gathered at home, preparing food and enjoying each other’s company.

Irene said, “Anton, the ginseng tea we bought last time was quite good. Let’s take some to the Frost family this year. And don’t forget that lucky poker set from last year. Vio, we’ll go play poker at the Frosts in a few days.”

Playing poker at the Frost family’s house had become a New Year tradition for a few families.

Violeta had heard about this from Zoren and others before.

Irene asked, “Vio, do you know how to play poker?”

Violeta smiled, “Yes, I do.”

Though she wasn’t supposed to know, Violeta remembered the skills from her previous life, including various card games.

In her past life, after falling out with the Blake family, Violeta had never gone back for New Year celebrations.

Quinston’s housing was expensive. She rented a basement with a few other extra actors. The basement had once belonged to a band, leaving behind various instruments.

Violeta learned to play several instruments there, like electric guitar and drums.

During her free time, she’d play cards with them, keeping warm with a hot water bottle. They played for small stakes since they had little money, with the loser fetching meals for the others.

They were similar people but transient in Violeta’s life.

In Quinston, living without money was tough. Those in the basement were all dreamers, but dreams alone weren’t enough. After a year or two without success, most returned home.

Only Violeta stayed the longest.

When the last person left, she told Violeta they hoped to see her succeed one day.

Violeta smiled. The real reason she persisted wasn’t just her dreams.

She had no choice but to move forward, having no family or place to settle in the city. Losing her job as a stunt double meant she wouldn’t even afford the basement rent next month.

So, she cherished the family she had in this life.

***

The day after New Year, Zoren’s parents and other relatives visited.

Irene and Anton introduced Violeta to each relative formally.

These relatives were prominent figures in Quinston.

They had varied public personas, from aloof to unapproachable.

But to Violeta, they were kind and amiable elders.

They gave her substantial gifts, heavy with significance.

Violeta received so many gifts she struggled to hold them all.

While this might seem materialistic, the White family tradition was to give gifts every year until one got married.

After lunch, Zoren secretly asked Violeta how many gifts she got.

Violeta counted her gifts, getting happier with each one.

The total value of her gifts was about $40,000.

“Zoren, how about you?”

“Less than you. I found out my parents were more generous to you, giving you $7,000 more than me.”

“How much did uncle give you?”

“$8,000.”

“Wow, more than me again? Vio, give me your money.”

“Why?”

Zoren showed her a simple charity website on his phone, saying seriously, “This site helps rescue stray animals. It’s just starting and needs funds. I’m donating all my New Year’s money. You should too.”

Chapter 262

Violeta glanced at the website and readily agreed.

“Sure.”

“Wow!”

Zoren was surprised. “Why did you agree so easily? I thought you wouldn’t.”

Violeta replied, “It’s for helping stray animals. Why would I disagree?”

Zoren asked, “Aren’t you worried I might be tricking you?”

Violeta looked at the website name again and smiled. “Not at all.”

The website was called Loving Home.

Violeta had a deep impression of this site. In a few years, it would become the largest animal protection organization in the country.

In her previous life, Violeta had volunteered for a day with this organization, helping them catch stray cats for spaying.

She hadn’t expected Zoren, who usually seemed unreliable, to be involved in such a good cause.

“Did you start this website?”

“No, some members of my club did. I’m just helping them get some sponsorship.”

Violeta’s eyes sparkled. “But I can’t just give you the money for nothing. I want to be a shareholder.”

Zoren responded, “Sure, but you’ll need to contribute more. I’ll get them to give you a 20% share. But remember, it’s a charity, so there might be no profit. Don’t regret it later.”

“I won’t regret it. I’ll chip in $70,000. Just wait a moment.”

Violeta left the room and returned shortly with a handful of gifts, unwrapping them one by one.

Zoren asked, “Where did you get these? How do you have so many?”

Violeta replied, “I took my brother’s gifts too. He doesn’t need them anyway.”

With Niall’s gifts included, the total value surpassed $70,000.

Violeta handed everything to Zoren.

Seeing Violeta’s generosity, Zoren reiterated, “Just to remind you, this is a non-profit. You won’t make money.”

“I won’t regret it.”

Charities typically don’t make money.

But Violeta knew Loving Home would, and quite a lot.

In a few years, Loving Home would expand into a pet food company, becoming well-known across the country.

A charity transitioning into a pet food business, using every sale to support its cause, would naturally attract pet lovers willing to spend money.

Violeta decided to take a chance, expecting significant returns in a few years.

At this point, Zoren had no idea how big Loving Home would become.

On the third day of the New Year, they visited the Frost family.

The butler was waiting at the door, greeting them and taking their gifts.

Zoren had arrived earlier and was sitting in the living room, eating snacks.

“Anton, Irene, Vio, you’re finally here. Niall…”

Besides Zoren, Hayden was also there, wearing a black casual down jacket, looking clean and neat.

When he saw them, Hayden stood up and politely greeted Anton and Irene, then instructed the

servants to serve tea.

Anton, who always had a good impression of Hayden, eagerly started chatting as soon as they sat down.

Just then, Glen walked in with a tray of shelled nuts.

“Hi, Anton!”

Hearing this, Anton stood up, smiling. “Glen, I was wondering where you went. Turns out you were shelling nuts?”

Niall greeted Glen, “Hi, Glen.”

Glen walked over, patted Anton’s shoulder, then turned his attention to Violeta.

“Hi, Glen.”

This was Violeta’s first time meeting Hayden’s father.

Glen was exactly as Violeta had imagined, exuding a strong sense of righteousness.

Hayden had inherited Glen’s features, making their presence quite similar.

Glen smiled at Violeta, “Anton, is this your youngest daughter?”

“Yes, didn’t you meet her when Hade brought her over last time?”

“No, I was at a conference in another province then.”

Glen beckoned to Violeta, “Hello, girl, come over.”

A servant brought two gifts, and Glen handed one to Violeta and the other to Niall. “This is our first meeting, so here’s a big gift for you.”

Violeta accepted it with thanks.

“Thank you, Glen.”

Irene adjusted her sleeves and asked, “Where’s Frida?”

Hayden’s mother, Frida Moller, had been a remarkable translator and now worked in the Foreign Affairs Office.

Glen patted Violeta’s arm, then turned to Irene. “She went to the station to pick someone up. She’ll be back soon. Everyone, please sit down. Oh, I heard Elle’s back, is that right?”

The group settled in the living room. Anton and Glen chatted while snacking, and Irene occasionally joined the conversation.

Soon, the Weekley, Ridge, and Cohen families arrived.

The living room became bustling with people.

It was Violeta’s first time meeting many of them, and she greeted each one politely.

Chapter 263

New Year celebrations should have this kind of atmosphere. Inside, several gambling tables were already set up, ready for poker after lunch.

Old friends rarely get to gather for New Year.

Everyone’s schedules are usually packed, and while they might see each other occasionally, such festive gatherings are very rare.

Niall and Elaine were the oldest among Violeta’s generation.

Violeta was the youngest.

During lunch, everyone was well-mannered. When the elders chatted, the younger ones rarely interrupted.

Coincidentally, Violeta wasn’t very talkative, so she was more interested in the food than the conversation.

The local cuisine of Quinston was served.

Violeta eyed the sugar-coated fruit and smoked duck several times but hesitated to take any.

Irene wrapped a cornbread for Violeta and handed it to her. The cornbread was stuffed with fillings, and one bite was incredibly delicious.

Still, Violeta wanted the smoked duck.

There wasn’t much-smoked duck, and since this wasn’t her home, she felt it impolite to reach for it.

While sipping her water, Violeta overheard the conversation shift Hayden and his peers’ prospects.

Hayden’s name came up, of course.

Violeta listened intently. Just then, a piece of smoked duck appeared on her plate.

She was startled.

She traced the direction of the fork and saw a clean hand, then a black knitted sweater sleeve.

Hayden, casually answering the conversation, retracted his fork.

Glen glanced at Violeta’s plate, while Frida, who was sitting gracefully beside him, smiled and said, “Do you want some smoked duck?”

“Here, bring the smoked duck over.”

The servant immediately brought the smoked duck to Violeta.

Violeta smiled awkwardly. “Thank you, Frida.”

“You’re welcome. Make yourself at home.”

Violeta had been eyeing the smoked duck for a while. She wondered when Hayden had noticed, thinking she must have been quite obvious.

The Frost family’s chef was excellent. Every dish on the table was authentic.

Quinston’s smoked duck was famous nationwide, and it took a skilled chef to prepare it this well.

Violeta didn’t hesitate and started eating.

Frida watched Violeta enjoy the smoked duck and turned to Irene with a smile. “Irene, how old is this child now?”

Irene replied, “Sophomore year, she’s turning 20 this year.”

Frida’s eyes crinkled with a smile. “She’s two years younger than Hayden. She looks just like you when you were young.”

After lunch, members of the Spencer and Trivia families arrived, and several poker tables were set up in the living room.

Nolan was a star!

With his show a hit, it was rare for him to have time to celebrate the New Year. But after this, he would be busy again, likely not returning to school for his senior year.

Jasper and the others teased Nolan about being a big star, saying he would be very famous.

Lucy, after greeting Glen with her parents, sat aside playing on her phone.

Though their relationships weren’t particularly close, they had grown up in the same circles and couldn’t become enemies.

During the Moon Festival, Lucy had guessed that Violeta might be the long-lost daughter of the White family upon seeing her in a dancing dress. She had been reluctant to believe it then. Seeing Violeta at the Frost family’s house today, Lucy had to accept it.

There had been rumors in their club that Violeta might be the White family’s illegitimate child, Zoren’s sister, which Lucy had heard before.

Now, she wondered where those rumors started-they were truly absurd!

Pretending to play on her phone, Lucy’s eyes frequently darted toward Jasper’s direction.

It was ironic!

Despite being childhood friends with them, Violeta seemed closer to them than she was.

Lucy felt a pang of jealousy.

She didn’t know how to play poker, so the afternoon poker games didn’t concern her.

Violeta knew how to play and was winning big. Maybe it was luck, but she hadn’t played poker in a long time and won quite a bit in this first game.

It was a good start to the New Year!

Jasper took a break to smoke outside, and Lucy seized the chance to follow and talk to him.

“Jasper.”

Jasper turned slightly to look at her, his expression indifferent. “What is it?”

Lucy approached him. “Did you know Violeta is Niall’s biological sister?”

Jasper took a drag of his cigarette, his dark eyes looking ahead. “Yes, Violeta was brought here by Zoren. What did you think?”

Lucy clenched her fist under her sleeve. “Why didn’t you come to my birthday party before?”

Jasper smirked slightly, “Because I didn’t want to.”

Chapter 264

“Have you ever seen anyone go to their ex’s birthday party? Lucy, I don’t go back to my exes.”

Lucy seemed hurt by Jasper’s words and remained silent.

After Jasper finished his cigarette, he stubbed it out in the snow on the flower bed and threw it into the trash can, ready to head back inside.

Lucy finally turned to ask, “Jasper, I’ve always wondered what kind of girl you’re looking for. What does a perfect score look like to you?”

She wondered how she could get that perfect score.

Jasper’s gaze momentarily froze, his dark eyes partially hidden by his long lashes. He paused, a vague figure forming in his mind.

But it quickly vanished.

Lucy kept watching him. Jasper had dated many girls, treating each one well while they were together. But once they broke up, he became as cold as if he had never known them.

When they were together, Lucy felt warmth from Jasper and thought she was loved.

But after the breakup, she realized how heartless someone could be. She didn’t even know what she had done wrong to deserve the breakup.

She couldn’t figure it out, not even after a year.

Even now, she still didn’t understand.

Lucy considered herself quite a catch, with plenty of suitors.

If she wasn’t good enough, then what kind of girl would be?

Jasper turned a slight smirk on his lips. “There’s no such thing as a perfect person. You’re great, but we’re just not right for each other.”

“Then what is ‘right’?”

Lucy’s emotions flared slightly.

Jasper looked at her calmly. “I don’t know, that’s why I’m still looking. Maybe I’ll never find it, who knows?”

Lucy didn’t quite understand what Jasper meant.

“Then why did you get together with me in the first place?”

“Because you only know if it’s right by trying. I’m sorry, but you weren’t the one.”

Jasper paused and then added, “I never meant to hurt you. Remember, we agreed to a mutual breakup.”

Mutual breakup?

Hah.

Jasper thought every breakup was mutual.

But he never considered how the other person felt.

Lucy lowered her gaze, clenched her fists, and asked, “Then why

did you break up with me? What did I do wrong?”

“No, you were more than enough. I liked you.”

“Then why…”

“I just couldn’t fall in love with you.”

I like you, but I don’t love you.

This sentence cut deep, leaving Lucy’s heart aching.

Jasper continued, “If I can’t fall in love with you, aren’t we just wasting each other’s time? Breaking up sooner is better for both of us.”

So, this was Jasper’s reason for breaking up.

His standards for choosing girlfriends were high, every one of them beautiful and charming.

These girls were liked by everyone, but liking wasn’t enough; he couldn’t love them.

The issue that had troubled Lucy for so long was finally answered today. She had spent a lot of time questioning if she had done something wrong, reflecting on herself, but Jasper’s answer was simply that he couldn’t fall in love with her.

This answer was more brutal than anything she had imagined.

Maybe it was time for her to let go.

Jasper went back to his poker game, while Lucy left in silence.

However, playing poker all afternoon got a bit dull. Around three in the afternoon, the group decided to go skiing.

Anton and Irene had once given Violeta a ski resort as a gift.

Violeta had never been, so she decided to take everyone there this time.

It was winter, and the ski resort was bustling with business.

The ski resort Anton had gifted Violeta was named Bellis Ski Resort. It was a well-known mid-to-high-end resort in Quinston, even ranking nationally. It had hosted numerous ski competitions in the past.

When they arrived, many people were buying tickets at the entrance.

The manager, knowing they were coming, had been waiting for them inside.

After putting on their ski suits, helmets, and goggles, they were ready and headed to the slopes.

Looking down from the top, the resort was bustling as it was the peak season for skiing. Clearing the slopes required prior notice, and since their visit was impromptu, there were still many people skiing.

The crowd added to the lively atmosphere.

Niall asked, “Vio, do you know how to ski?”

“Yes!”

Zoren teased, “Is there anything she can’t do? She won the most

at poker today. After skiing, she’s treating us to dinner.”

Violeta kicked some snow at Zoren.

“I won’t let you go hungry.”

Zoren brushed off the snow and pointed to a tree in the distance. “That tree over there is the finish line. Whoever gets there first decides what we eat for dinner.”

“Fine by me.”

“Let’s do it!”

Niall watched them, amused. “Ah, youth is wonderful!”

Elaine, adjusting her gear, heard Niall and said, “Yes, we’re all young here. You’re the only old one!”

Chapter 265

“Hahaha…”

Everyone nearby burst into laughter after hearing that.

Then, they began preparing for skiing.

A staff member came over to act as their referee. At the signal, they all shot forward like arrows.

The last time Violeta went skiing felt like ages ago.

Back when she was still the young lady of the Blake family, Mr. and Mrs. Blake would take her skiing every winter. It was then that she learned to ski.

Later, as a stunt double and action performer, she simulated many ski and avalanche scenes in front of green screens.

So, Violeta’s skiing skills were top-notch, her techniques graceful, and her movements fluid.

She skied ahead quickly, almost like a professional athlete. However, the crowded slopes meant she couldn’t go all out; she had to be cautious not to collide with anyone.

But the very thing she feared happened.

The more she worried about running into someone, the more likely it would happen. Just as she was nearing the finish line, a little boy in a gray suit suddenly appeared in her path.

Violeta’s eyes sharpened. She quickly changed direction to avoid him, narrowly missing a tree. She almost crashed into it, but her skis absorbed some impact.

Snow from the tree fell all over Violeta, and she landed hard, feeling dizzy with a slight twist in her ankle.

This little incident allowed Hayden and Liam to overtake her and reach the finish line first.

Seeing Violeta crash, they quickly skied back to check on her.

“Vio, are you okay?”

Nolan and the others abandoned the finish line and rushed over to see if she was hurt.

Violeta took a moment to gather herself, then removed her goggles. “I’m fine! My skis took most of the impact. I just got a bunch of snow dumped on me.”

Elaine helped her up. “Are you sure you’re okay? Did you twist your ankle?”

“I’m fine. There was a kid in front of me, and I swerved to avoid him, but I didn’t see the tree.”

Elaine brushed the snow off Violeta.

Violeta stood up.

Niall glanced at the little boy Violeta had mentioned. The boy seemed completely unaware of the potential disaster he had almost caused, standing there fearlessly playing in the snow.

The boy looked about seven or eight years old, and his guardian was nowhere to be seen.

Thankfully, Violeta had managed to avoid him. If she had collided with him at such high speed, the consequences would have been unimaginable.

Zoren stepped forward. “Boy, what are you doing standing here? You shouldn’t be playing on the slope. Do you know what could have happened if someone crashed into you?”

The boy turned around, gave Zoren a disdainful look, and rolled his eyes.

“Mind your own business.”

Then he walked away to continue playing in the snow.

Zoren was speechless.

If the boy hadn’t been so young, Zoren would have wanted to teach him a lesson.

Who raised such an ill-mannered child?

Elaine supported Violeta as they walked a few steps forward. Violeta’s ankle was indeed twisted, and after a few steps, she felt a sharp pain in her ankle.

“Ow…” Violeta winced. “I think I did twist it. I should sit down.”

Nolan called for a nearby staff member.

Niall stepped forward. “Vio, should I carry you?”

Hayden suggested, “The ski resort has medical staff.”

Elaine added, “She might have hit her ankle pretty hard or

maybe even fractured it. Vio, you better not move. Let Niall carry you.”

Violeta felt frustrated. She hadn’t expected such an accident while skiing.

When the ski resort staff arrived and saw Violeta sitting on the ground, they asked about the situation and said, “Carrying her up would be too far. I’ll call for a vehicle. Don’t worry.”

Violeta sat on her skis. Thankfully, she was dressed warmly, so she didn’t feel the cold.

While they waited for the vehicle, the little boy’s guardian finally showed up.

“Boy, what are you doing here? Didn’t you want ice cream? Come on, I got it for you.”

Seeing the guardian, Zoren immediately stepped forward, his tone angry. “Are you this boy’s guardian? Why weren’t you watching him? Do you know what just happened?”

The woman, wrapped in a thick ski suit with a scarf covering half her face, was the boy’s nanny.

Hearing Zoren’s words, she stood up and retorted, “What are you talking about? What happened?”

Zoren pointed to Violeta, who was sitting nearby. “This kid caused my sister to crash! Aren’t you responsible?”

Chapter 266

The nanny glanced at Violeta while responding, “What does it have to do with Mr. Alex? This area is wide. She’s the one who was blind and collided with the tree! Don’t be ridiculous! Let’s go, Mr. Alex.”

She was going to leave with the little boy named Alex.

Despite Alex’s rudeness, his nanny was even more impolite.

It wasn’t surprising that he was acting so badly.

Zoren lost his temper and stepped forward to block them. “You both can’t leave! My sister will visit the infirmary to get her injuries checked. You’ll be held accountable for any sprains or fractures she sustains!”

Jasper and Liam also stepped forward to block the nanny.

The nanny became outraged. “Who do you think you are? How dare you stop us! Is this ski resort yours? Do you know who owns this ski resort? Do you know who my employer is?”

Jasper scoffed. “You look so confident!”

“Of course! You’ll be scared to death! My employer owns 10% shares of this ski resort. You’re lucky enough to have been allowed to enter. If you try to stop us, Mr. Alex will blacklist you all! You won’t be able to come here again!”

It turned out that that mischievous boy was the scion from a wealthy family, who owned 10% shares of the ski resort.

That sounded ludicrous. Because this ski resort was a gift from Anton to Violeta. She could clear out the entire crowd as soon as she gave an order.

Violeta didn’t do that since she didn’t want to disrupt the

vibrant atmosphere. Furthermore, they came here on a whim. It would be inappropriate to drive away everyone who was having a good time skiing, especially on New Year’s Day.

She was the only shareholder. Where did the other shareholder come from?

Niall was well aware that Violeta was the ski resort’s sole shareholder. He sneered. “Oh? We’ve never heard of it. Who are you? Tell us and expand our horizons.”

The nanny glanced at them haughtily.

She probably always thought highly of herself, believing that by caring for a wealthy family’s child, she might raise her status.

“Tell you? You’re unworthy to know about us! Get lost!” she snapped.

Trying to leave, the nanny took Alex and stepped forward, but Zoren and the others stood firm. Growing impatient, she pushed them and acted madly.

Her sharp voice sounded piercing, “What are you doing? Move aside!”

Women and children were always in a vulnerable position. Even if the several tall men detested them. Otherwise, they risked being held accountable.

That nanny kept yelling, but Zoren and the others ignored her and refused to let them leave.

The staff would come and take Violeta to the infirmary for a check-up. If something went wrong with her, the nanny and the boy should take responsibility!

Soon, the staff drove a car over.

They carefully helped Violeta up. Lifting one leg, she slowly got into the car. She might appear amused by hopping on one foot in the snow since she was in bulky clothes.

But her ankle throbbed painfully. Violeta suspected it might be broken.

She didn’t feel hurt when her bone broke. It was only when the nerves caught up later that she started to sense the pain.

Having broken bones many times in her past life, she was familiar with the pain of a fracture.

Her ankle was most likely fractured.

She hadn’t expected to start her New Year with a broken bone. It was frustrating.

Niall instructed the staff to take the nanny and Alex away as well.

The nanny shielded Alex behind her, complaining, “She must have something wrong with her eyes to run into a tree! Is it fair to hold a child accountable? He’s only a child. He knows nothing! He doesn’t need to bear any responsibility!”

The staff were rendered speechless.

When there were mischievous children, there must have irresponsible parents. Even though she was only a nanny, her actions suggested that she couldn’t teach the child properly.

Hayden stepped forward and calmly said, “Even though the child isn’t to blame, you have a responsibility of care. So, we’ll only hold you accountable!”

Upon hearing that, the nanny became more flustered.

She had only gone to buy ice cream and had no idea when Alex had run away. How could she be held responsible?

“How can you be so unreasonable with a child!”

It would only be pointless to argue with her any further.

Niall instructed the staff to take the nanny and the mischievous Alex away together.

She was uncooperative, but she couldn’t get away, so she reluctantly followed them to the ski resort’s infirmary.

The medical staff at the infirmary examined Violeta’s ankle and preliminarily diagnosed it as a fracture.

The medical staff advised her to go to the hospital for an X-ray right away.

When Zoren heard that, he glared at the nanny holding Alex with loathing. “You must take full responsibility for this matter!”

The nanny was anxious and unable to make a decision.

“Just wait and see!”

Taking her phone, she walked outside to make a call.

Chapter 267

With a fearless look, Alex was causing trouble nearby, attempting to snatch the pen from the medical staff’s table without grasping the seriousness of the situation.

The medical staff also found him annoying and promptly stowed the pen into her coat pocket.

Alex grimaced at the medical staff and dashed over to seize the pen. When he failed, he inexplicably began yelling.

“Ah-“

His sharp, awful yell made several people in the infirmary frown.

This troublemaker was rude and unreasonable. He should understand something by the age of seven or eight. How did he develop such behavior?

Faced with Alex’s persistent yelling, the medical staff had no choice but to give him the pen, finally silencing him.

Outside, the nanny was on the phone, recounting the incident to her employer.

Alex’s mother was in a cheerful mood while playing poker and didn’t bother to deal with the incident. She remarked, “What happened? Broken bones? Hmph, she must be trying to pull a scam! It’s so unlucky to have this happen during the New Year. Don’t worry. Just take my son and leave.”

The nanny felt troubled, explaining, “I can’t, madam. They won’t let me go. They’re blaming Mr. Alex and insisting on letting me take responsibility.”

Alex’s mother frowned when she heard that. It happened that another player won the game and smiled broadly.

As she lost money again, she became angry and pushed the cards away.

What bad luck!

“They won’t let you leave? Just wait there. I’m coming over right now! I’d like to see who dares to defraud me. Since they’ve offended me, I won’t let them go!”

Grabbing her bag, she stood up, paid the money, and prepared to leave.

“Hey! Why are you leaving so soon? Not up for more games? Could it be that you can’t afford to lose?” someone quipped.

“More games? Someone defrauded my son at the ski resort! I’m heading over there to see who that b*tch is!”

After making the call, the nanny returned confidently, stating, “You guys wait here. Madam will be here shortly!”

“Wait?” Zoren remarked, “We need to get to the hospital now. We won’t wait for anyone.”

The nanny exclaimed, “You guys can’t leave! Weren’t you threatening us to take responsibility? Why do you want to leave while Madam is coming? Are you scared, huh?”

Violeta needed immediate hospitalization for an X-ray.

While the nanny was on the phone, Niall had already arranged for a car to come fetch them up.

They didn’t have time to wait for the nanny’s employer.

What if her employer didn’t show up? They couldn’t leave Violeta in pain here!

Liam suggested, “Niall, take Vio to the hospital first. Jasper and I will stay here.”

Zoren couldn’t tolerate the nanny’s attitude, especially that unruly child!

He really wanted to kick Alex away!

“I’m staying too. Niall, take Vio to the hospital. I’d like to know who raised this bad-mannered brat!”

“Okay.”

Niall agreed to take Violeta away first.

Zoren and two others stayed behind with the nanny and Alex.

At first, the nanny was reluctant to let them take Violeta away, claiming that they were defrauding her.

Perhaps those men looked too terrifying as if they were about to hit her. She finally gave up blocking Violeta.

“Hmph, I’m not easily scared. Do you think I’m afraid? Even if this matter is exposed, it has nothing to do with us! Since you insist on making a fuss, we won’t back down either! When Madam arrives, none of you will be allowed to come to the ski resort again! We have connections!”

While smoking, Zoren chuckled at her words.

“Are you out of your mind? It’s good if you have connections. Otherwise, you wouldn’t be qualified to negotiate with us.”

Despite their rage, they wouldn’t know how to hold them responsible if they were only an ordinary woman and child.

They might forgive them if they had a soft attitude, but they weren’t afraid of the tough ones.

It was truly a ‘blessing’ for her employer to have such a haughty nanny.

However, they might have regretted their actions if they had foreseen the consequences sooner.

Violeta underwent an X-ray when she arrived at the hospital.

Thankfully, it wasn’t the worst outcome.

She only had a minor fracture in her ankle that didn’t require a plaster.

After the doctor skillfully realigned her bone and prescribed medication, she would be fine after resting.

However, it would take at least two months for her ankle to recuperate from a fracture.

Violeta appeared to be unable to go anywhere during this winter vacation and could only rest at home.

Elaine remarked, “Vio, it’s a relief that you don’t need a plaster. It’s also nice to be at home. You can watch dramas or sleep. I’ve experienced a bone fracture too. Don’t worry. As long as you recover well, there shouldn’t be any lasting effects.”

Violeta nodded. “Hmm.”

She wasn’t concerned about any lasting effects.

She was only a little disappointed that she might miss her audition for the Blind Detective.

She had intended to finish the New Year celebrations and head to attend the audition. However, this unexpected incident meant she would have to rest for a long time. Would this cause her to lose the opportunity for the role?

Chapter 268

Niall figured out what Violeta was thinking and stepped forward to pat her shoulder, saying, “Vio, don’t overthink it. Focus on recovering from your injuries first.”

“I know, Bro.”

Nolan went ahead to sort out the paperwork.

Hayden quietly left the room and called to check on the situation at Zoren’s side.

Inside the ski resort, Zoren and others waited in the infirmary for nearly forty minutes until a woman in a fur coat finally arrived.

After meeting this woman, Zoren realized that the nanny’s arrogance was actually tolerable.

Compared to the nanny, this woman’s attitude was even more brazen. Her nose jutted at an unnatural angle, and her facial features were typical of someone who had undergone cosmetic surgery. Clad in a mink coat, she gave off the impression of being the mistress of some newly wealthy businessman.

She had barely stepped into the infirmary when she yelled with a hoarse voice, “Who’s trying to extort my son? Of all days, you caused trouble for me on New Year’s Day. I won’t let this slide easily!”

The ski resort staff explained the whole situation to her.

Surprisingly, her attitude remained just as arrogant after hearing the explanation.

“Oh, so I’m supposed to be grateful to that woman? Haha, what a joke. She’s fortunate she avoided my son. Otherwise, I’d have sued her until she lost everything!”

Observing from the side, Jasper was fed up with her behavior and gave her a head-to-toe scan.

“Hey, lady, it’s not your fault for lacking common sense, but it’s inappropriate to make people uncomfortable with your ignorance. Your moral compass seems as twisted as your nose. Listen, this isn’t about you holding us accountable anymore. We’re going to sue you!”

“You made a really good point earlier. We would sue you until you lost everything.”

The woman instantly erupted in fury upon hearing Jasper’s words.

“Who are you calling ignorant? Are you out of your mind?”

Her nanny fueled the situation by saying, “Ma’am, they were so arrogant earlier that they forcefully detained me and Mr. Alex. I wanted to protect Mr. Alex and get him out of there, but they were too aggressive, so I couldn’t get away.”

The woman immediately took out her phone and threatened, “So you think you can bully me, huh? Just you wait! I know the management here.”

Zoren put out his cigarette and turned to look at her.

I’m curious to find out who exactly she knows in the management team.

The woman summoned the ski resort’s patrol team captain to the infirmary with a phone call. She also notified the police before Zoren’s group, claiming someone was extorting her.

When the patrol team captain arrived at the infirmary, he was bewildered by the crowd present. Even though he was unsure of what had occurred, seeing Zoren and the others gave him a sinking feeling.

These people are big shots who have just arrived at the ski resort today. I heard that one of them is actually the resort’s owner. Could the injured woman who was taken away in the car be connected to this?

The woman said with an air of superiority, “Luke, these people have offended me. Put them on the blacklist, and don’t sell them tickets to me ever again!”

The patrol team captain was visibly startled by her words, as evidenced by his awkward expression. Out of the corner of his eye, he caught sight of the resort manager in the infirmary, and that caused his heart to flutter.

“What are you talking about? Don’t talk nonsense. I don’t have that kind of authority.”

“I am not talking nonsense! Let me tell you all. I’ve already called the police. You’ve offended me, and I won’t let you get away with it easily. I will ensure that you can never set foot in this ski resort again. On top of that, I will ensure you can’t survive in Quinston!”

Zoren chuckled and said, “So when you said you know someone in the ski resort management, did you mean him?”

He then turned to the supervisor next to him and asked, “She said she wants to put us on a blacklist. What’s your take on this?”

The supervisor promptly clarified, “Mr. White, I don’t know who this woman is. She’s clearly talking nonsense. We would never secretly put guests on a blacklist.”

Zoren asked the supervisor, “Her nanny mentioned that she had a ten percent stake in the ski resort. I wasn’t aware that any of the resort’s shares were held by outsiders. Could you explain this?”

Ten percent of the shares?

The woman was somewhat taken aback, and then she turned to look at the nanny.

The nanny stammered, “Ma’am, you mentioned before that your family owns shares in the ski resort. I was just trying to intimidate them, so I told them that your family owns ten percent of the shares.”

The woman was rendered speechless by the nanny.

Despite that, the woman continued arguing, “We might not have a ten percent stake, but our family does own shares in this ski resort! My husband was the one who built it. Luke, you can vouch for me, right?”

Luke’s expression grew more embarrassed. “Stop dragging me into this. I don’t know anything about it.”

Liam scoffed, “So, this is what you mean when you say you own shares in the ski resort?”

This woman is simply a show-off with nothing real to offer.

The manager clarified, “This ski resort hasn’t split any shares. Ms. Violeta owns one hundred percent of the shares.””

The nanny was dumbfounded by the manager’s words.

Ms. Violeta?

Her complexion turned ashen.

She believed she had overheard them calling the woman who had crashed into the tree by the name of Vio.

Could it be that the injured woman actually owns this ski resort?

As the nanny dwelled on the thought, fear began to gnaw at her, but it was too late for her to intervene.

At that moment, the police officers who arrived to handle the situation reached the scene. After reviewing the incident, they decided to take all of them back to the station.

Thinking she had found support, the woman quickly declared, “Haha, you’re in big trouble now.”

The police captain was an old friend of her husband, so once they got to the station, these people would be in hot water!

What the woman didn’t expect was that upon their arrival at the station, the person who handled the matter wasn’t the captain but the police chief himself.

Chapter 269

It turned out that on their way to the police station, Liam had contacted the chief to come over and help him settle a minor issue.

At the same time, he had also looked into the woman’s background.

Her husband turned out to be a contractor from Quinston City. They were a modestly wealthy family. Compared to the average person, they were actually doing quite well.

The woman’s wealthy family background often led her to behave with an air of superiority around her high-tea friends.

As for the nanny, she was used to being arrogant and bossy due to her employer’s wealth and influence. She probably didn’t anticipate encountering a truly influential family and ended up facing a serious setback.

With such limited standing, it was ridiculous that those people had the audacity to act so superior.

“Just because they’ve snagged a few minor projects, they act like they’re on top of the world. Imagine if they actually gained real power!”

Zoren scoffed, “If you can’t educate your children properly, you shouldn’t have any. They’ll just end up being as pathetic as you, leveraging one’s power for bullying.”

The woman finally realized the gravity of the situation.

She didn’t want this incident to affect her husband’s career, so she quickly said, “I’ll compensate you. Just let me cover the costs.”

Jasper sneered, “No one cares about your meager

compensation. You might as well keep it to pay off debts with your husband in the future.”

“I thought we made it clear that we would sue you until you lost everything. This outcome seems quite fitting for you.”

The woman was at a loss for words.

She was in such a state of despair that it felt like she was trapped in a freezing abyss with no way to escape.

Liam took the opportunity to rub it in, saying, “The apple doesn’t fall far from the tree. Judging from your kid’s behavior, it’s clear your husband isn’t a good father.”

As for Zoren, he couldn’t be bothered to say another word to

her. At that moment, he received a call from Hayden. He answered it and walked out of the interrogation room, letting Hayden know that everything was sorted out.

“Is Vio’s leg okay?”

Hayden glanced into the room and replied, “It’s a minor fracture. She’ll need to rest for a while.”

Hayden glanced into the room and replied, “It’s a minor fracture. She’ll need to rest for a while.”

The sound of a boy crying came through the phone, and Hayden immediately knew it was that bratty kid from before.

The bratty kid’s mother had always covered for him in the past, regardless of the trouble he had gotten himself into. But this time, he had stirred up a problem that even she couldn’t handle. His mom was enraged and ended up giving him a good scolding in the interrogation room.

The officers quickly intervened, saying that disciplining children was not allowed in the station and that she should take it outside if needed.

Since walking with crutches was exhausting, Niall got Violeta a smart wheelchair.

Violeta recalled that in her previous life, whenever she had bone fractures or breaks on set, she had to handle it herself by going to the hospital and taking medication to heal. If the pain was too intense, she would simply take painkillers and tough it out.

Back then, she didn’t even have a broken stick to use as a crutch, let alone a smart wheelchair.

The stark contrast between the treatment she received in her previous life and this one warmed Violeta’s heart, causing her eyes to well up. She quickly raised her hand to cover her face.

They had departed from the Frost Residence in the afternoon to go skiing, so they all returned there from the hospital.

Irene and Anton were both upset and angry when they found out that Violeta had returned from her skiing trip with new injuries.

When she first came back to the White Family, she hadn’t even fully healed from her previous car accident injuries.

Yet, she was already hurt again in such a short time.

“Whose bratty kid did this? His father is a contractor? This is completely lacking in manners!”

“My poor Vio got her leg injured on New Year’s Day. I really want to give a good lesson to that kid’s parents. They think their child is special, but mine is not? Every child is a treasure to their parents!”

Irene was furious over the incident.

She only started to calm down a little after Zoren informed her everything had been handled.

Violeta kept reassuring Irene that she was fine and even added a few cheerful remarks, “Mom, I’m okay. Haven’t you heard the saying, ‘Out with the old, in with the new’? Falling on New Year’s Day means all my bad luck is gone. I’m sure I’ll start the year with good luck.”

Even so, Irene was still quite upset. However, since it was New Year’s Day and there were others around, she didn’t want to spoil the mood.

So, she just grumbled a little and didn’t pursue the topic further.

Since Violeta was injured, going out for fun was no longer an option.

She decided to stay at the Frost Residence for the rest of the afternoon and watch a movie. She watched “Charlie and the Chocolate Factory”, a movie she had seen more than once.

Whenever she watched the movie, Violeta couldn’t help but think, “I wonder how good that chocolate bar would taste.”

Noticing her longing gaze at the chocolate on TV, Zoren handed her two filled chocolates from the nearby snack tray.

“Here, have as many as you want.”

Violeta accepted the chocolates and replied with a faint smile, “Thanks.”

She unwrapped a filled chocolate and put it in her mouth. The delicate sweetness immediately took over her taste buds. The chocolate was from an imported brand, and if there were a contender for the best chocolate in the world, this might be it. After all, the difference in chocolate flavors mainly came down to whether they were slightly sweeter or slightly more bitter.

Despite knowing that, she still deeply yearned for that chocolate bar from the movie.

What she imagined and what she tasted always seemed like two different things. The taste never quite lived up to her expectations.

After the movie, the Whites had dinner with others at the Frost Residence before heading back to their own homes.

On her way back home, Violeta saw that Kaylee had posted a family reunion photo on Instagram. Kaylee was from Baycrest, the coldest city in Hoiten. In the photo, the snow around Kaylee was nearly as tall as a person.

She was dressed in heavy winter clothes and flashed a peace sign at the camera, looking cute with her nose red from the cold.

Violeta commented on her post, “Happy New Year, Kay.” She received a reply from Kaylee almost immediately, “Vio, happy new year to you too!”

Violeta smiled at her reply before putting her phone away.

When they were getting out of the car, Niall offered to carry Violeta, but Anton insisted on doing it himself.

Violeta said, “Dad, let Bro do it. I’m quite heavy. You might hurt your back carrying me.”

However, Anton was adamant. He immediately wrapped his arms around Violeta, lifting her in a princess carry.

Chapter 270

The driver took a couple of steps and set the wheelchair down, “I’m still strong enough to carry you. When you were little, I never got the chance, and now I want to, but you’ve grown up so fast,” he said, his voice heavy with regret for the lost moments of Violeta’s childhood.

Irene shared his regret and was doing everything she could to make up for lost time.

Violeta’s heart fluttered at his words, her eyes reddening as she gazed at him. “Dad.”

Anton gently touched her head and said with a smile, “Come on, let’s head home.”

They spent the next two days at home.

The counselor sent Violeta the script for “Blind Detective.”

“This script is excellent. It’s a fantastic chance, so don’t let it slip by.”

The counselor had mentored numerous students, some of whom landed TV roles by their sophomore year. Yet, finding a high-quality script open to newcomers was uncommon.

However, Violeta’s connections might have influenced this opportunity.

Violeta had always been drawn to “Blind Detective.” She

intended to audition after the New Year, but now, with her ankle injury, she needed at least a month to recover.

The recuperation period was lengthy, and even when school resumed, Violeta might still not have healed.

How could someone with an injury convincingly portray a female police officer? The challenges were too significant.

Violeta wanted to join, but she didn’t want to hinder the entire crew due to her circumstances.

Having been a background extra herself, she understood the frustration of delays and how it affected people’s ability to work and earn money.

Most importantly, Violeta didn’t want her issues to impact her acting.

So, she had to politely refuse the counselor’s offer.

“Mr. Ecton, I’ve considered it, but I’ll have to pass,” she said.

The counselor was taken aback and called Violeta to try and convince her.

“Violeta, are you certain about this? This is a top-notch script with an excellent director and crew. I wouldn’t offer it to you if it weren’t exceptional.”

“I understand, but I can’t go because of personal reasons.”

“What kind of personal reasons?”

Regrettably, Violeta explained, “I went out skiing, and my ankle was fractured so I can’t walk. I need to recuperate for at least a month.”

When the counselor heard the reason, he was at a loss for how to convince Violeta.

“How about securing the role now and starting after you’ve recovered…” he suggested, trying to find a solution.

“The production team sent me this script because they like you. What if they’re willing to wait until you’re ready?”

It wouldn’t be the first time a director held out for an actor they wanted, sometimes even for half a year.

Though rare, it wasn’t out of the question.

Violeta gave a slight smile.

“Mr. Ecton, you think too much.”

The entertainment industry is brutally practical.

In reality, producer Stanley wasn’t impressed by her talent but by Niall’s investment.

Without her previous contact, Stanley wouldn’t have known about her, let alone been impressed.

If Violeta were determined, she could leverage her family’s connections to secure the role now and start filming once she had fully recovered.

But that probably wouldn’t happen.

From her past life memories, she knew the show would be up for the Best New Actress Award after airing.

The award ceremony was set for early next year.

This meant “Blind Detective” had to wrap up filming by mid-year and be broadcast before year’s end to qualify.

This is the way to aim for a Best New Actress nomination early next year.

Based on the timeline, “Blind Detective” will start filming early next year.

So, Stanley is also in talks with other actors. He’s not solely relying on Violeta. There must be other candidates in mind.

What’s the difference between the money from the White family and money from others?

Could it be that one dollar of the White family’s money can be used as two dollars?

Even without Niall’s investment, with Stanley’s ability, he can still attract other investors, and this show will definitely start shooting as planned.

Maybe by now, Stanley might have already reached an agreement with someone else.

In such a small circle, Violeta had a strong hunch about who it could be.

Violeta had a strong feeling that Hattie would probably come out ahead in this situation.

Reflecting on her past life, Violeta only had a vivid memory of Zelena’s debut, while she knew little about Hattie’s debut history, only having a rough impression. Hattie had excellent resources right from her debut.

Looking back now, it’s not surprising that Hattie launched her career through “Blind Detective.”

After all, her mother, Hannah, is not someone to be underestimated.

The wheels of fate indeed do not change easily; a slight difference can lead to a vast divergence.

If Violeta insists on taking on this role despite her foot injury, her performance will surely affect the filming.

Even after completing the film, it could undermine her chances for a Best Actress Award nomination. There’s a risk she might not even secure a nomination, which would waste the efforts of the entire cast and crew.

Furthermore, she might be labeled as a poor actress, a tag that’s hard to shake once it’s stuck.

If she delays filming until her foot heals….

お金金

SEND GIFT or GCASH: +63.936.139.8714

COMMENT

Subscribe

♡
Prev | Next

Rebirth vs. Rebirth Tragedy to Triumph by Violeta and Zelena [[Chapters 241, to 250]] – Daisy Novels 

Chapter 241

Since they came in separate groups, this time the bus was packed with students from the performing arts department, …… freshmen and sophomores.

The team leader had a lot on their plate. When they got to the guesthouse, they handed out room keys and helped everyone find their rooms. They also made sure everyone knew when and where to eat, and took care of other little things that came up during the day.

But of course, Violeta wasn’t doing all this alone.

They were assisted by seniors from the third and fourth years of the student council, working together with all the team leaders.

It just so happened that they all landed in Heritage Old Town this time around, and Nolan was part of the first group too. He took charge of this trip, and next time it’d be the vice president of the student council leading the way.

Zelena had her mind set on Nolan, always keen to pitch in and help him out.

Since last semester, she has been hanging out with the student council folks a lot. They all knew her pretty well.

She was generous. When it came to giving guys smokes, she didn’t mess around. It was always the pricey one. Who would turn down a freebie like that?

So the members of the student council were also happy to tell Zelena about Nolan.

Even though Violeta was the official leader in their class, Zelena was super eager.

When they got to the guesthouse, she hustled her way into the student council group to grab

everyone’s room keys, while the others waited in line.

The leaders from other classes were pretty annoyed by Zelena cutting the line like that.

But it just so happened that Zelena had won over the members of the student council, and they let her get the room keys first.

Kaylee said, “Zelena loves showing off her abilities too much.”

Violeta smiled faintly, “What’s wrong with that? She helped us get some good rooms at the guesthouse.”

Not every room at the guesthouse was good. Some were in remote locations or even lacked windows and bathrooms.

The school teamed up with this place, so they care about getting a good bang for their buck at the guesthouse.

The student council handed out room keys in order, so the early birds snatched up the better rooms, leaving less choice for the rest.

Thanks to her ties with the student council, Zelena naturally got the top-notch rooms.

After getting the room number, Zelena came happily to allocate the room.

Fair and square, they were short one double room, exactly the room for Violeta and Kaylee.

“Oops, sorry about that. Looks like we might have missed grabbing one room. Violeta, why don’t you both go find the student council to get another room key.”

Earlier, Zelena had cut the line to get her key. Now, most leaders already had theirs. If they went now, even if they lined up again, they’d only get a pretty lousy room.

Zelena did that on purpose.

She didn’t want to give Violeta and Kaylee a good room.

Kaylee was a bit upset, “What do you mean …

Violeta interrupted Kaylee, “It’s okay, Kaylee. We don’t need to line up.”

…

Gillian chuckled, “Hmph, you’re not lining up now because you’re waiting for the student council to bring it to you? How shameless.”

As soon as she finished speaking, Violeta took out a room key from her bag, and on the card was written 309.

Violeta smirked, “Zelena, thanks for helping out by queuing earlier to get room keys for our classmates. But didn’t you know that leaders’ room keys are issued in advance? Here’s a nice room on the third floor with a terrace.

“I originally considered that the room distribution might be uneven, and if I didn’t get a good room by waiting in line, it wouldn’t feel right to keep a good room all to myself. So, I was thinking of giving up this room. But now it seems I worried too much. With you around, how could anyone not get a good room?

“Now that everyone already has their rooms, I’ll just keep this one for myself.”

Zelena’s mouth twitched slightly.

There were many rooms in the guesthouse, but the best ones were on the third floor. That was because the view from the third floor was the best, offering a panoramic view of the entire Old Town. Perhaps it was because of this excellent view that only the rooms on the third floor had terraces.

No other rooms had them!

The student council members had all the room keys, and the best ones on the third floor were gone early-they didn’t even have enough to go around internally!

It turned out that the team leaders and the student council divided them up among themselves.

Zelena got the rooms on the second and fourth floors, but none on the third!

Unexpectedly, Violeta did.

Doesn’t that mean I was just running around for nothing earlier?

Overall, the best rooms available were the double rooms.

Due to budget considerations, most double rooms were converted into quadruple rooms.

Room number 309 in Violeta’s hand was a double room, perfect for sharing with Kaylee.

Zelena intentionally took less room to embarrass Violeta and Kaylee.

But now, instead of embarrassing Violeta, everyone knows she’s got a sweet room on the third floor with a terrace. How could they not be jealous?

With their room keys in hand, everyone went up to their rooms with their bags. Forty minutes later, they met downstairs to begin exploring the Old Town together.

Violeta and Kaylee went upstairs together to their room. After quickly tidying up, Kaylee braided her hair into a twisted braid. Violeta went downstairs early to wait for them.

Chapter 242

When Violeta walked into the lobby, it was a lot quieter than before, with just a few guides hanging around.

As she came down, the innkeeper came over with a bunch of brochures about the old town and gave her a stack.

“Here you go. Could you pass these out to your classmates?” the innkeeper said.

Violeta took the brochures and quickly flipped through them. They covered pretty much everything you could see and do in the Old Town, with lots of details.

Not only do they have stuff like puppet shows and riddles, but they also have challenges for playing musical instruments and more.

What was surprising was that you could get some small commemorative prizes just by participating in these activities.

“Do we really get prizes just for joining these activities?” Violeta asked.

“Yeah, that’s right. Actually, here’s a secret. You don’t even have to join in. Just check in and post a pic on your social media to promote us, and you’ll qualify. But, there are limited prizes, so it’s first come, first-served,” the innkeeper replied with a wink.

That was a pretty good way to promote things. She accepted the brochures with delight.

On the back were several riddles. Violeta sat back on the sofa and casually pondered the answers in his mind.

Just then, several members of the student council came down from upstairs, with Nolan leading the way.

“Hey, are all the rooms taken? Did anyone get left out?”

“No, all rooms are booked up. I just double-checked, so you can relax,” Nolan reassured.

As they came downstairs, Violeta spotted Nolan right away.

Nolan walked over to Violeta.

“Violeta.”

Violeta looked up and saw Nolan approaching. “Nolan, what’s up?”

Nolan said warmly, “If your class needs anything, remember to let me know.”

Afterward, he pulled out a red whistle from his pocket and handed it to Violeta.

Violeta nodded. “Yeah, got it.

“What’s the whistle for?”

Violeta thought it might be for calling everyone to gather.

But Nolan surprised him, saying, “It’s a souvenir from the Old Town. Red ones are rare. I got one for you discreetly.”

The lucky red was hidden.

Nolan had specially hidden one for her.

He smiled, his eyes glinting with tiny lights. “I hope you’ll have good luck from now on.”

Violeta remained silent.

“What other souvenirs are there from the Old Town?” Violeta asked.

“I’m not sure. Probably things like dolls. Oh, and about those activities, you can join them with your classmates. The school has a target, and if the data looks good by the end, it could boost your grades,” Nolan explained.

….

“Okay. See you,” Violeta said quietly, holding the red whistle and watching Nolan walk away.

Zelena, Hattie, Gillian, and Candy came down the stairs.

They had been joking around, but as they turned the corner, Zelena saw Nolan finishing his conversation with Violeta and walking away.

Gillian said, “Zelena, take a look at what Violeta has in his hand. Looks like it’s from Nolan.”

Zelena glanced down and saw the red whistle in Violeta’s hand.

She didn’t know what it meant.

But it’s just a worthless whistle, Zelena thought sourly. “Maybe it’s just for calling everyone together or something.”

After coming down the stairs, they passed by

Violeta, who was still pondering over the riddles in the brochures.

More people gradually came down from upstairs.

Noticing that the other leaders didn’t have red whistles, Candy asked around to find out what the red whistle was for.

From the inn staff, they learned that the red whistle was a souvenir prepared by the Old Town for visitors. Any tourist visiting the Old Town could get one by posting a photo with location tags on social media.

There were lots of souvenirs to choose from, and the whistle was just one of them-they come in different colors, too.

But the red ones were the rarest.

“The lucky red color is the hardest to get, it’s a hidden item.”

Candy learned all this and went back to tell Zelena. She exaggerated the story a bit, saying, “The staff told me that red is a lucky color! Nolan must have given Violeta a red whistle because Violeta asked him for it!”

Gillian nodded. “Yeah, it’s true. This color is really rare. The staff who’ve been working here for so long haven’t seen one. Violeta got a red whistle without doing anything, so she must have asked Nolan for it herself.”

Red does look really nice.

The national flag of Hoiten was red, and wearing it around her neck, that splash of red really caught people’s eyes.

Hattie crossed her legs casually and asked, “Find out anything else?”

Candy thought for a moment. “Yeah, there’s more. They said some of the attractions in the Old Town are linked with the school. If you excel in these activities, you can earn bonus points at the end of the term. That’s what I heard from the senior in the student council.”

Hattie asked, “They give bonus points?”

Candy replied, “Yeah.”

Hattie looked down, thinking to herself.

Since she enrolled at Toland University, some folks in her family had been fixated on her and her brother’s grades.

Benson always aced it, never giving anyone a reason to talk, but that also made some people jealous.

Chapter 243

But her grades had always been pretty bad. Every time this came up, that old lady would nag about it. Many times during meals, she brought up how bad her grades were, basically saying that such poor performance was embarrassing the Ridges.

Luckily, Carl wasn’t as strict about what Hattie achieved.

He just expected Hattie’s grades not to be at the bottom, and she must pass the final exams.

With the end of the semester approaching, if her grades were too low this time, she’d be caught by that old nag from the family again.

It’s really getting more annoying the more I think about it.

If participating in the game in the Old Town this time could earn credits, Hattie would definitely join.

Soon after, everyone showed up.

Violeta gave them the handbooks and told everyone that doing well in the game activities at the Old Town could earn them bonus points.

The student council arranged for a senior to go with them to the Old Town. They’d have half an hour to do their own thing and then gather back at the lodge at noon for lunch.

The leader made sure everyone got the message.

The scenery in the Old Town was delightful.

Kaylee stopped frequently along the way, taking lots of photos with Violeta and posting them on her Instagram.

She even got a free keychain shaped like an ancient pagoda.

Once they scattered, everyone started doing their own thing. Some went to puppetry shows, while others, who had credits deducted at school, headed straight to the game booths to participate.

Violeta spotted the riddle guessing game advertised in the pamphlet earlier and was very interested, so she headed to the riddle guessing booth.

When they arrived, there was already a long line in front of the booth.

Kaylee asked, “Vio, do you want to try guessing riddles?”

Violeta pointed to the sign next to them that listed the prizes.

Correctly guessing five riddles got a cute rabbit-themed keychain.

Guessing ten got two plates of free special snacks.

Guessing twenty got a small rabbit-shaped lantern.

The rabbit lantern looked really nice and could be used as a night light by your bedside.

Violeta said, “Now that we’re here, might as well make the most of it and bring back some free souvenirs. Plus, we get to enjoy the game, so why not?”

Kaylee replied, “Yeah, but these riddles here seem pretty tough.”

Violeta said, “Just give it a shot.”

The two joined the queue.

Since there were limited riddles to guess, any incorrect answer would reset their previous correct count.

A group of ten people signed up at the booth and were taken to a small pavilion behind it to answer the riddles, so that those waiting in line wouldn’t overhear the answers.

Violeta and Kaylee waited in line together for about ten minutes, and soon the first group of people who didn’t succeed came out in front.

“The questions are really hard. I didn’t even get a keychain, let alone a rabbit lantern.”

“I guess I got lucky I got a keychain. For those of you counting on this for extra points, forget it. The boss said only the person who answers the most questions right overall gets extra points.”

“If getting bonus points were that easy, wouldn’t everyone on this trip just end up getting it?”

Their conversation dampened everyone’s enthusiasm, and quite a few people decided to drop out, leaving the queue half as long.

Some left voluntarily, and others took their place.

Hearing their words, Kaylee spoke up to Violeta, “See? It really is tough.”

Violeta said, “The important thing is to participate.”

The booth owner started letting people into the pavilion again to guess riddles.

Violeta and Kaylee joined the second group in line and headed to the pavilion together. Once there, everyone stepped forward to register their names and departments.

After registering, they could sit aside and wait their turn.

At first, there were many people in line, but after the first group came out complaining, a lot of them decided not to join, and now, surprisingly, the line lacked one more person.

Seeing no one entering for a while, Kaylee glanced at the entrance with her head tilted.

Suddenly, a figure walked in.

Looking up and down at the figure, Kaylee was surprised and turned to Violeta and said, “Vio, look, the last person is actually Hattie.”

Violeta looked up and indeed saw Hattie.

She was the last person to come in, registered, then walked over and sat down.

She also noticed Violeta and Kaylee, taken aback briefly, but didn’t say anything. She sat on the stool, waiting for the boss to give out the questions.

“Hattie actually came to join the riddle guessing game. What a surprise,” Violeta remarked.

Kaylee was very surprised.

Violeta was also caught off guard.

For someone as proud as Hattie, it was unexpected that she would come to guess riddles.

Was she also after those cheap souvenirs?

No, her goal must be more than just souvenirs. It must be for the points.

Sitting in the last seat, Hattie felt incredibly conflicted. She hadn’t expected to come at such a bad time and now she had encountered Violeta, that annoying woman.

If she let Violeta outdo her, wouldn’t that be a huge embarrassment?

But fortunately, Hattie had come prepared with a secret weapon. She was determined to be the best at solving the riddles.

Hattie subtly smirked to herself.

Chapter 244

The owner approached holding a large bundle of riddles. “Is everyone prepared? I’ll begin now.

“In a bit, I will recite a riddle, and everyone should write their answers on paper. The first student to submit the correct answer will receive five points, the second will earn three points, and the third will get one point. Those who respond incorrectly will be eliminated, losing their previous correct answers, and will receive souvenirs based on the rules.

“For every five correct answers, you can earn a rabbit keychain.

“The student with the most points overall will be reported to your school and awarded extra credit. Do you all understand the game’s rules?”

“Yes, we understand.”

“Alright, let’s start the game!”

The owner randomly opened the book and read out a riddle loudly.

“It resides in a curving path, with both the front and back doors open, fearless of lions and wolves, but only scared of a small tiger. What animal is it?”

Violeta pondered for a moment, swiftly jotted down the answer on paper, folded it, and submitted it.

Sitting at the far end, Hattie frowned when she heard the question. Then, she raised her hand to her ear, pressing lightly before lowering her head, making it difficult for anyone to discern the subtle gesture she made.

After a short time, Hattie also wrote down her answer and turned it in.

After reviewing the answers, the owner announced, “The first student to get it right is Violeta White, the second is Hattie Ridge, and the third is Brady Singh…”

Kaylee was the fifth person to get the correct answer.

Even though she didn’t earn extra points, solving one question correctly was still an achievement.

Nine out of ten participants answered correctly, with only one person being eliminated for getting the first question wrong.

“The correct answer is a mouse. Congratulations to the nine students who got it right. And one student didn’t get it right.”

The owner started the second riddle.

“The more you take, the more you leave behind. What am I?”

Violeta blinked, remembering the question from a pamphlet she had read earlier, and swiftly wrote down the correct answer: footsteps.

After a brief pause, Hattie also swiftly wrote down her answer.

Almost simultaneously, she handed in her note just before Violeta.

As they returned to their seats, Hattie and Violeta exchanged glances.

Hattie smirked at Violeta, deliberately provoking, “I’ve already won.”

In contrast to Evelyn, Violeta stayed composed and also smirked, retorting, “If you’re winning, then how could I be losing? Three points plus three points- since when does that exceed five plus five? Did you miss out on basic math?”

Hattie squinted angrily, “You!”

The owner intervened, saying, “Both of you, return to your seats after handing over the answers. No chatting or whispering.”

Hattie turned and walked away.

Violeta settled into the seat beside her.

Meanwhile, Kaylee pondered intensely on the side, and then a brilliant idea struck her-she figured it out!

She hastily jotted down the answer.

Kaylee was the third person to submit the answer.

Eventually, all nine individuals turned in their notes, and one person was eliminated.

The owner said, “The correct answer is footsteps. Eight people answered correctly, and one person has been eliminated.

“Violeta White earns five points, Hattie Ridge earns three points, and Kaylee earns one point. The game continues.

“The question is: born on a mountain cliff, falls into people’s homes. Water cools the back, sliced a thousand times. What household item is this?”

Violeta quickly penned her response.

Hattie’s response closely followed hers.

They submitted their notes simultaneously, and the owner paused briefly before collecting them. Upon opening and reviewing them, he noted that Violeta’s handwriting was remarkably neat and elegant.

The correct answer “grindstone” was correctly written by her.

In contrast, Hattie’s handwriting was extremely messy, likely due to rushing. The word “grindstone” was barely legible, making it difficult for the owner to decipher her answer.

As a result, the owner had to advise Hattie, saying, “Miss, there’s no need to rush. Even if you submit your answer early, I can’t decipher what you’ve written. Please write more clearly next time.”

Hattie furrowed her brow and retorted, “I wrote it so clearly, can’t you figure it out?”

The owner responded, “It’s quite unclear. This time, you can only achieve second place.”

Hattie was visibly displeased, muttering, “What kind of eyesight do you have?”

The owner ignored her outburst and firmly instructed, “Please return to your seat.”

Hattie was furious and stormed off, wanting to quit the game.

But then she thought to herself. Wouldn’t quitting the game make things easier for that awful Violeta?

So Hattie swallowed her pride and went back to her seat.

Subsequently, the remaining few individuals also wrote down their answers in succession, but two of them chose to abstain and left midway.

The owner declared, “The correct answer is a grindstone. Two people abstained, and a total of six people got it right.”

Those previously eliminated were out, and there were still some abstaining.

Several seats in the middle remained vacant.

The owner announced, “Those on the sides, please move closer to the centre.”

Recognizing that notes passed more swiftly near the middle, Hattie promptly stood and relocated to a nearer seat to the middle.

Chapter 245

The game went on.

Meanwhile, outside the riddle game gazebo…

Zelena was seated on a bench, using a fan to cool herself. She asked, “Have you finished?

“Which question are they tackling now?”

Gillian replied, “They’ve reached the fourth question.”

Candy commented, “This mini Bluetooth earpiece transmits information rapidly, with no lag. We can hear the questions in real-time and search for the answers quickly. Even though it’s a bit slow, given enough time, Hattie will surely win.”

Zelena asked, “How many contestants are still in there?”

Gillian responded, “Violeta and Kaylee are still in there. They won’t hold out for long. The human brain can’t compete with a computer.”

Zelena lifted an eyebrow and smirked sarcastically.

Hattie wants the credits, while Violeta doesn’t, but she still challenges Hattie, which only fuels Hattie’s dislike for her.

This rivalry doesn’t require Zelena to stir up trouble. Violeta, you certainly have a knack for making enemies.

Time passed slowly.

The riddle game inside the gazebo grew increasingly difficult.

The number of participants dwindled from six to four.

Kaylee successfully answered ten questions, then chose to withdraw and was rewarded with a stack of special treats.

“Sir, may I wait here for my friend?”  

Kaylee wanted to stay and wait for Violeta.

The owner replied, “Of course, you can sit here and wait.”

Kaylee nodded and said, “Alright.”

Hattie cast a disdainful glance at Kaylee, rolling her eyes.

Kaylee sat to the side, snacking and patiently awaiting Violeta.

The game carried on.

Kaylee felt relieved not to have to think quickly anymore, letting out a deep breath as her anxiety faded away.

Previously, she had been very tense during the game, feeling the pressure of an exam while playing. She disliked this sensation, so after answering ten questions, she chose to withdraw voluntarily.

Now, only three contestants remained: Violeta, Hattie, and a guy.

They were all vying for first place.

At this point, Violeta was leading with the highest score. After ten rounds, she had amassed 47 points, with Hattie surpassing her in only one round.

Hattie had collected 32 points, maintaining a consistent performance.

The last guy had the lowest score, with just six points after ten rounds. While he had answered correctly before, he had only placed in the top three six times, resulting in his low score.

The guy’s objective was merely to win a small rabbit lamp for his girlfriend.

He wasn’t striving for first place and took his time writing down his answers.

Only Hattie and Violeta competed in the first place.

More accurately, Hattie was trying to take Violeta’s first-place position.

However, given the current standings, the score gap between them was considerable.

Kaylee observed from the sidelines, munching on her snacks.

As she ate, she suddenly noticed something everyone else had overlooked.

It appeared that whenever Hattie answered a question, she would touch her ear.

She wore something white on her ear that resembled an earring at first glance.

Could it be some sort of luxury item?

Kaylee speculated quietly to herself and pulled out her phone to search on Google.

Unable to find any relevant results online, she then retrieved her Bluetooth earphones to listen to music.

As her phone scanned for Bluetooth connections, it detected another device nearby, one that was very close to Kaylee.

After a moment of puzzlement, Kaylee glanced around but didn’t spot anyone wearing earphones.

So, what exactly was this device?

Intrigued, Kaylee tapped on the other device to establish a connection.

On the opposite end…

“Beep!”

Gillian was startled. “It looks like someone else is attempting to connect to our Bluetooth.”

Zelena asked in surprise, “What? How can that be? Who is it?”

Gillian responded, “I’m not sure.”

When a phone has Bluetooth enabled, both parties usually need to verify the connection.

However, Hattie’s Bluetooth earpiece constantly emits a signal, making it vulnerable to third-party connections that could disrupt them.

Not only did they observe the anomaly.

Inside the gazebo, Hattie also noticed something unusual as her earpiece began emitting beeping sounds.

Another device was attempting to pair and establish a connection.

Frowning, she immediately sensed that something was amiss.

The next moment, a song began playing in her earpiece.

Meanwhile, Kaylee’s phone was also playing music.

She glanced at the notification on her phone.

‘Device connected.’

She was puzzled. Connected? But where was the device?

Hattie rolled her eyes in frustration, wondering who had connected to her earpiece.

Just as the owner finished announcing a new riddle, Hattie missed it completely, and Zelena, after disconnecting, couldn’t hear the riddle either.

This situation was becoming increasingly problematic!

Hattie raised her hand to her ear and toggled the switch on her earpiece.

She turned off her earpiece, severing the connection, and promptly powered it back on.

On the opposite side, Zelena swiftly received the signal and reestablished the connection.

Seeing the connection reestablished, Zelena quickly asked, “Hattie, can you hear me?”

Chapter 246

Hattie was unable to respond definitively, prompting her to speak to the owner, “Sir, I didn’t catch the question clearly earlier. Could you please repeat it?”

Her request resonated with Zelena’s side.

The sound reached their ears, signaling that the Bluetooth earphones had reconnected.

Gillian remarked, “Fantastic, they’re reconnected. Who was messing around? Connecting to someone else’s earphones like that what’s their problem?”

Meanwhile, at the gazebo.

The owner inquired, “Didn’t you catch that?”

Hattie responded, “I didn’t hear it clearly. Could you repeat the question?”

The owner found her troublesome but still repeated the riddle once more.

“What is so fragile that saying its name breaks it?”

The sound reached Zelena’s ears, prompting them to swiftly search for the answer.

“Hattie, the answer is silence,” said Zelena.

Hattie promptly noted down the answer and submitted it, but unfortunately, she couldn’t match Violeta’s pace and ended up being too slow.

Kaylee sat beside her, and due to her phone playing music earlier, now that the Bluetooth earphones had disconnected, the music on her phone also stopped automatically.

She was confused.

The Bluetooth disconnection indicated that someone had intentionally disconnected it.

Who could have done it?

What are the nearby Bluetooth devices?

Kaylee’s eyes scanned the three individuals at the gazebo, eventually focusing on Hattie’s earpiece.

The longer she observed, the stronger Kaylee’s suspicion grew that Hattie was indeed wearing Bluetooth earphones.

To confirm, she employed a simple method: attempting to reconnect to the device on Hattie’s ears.

With nothing else to occupy her, Kaylee took out her phone and interrupted Zelena’s connection once more.

“Beep!”

Then, Kaylee carefully watched Hattie’s expression.

Indeed!

As soon as she connected the Bluetooth device, Hattie displayed a momentary pause.

Immediately, Kaylee played a clip from a horror movie dubbed on her phone.

“Boooooooo…

Hattie wrinkled her forehead intensely, her pupils widened, and swiftly reached to power down her earpiece.

The earpiece was turned off.

On Kaylee’s side, the Bluetooth connection was once more disrupted.

Now, Kaylee could ascertain that the unknown device was Hattie’s Bluetooth earpiece!

It was surprising that Hattie would behave so deceitfully.

Even while participating in a riddle guessing game, she stooped to such tactics.

If she succeeds, won’t it mean Violeta loses out?

Luckily, she was discovered by me!

I need to put a stop to her cheating!

Kaylee stood up and accused Hattie loudly of cheating.

“Sir, there’s cheating going on here!”

Violeta paused and glanced at Kaylee. “Kay, what’s happening?”

The owner asked, “What’s that you said?”

Kaylee explained, “Vio, Hattie is cheating!

“Sir, Hattie has a Bluetooth earpiece in her ear. She’s cheating. Someone outside must be helping her.”

The owner squinted in surprise.

Hattie had been previously confused, pondering over who had linked to her earpiece. With Kaylee now coming forward, it is evident that she was the one who connected to her device earlier!

Hattie gripped her hands tightly beneath her sleeves.

“Kaylee, don’t make baseless accusations! What proof do you possess?”

Kaylee responded, “If you doubt me, simply take out your phone and scan for the Bluetooth device nearby. You will discover a device named SNIU, which is the Bluetooth earpiece Hattie is currently using.

“I initially intended to connect my earphones for music but unexpectedly detected other devices. Curious, I attempted to connect and it successfully paired.”

The owner conducted a search and confirmed its presence.

In a swift rebuke, he exclaimed, “Hattie, is that device on your ear truly a Bluetooth earpiece? How could you do such a thing?”

Caught off guard, Hattie had never anticipated being discovered and panicked for a moment. “I… I didn’t!”

Hattie believed her deception was flawless, wondering how anyone could uncover it.

Yet, by sheer chance, Kaylee stumbled upon the truth.

Without Kaylee’s revelation, she pondered how much longer she could have maintained her deceit.

Kaylee retorted, “If not, then remove the earpiece from your ear and show it to us!”

Hattie was incensed. Rising from her chair in frustration, she exclaimed, “Who do you think you are? Why should I remove it to prove anything to you? This is just a ridiculous riddle game. Do you even have the authority to interrogate me? I’m done playing!”

With that, she turned away and walked off.

The owner’s demeanour shifted dramatically. “This is unacceptable! How can a student exhibit such a poor attitude? I will certainly report this to your school!”

Hattie spoke disdainfully of the game, yet she was the one cheating.

It’s a clear case of hypocrisy.

Violeta was somewhat taken aback by Hattie’s departure. It was surprising to see her cheat in such a minor competition, which was truly shameful.

She had been immersed in answering the questions, oblivious to what others were up to.

Chapter 247

Thankfully, Kaylee intervened, preventing Hattie from succeeding in her deceitful scheme once again. It’s possible her score could keep increasing until surpassing Violeta’s.

Following this round, only Violeta and another guy remained as competitors.

The guy aimed to answer thirty questions accurately, so he had to persist in the competition.

In contrast, Violeta appeared somewhat indifferent. Checking the scoreboard, she had amassed 52 points already.

It remained unclear if anyone could outpace her later, but at the moment, she felt fatigued and desired a break.

“Sir, I need a break,” Violeta stated.

The owner responded, “You want to rest? Of course, how about you?”

The other guy still needed to answer thirty questions to win a rabbit lamp for his girlfriend.

“I’ll keep going,” he declared.

The owner nodded. “Since we don’t have enough players for three rounds now, I’ll go recruit more students for the third round. So, this young man will proceed to the next round, and Violeta, you can take a break. If you choose to return in the afternoon, we can tally your score and session.”

According to the game rule, points accumulated from previous rounds would carry over as long as there were no incorrect answers or forfeits.

Violeta nodded in agreement, saying, “Alright.”

She correctly answered eleven questions, earning two portions of snacks as a reward.

However, if she accepted the snacks now, the

answers she had already provided would not count toward her total score, so Violeta chose not to claim the prize.

With three days remaining, Violeta could return in the afternoon to answer more questions gradually, aiming to reach thirty questions and win the small rabbit lamp.

Kaylee didn’t know if she could afford to take a break.

She exclaimed, “Oh, shoot! I could have kept accumulating points. If only I had known, I wouldn’t have taken the reward.

“But these snacks are really tasty, haha.”

Leaving the riddle guessing stall behind, Violeta and Kaylee explored the ancient town and stumbled upon a boutique offering free traditional outfit trials and photo opportunities.

After making their selections and settling the bill, they tried on several outfits they fancied, capturing moments with photographs to cherish.

Meanwhile, upon leaving the gazebo, Hattie met Zelena and others, her expression dark and furious.

As soon as she arrived, she kicked over a nearby chair, her face flushing with anger.

Zelena asked, “Hattie, what’s the matter?”

Hattie removed the earpiece from her ear, tossed it away, and clenched her teeth. “I’ve been found out.”

Zelena’s expression froze momentarily, though she seemed unsurprised.

Gillian widened her eyes. “That explains it! The signal was fine before, but it got cut off all of a sudden. Could it be the owner who figured it out?”

Hattie exclaimed, “It wasn’t the owner who discovered us, it was Kaylee!”

She proceeded to narrate the events that unfolded at the gazebo.

Candy and Gillian cursed vehemently.

“That Kaylee, she’s so short-sighted. Thinks she’s Violeta, daring to oppose us.”

“Yeah, I can’t believe how shameless she is!”

Hattie tightened her fist. “She’s asking for trouble, and I won’t let her get away with it. Come on, let’s move to the next stall.”

Zelena shrugged indifferently. “Kaylee is only this bold because she knows Violeta has her back.

Otherwise, she should’ve been punished for embezzling class funds last time!”

The incident involving the theft of class funds was aimed directly at Kaylee.

In class, Violeta’s only friend was Kaylee. If they could eliminate Kaylee, Violeta would be isolated in class and easier to manage.

However, things took an unexpected turn.

The plan backfired when Violeta intervened to clear Kaylee’s name.

Otherwise, if not for that, Kaylee, just an ordinary student, would dare to do such a thing, and the school would have likely imposed severe punishment.

Hattie and Zelena were exerting pressure behind the scenes again. Kaylee was sure to face a suspension as a result.

Hattie scoffed. “She won’t get away with it again.”

Violeta and Kaylee tried on traditional costumes and received compliments from the stall owner.

The photos they took turned out exceptionally artistic.

“How lovely!”

“Miss, why don’t you both go out in those traditional costumes, take some stunning photos, and return? It’ll be excellent publicity for us. When you return, I’ll gift you each a souvenir!”

Kaylee was taken aback. “Can we wear them outdoors?”

The stall owner replied, “Certainly, just ensure you return before noon. As long as the clothes stay clean, it’s all good. I love seeing beautiful ladies in traditional outfits, haha.

“Oh, and if you’re heading out for photos, you should visit the zither shop on Boreal Street. They have a waterfall in the backyard with a beautiful view. If you’re fortunate, you might even catch a glimpse of a rainbow. I wish I could join you, but I can’t leave right now. Let the photographer guide you this time.”

A zither shop?

If Violeta recalled correctly, the brochure also mentioned a zither challenge.

There would likely be many students there at this hour.

Violeta and Kaylee expressed gratitude to the owner for her kindness, and then the photographer escorted them to Boreal Street.

✩

Chapter 248

While walking along the road, they attracted a lot of attention wherever they went.

Nearby, atop the stone bridge, Nolan and two student council members were using bamboo sticks to aid in recovering hats that had dropped into the lake.

“Nolan, take a look over here.”

Nolan glanced sideways and spotted Violeta strolling amidst the crowd with a photographer.

She adorned a light blue traditional outfit, her hair casually fastened with a ribbon. Her complexion gleamed under the sun, and a faint smile played in her eyes as she conversed with Kaylee.

The photographer ahead was energetically directing their movements as well.

In the midst of the crowd, they were the sole wearers of traditional outfits, thus standing out and garnering considerable attention.

“Where did they find those outfits? They look quite impressive. At first glance, I thought she was an actress.”

“I recall there’s a traditional costume shop nearby. Perhaps they borrowed them from there?”

“It might not be. I recall that traditional costume shop doesn’t actually rent out clothing …. Nolan stayed quiet, tuning in to their conversation nearby. He shifted his gaze away and resumed fishing hats from the lake. Eventually, he snagged one and passed it to the individual beside him, murmuring, “Don’t throw things around next time.”

“Thanks, Nolan!”

“No need for thanks,” Nolan replied.

He stepped away from the bridge with the bamboo stick in hand.

The two student council members caught up from behind, “Nolan, where are you headed?”

Nolan smiled slightly. “To listen to the zither.”

They eventually reached the zither shop, named Spring Haven.

A crowd had gathered outside, with many already participating in the challenge, and the melodic sound of the zither resonated from one side.

Both discordant and harmonious notes filled the air.

The photographer, acquainted with the zither shop owner, guided Violeta and Kaylee through the back entrance.

After walking for a few minutes, they indeed felt a refreshing coolness ahead.

There was a small waterfall, or rather, a slightly higher water pool.

The photographer located an ideal spot for them, where Violeta posed for several photos, yet the photographer remained dissatisfied.

Kaylee casually suggested, “I think Vio could hold something in her hands, like a flute or a zither, in a very traditional style.”

The photographer applauded. “You’re absolutely right! Wait here, I’ll go fetch the instruments.”

He set down his backpack and dashed off.

Shortly after, he returned, holding a zither in one hand and a lute in the other.

“Miss, you’ll play the zither, and you’ll handle the lute.”

He passed the zither to Violeta, who accepted it and promptly found a seat, setting the instrument on her lap.

The zither appeared notably precious, with Violeta identifying its high-grade paulownia wood body and the intricate auspicious cloud totem carved along its side. As she delicately plucked the strings, the sound resonated with clarity and strength, ideal for performing vigorous pieces such as “Melody of the Battle” and “Misty Blossoms”.

It’s uncertain if the photographer had borrowed the shop owner’s preferred instrument.

She had to handle it cautiously to avoid any mishaps near the water.

The photographer busied himself by rearranging rocks, setting up equipment, finding the optimal angle, and ultimately selecting a superb shooting perspective.

“This angle!

“Excellent. You two, hold the lute and strum a few times. It’s alright if you’re not a musician. Just focus on capturing the essence, keeping your movements natural.”

Kaylee couldn’t play the lute. She was a spirited and adventurous woman where would she have acquired such skills?

She held the lute uncertainly, unsure of where to position her hands.

However, Violeta, with her previous experience, attempted to pluck a few notes, producing a crisp and melodious sound.

She plucked a few random notes, which stirred memories deep within her.

A trace of melancholy crept into her eyes.

The photographer clicked away.

Kaylee noticed that Violeta’s movements on the zither didn’t seem like those of someone who

couldn’t play. She asked, “Vio, do you know how to play the zither?”

Violeta replied, “I learned the basics.”

More than just the zither.

All her learning experiences could be seen as a form of self-learning.

In her past life, Violeta had become acquainted with several production assistants on set. One of them informed her about a role that suited her well and encouraged her to audition.

She prepared in advance, but during the audition on set, she was suddenly informed that the role required proficiency in playing the zither.

Most film productions in the industry don’t conduct live sound recording on set.

Many directors select actors based solely on their outward appearance, and often other attributes like musical skills can be dubbed later unless it’s a requirement like dancing.

So Violeta was quite dumbfounded.

She had been mocked.

Those people said, “You don’t even know how to play the zither, why are you auditioning? Just go home. You won’t even get the role of the eighth female role!”

“Huh, why not just be honest and play a supporting role properly?”

Violeta left with a sense of regret. At the time, she believed she wouldn’t have a chance to audition due to the high standards set by the casting director.

However, she later discovered that this production was backed by the Blake Group to showcase new talents, in collaboration with another entertainment company.

Chapter 249

So, this can be understood now. As expected, it was someone meddling again.

Upon her return, Violeta started pushing herself to become a versatile talent. She didn’t need to be an expert in everything, but she had to have a basic understanding.

Since time was the one thing she had in abundance, she spared no effort in learning everything she didn’t understand, exploring, and trying new things. Failures were okay. She could always try again.

Fortunately, this journey wasn’t without its rewards, and she met many kind-hearted people along the way.

Kaylee didn’t believe Violeta’s claim of having only learned the basics.

Violeta appeared relaxed in public, but privately spent a lot of time practicing, much like her dedication to tennis.

Initially, Kaylee had thought Violeta was naturally talented and strong, but after spending so much time with her over the past semester and this semester, Violeta hadn’t missed a single club training session. Each training session was unusually long.

She held herself to rigorous standards.

If Violeta claimed proficiency in playing the zither, she must possess considerable talent!

Kaylee remarked, “You must be quite skilled to handle such a complex instrument like the zither!”

Violeta smiled and responded, “I’ve actually forgotten many of the musical scores, so now I only play from memory. That’s why I say it was simple learning.”

The photographer reviewed the photos taken and felt highly pleased.

“Miss, would you be okay if I filmed a video and shared it online? The scenery here is so stunning. It would be a shame to capture just a few photos.”

Violeta agreed, “Sure, as long as it’s not for commercial purposes.

“Anyway, since we’re dressed in traditional outfits and the owner didn’t charge us, let’s just take the photos.”

Kaylee chimed in, “Definitely! Take some photos! Don’t forget to send them over. This is a once-in-a-lifetime experience.”

Upon seeing their agreement, the photographer quickly added, “If anyone can play the instruments, feel free to play. I’ll set up the equipment here to record.”

“Alright,” Violeta responded with a nod.

After pondering for a moment, she decided to play “Melody of the Battle” on the zither, unwilling to let the fine instrument go to waste.

Taking a moment to compose herself, despite not having finger picks, she proceeded with a simple performance, calming her emotions.

“Alright, let’s get started!”

The photographer exclaimed as the recording began.

Violeta began to play, following the music in her mind.

The melodious and profound tones of the zither floated gently on the breeze, gradually growing more robust and majestic. It seemed to conjure images of a grand battlefield, where thousands of troops clashed in a spectacular scene.

On the other side, outside the zither shop.

A crowd gathered to collect their souvenirs.

Initially, the owner eagerly welcomed them to play on the spot. However, as time went on, it became clear that many students were there merely to “experience” the zither, and the sounds they produced were simply unbearable.

The boss’s expression shifted from pleasant to a grimace.

His temperament gradually became more impatient.

He finally said, “Okay, enough playing. Barry, give him the keychain and let him go.”

“Oh, when others play the zither, they pay, but when you play, it’s like asking for their life! Hurry up and leave!

“Oh my goodness, don’t pluck the strings so

aggressively! I just replaced them, and you’re being too forceful!

“Please, set it down! This instrument isn’t for casual playing!

“Barry, go and check the number of individuals still waiting. Quickly let them go. I just can’t take this day after day!

“What is the standard of students nowadays? Why is it deteriorating?

“Once you finish, ensure everything is restored to its original position!

“Oh, I can’t endure this any longer…”

The owner remained seated, his expression icy and impatient, reluctant to depart for fear that the students might damage his instruments.

Meanwhile, Hattie and the others stood in a lengthy queue, waiting patiently.

This time, the criteria for earning credits with the zither were simple. The owner would review the music score, awarding points to those who could perform it proficiently. Skillful performances received high scores, while inadequate ones garnered none.

However, the owner often exercised discretion in awarding points.

The highest scorers can directly report to the school and earn additional credits.

Hattie exuded confidence, stating, “I’ve been playing musical instruments since childhood, and I already hold a Grade 10 certificate for the zither. I’m certain I’ll achieve the highest score!”

Gillian and Candy eagerly anticipated her zither performance and were pleasantly surprised.

“Hattie, this is new to me. I had no idea you played the zither. That’s quite impressive.”

“Yeah, you must have been dedicated to studying it for years.”

Hattie remarked, “Yes, my mom insisted I learn music when I was young, and I wasn’t keen on it then. Now I see her good intentions.”

From a tender age, Hannah foresaw the future and started preparing in advance.

All in anticipation of Hattie and Benson returning to vie for the family property once they came of age.

After patiently queuing up, their turn finally arrived.

Thinking Hattie was there to try out playing the zither, the owner cautioned, “You can play for only one minute, so please don’t exert too much force.”

Hattie felt somewhat dismissive, sensing the owner’s demeanour wasn’t very welcoming. “Sir, I’m here to take on the music score challenge.”

The owner was taken aback, yet simultaneously somewhat pleased.

“You’re here to challenge the music score? Excellent, here it is.”

Chapter 250

The owner gave Hattie the music score, requesting her to review it.

Hattie noticed how thick the music score was and understood it contained over a hundred songs.

The owner then said, “I will choose a song at random for you to perform. If you can play it, I will judge you based on how well you do. If you can’t, you will be disqualified. The songs are also rated, the higher the score, the better.”

Hattie felt especially confident in her abilities.

“Go ahead, Sir.”

The zither shop’s owner was delighted.

At last, someone who could play the zither had come.

He browsed through the music score and stopped at a random page, which turned out to be “Sound of Lament”.

“Perform the ‘Sound of Lament”.”

This was a zither composition with a difficulty rating of ten, demanding advanced skills and rapid changes in melody, making it highly challenging. Everyone focused on Hattie. She grinned confidently, put on the finger picks beside her, and started playing. Each string she plucked was perfect, and she played flawlessly until the end.

The owner clapped and said, “Excellent job! At last, a genuine zither player is here. You performed this piece wonderfully. I’ll give you an eight out of ten.”

The maximum score was ten.

Hattie felt a bit unhappy and asked, “Why only eight points?”

The owner responded, “Your technique and finger movements were flawless, but you lacked a bit of expression.”

Some pieces require more than just technical skill. They need to create a sense of unity between the player and the music, evoking a feeling of presence.

Hattie frowned, thinking the owner must have a problem with his hearing.

But she kept her thoughts to herself and continued playing. She needed to gather more points to achieve the highest score and earn extra credit.

“Choose another piece. I assure you, I know every song in this music book, and I won’t make any mistakes.”

The owner said, “Alright, since you’re so confident, I’ll pick another one.”

The owner randomly flipped through the music book.

“Melody of the Battle.”

Hattie hesitated briefly when she heard the title.

“What’s wrong, don’t you know it?” the owner asked.

“Of course, I do.”

But Hattie secretly felt uneasy about this song.

She recalled struggling with “Melody of the Battle” during practice. In the end, she didn’t achieve the highest score in her exam, but she managed to pass.

Hannah Leid was very disappointed in her.

“Let’s start.”

Hattie lowered her gaze, adjusted the finger picks on her fingers, and began to play.

But just then-

As her fingers were about to touch the strings, the distant sound of a zither reached her ears.

Everyone was amazed, believing that Hattie was playing.

The owner closed his eyes, looking ecstatic.

Only Hattie stood still, her hands above the strings.

However, the onlookers quickly realized the truth.

“The sound is coming from behind her, not from her playing. Who is playing the zither?”

The owner opened his eyes and looked back, suddenly recalling the two young girls the photographer had brought in earlier.

He quickly walked into the shop and told a staff member to check the waterfall area at the back.

The staff hurried back and confirmed, “Sir, it’s the two girls that Roland brought playing the zither at the back, and he’s recording a video of them.”

The owner was taken aback. “Really? I hear ‘Melody of the Battle.’ Wait! Which zither is he using? Could it be my Dawn zither?”

The staff thought for a moment and said, “Yes, it seems like it is.”

“Damn it!”

The owner dashed off like a whirlwind, disappearing instantly.

He hurried to the waterfall, cursing loudly.

“Roland Cyprus, you scoundrel! How dare you take my precious zither without permission! I’ll get you for this!”

When he reached the scene, he abruptly stopped.

He stood motionless, his angry expression freezing on his face, gradually transforming into an expression of admiration.

He observed a young lady dressed in white seated on a massive boulder by the pond, with a waterfall flowing behind her, the environment harmonizing with the scene perfectly.

Moreover, the zither melody she performed, titled “Melody of the Battle”, was truly mesmerizing!

Each musical note was impeccably managed, creating a delightful auditory experience.

The owner couldn’t resist closing his eyes and immersing himself completely in the music until the piece concluded.

The photographer switched off the camera.

He turned to the owner of the zither shop, “Darwin, why did you hurry over so quickly? Weren’t you keeping an eye on the shop?”

Ignoring the question, Darwin strolled to the pond’s edge and grinned, “Miss, your performance was exquisite. Are you a student at Toland University? Why not come and compete in our zither challenge here?”

Violeta rested her hands on the zither.

The man facing her appeared familiar as if she had glimpsed him while passing by the zither shop.

“Are you the owner of the zither shop?” Violeta asked.

“Yes, I am.”

Darwin extended a sincere invitation to Violeta, saying, “Miss, I invite you to join our zither challenge!”

Violeta blinked and turned to the photographer next to her, asking, “Is the video finished?”

The photographer confirmed, “The video is complete.”

With the video finished, she had fulfilled the promise she made earlier to the traditional outfit shop’s owner.

お金金

SEND GIFT or GCASH: +63.936.139.8714

COMMENT

Subscribe

♡
Prev | Next

Rebirth vs. Rebirth Tragedy to Triumph by Violeta and Zelena [[Chapters 251, to 260]] – Daisy Novels 

Chapter 251

Violeta checked the clock and saw it was just half past ten.

They needed to assemble at the lodging by twelve, still ninety minutes away.

“Okay, I’ll give it a shot!”

The owner, Darwin, was extremely pleased.

The photographer’s voice echoed faintly, “Darwin, what did you just curse me for?”

Darwin turned and scowled at him, “Why did you take Dawn without my consent? What if it gets damaged?”

The photographer replied, “I noticed the finest zither on the wall, so I borrowed it.”

Darwin retorted, “Haha, you certainly have good taste, always choosing the best!”

Violeta and Kaylee strolled over from the pond, carrying the zither carefully.

Upon seeing them, the two didn’t argue anymore.

“Let’s go! You can now participate in the zither challenge. Oh, by the way, there’s another participant. The two of you can go together.”

“Alright.”

The group reached the zither shop.

A lengthy queue still awaited them at the entrance, and at that instant, Nolan and his companions also arrived at the zither shop.

Hattie was seated in front of the zither, already growing impatient.

Upon finally spotting the owner, she eagerly exclaimed, “Let’s begin, I’m short on time!”

Upon uttering those words, she noticed Violeta and Kaylee behind the owner. Her expression immediately soured.

Why are these two people here again?

Darwin stepped forward and apologized, “Apologies for the delay. We have another participant joining the challenge now. How about the two of you play together?”

Violeta set down the Dawn beside her and seated herself behind the zither next to Hattie Ridge.

Zelena and her companions noticed Violeta and began taunting her.

“Why did Violeta show up?”

“Can she even play any instrument?”

“Instruments demand genuine skill, not something she can fake.”

“Hattie has achieved level ten in zither. She’ll outperform Violeta for sure.”

“Why does Violeta keep showing up everywhere?”

Darwin handed the sheet music to Violeta to review.

“Take a moment to review the music score first. The rules for the challenge are simple. I will select one song from the score, and you will perform it. I will evaluate your performance, and the participant with the highest total score will win. Oh, and just so you know, failing to perform the selected piece will result in elimination.”

Violeta quickly scanned through the music score. It contained a variety of songs, ranging from well- known to more obscure compositions.

As she leafed through the score, memories of her zither practice flooded back.

Pieces she had nearly forgotten now came vividly to mind.

Violeta had thought she had moved on, but these memories were etched deep in her heart. How could she forget them?

She took more time than Hattie to review the score.

Beside her, Hattie sneered, “Violeta, are you trying to cram at the last minute? If you can’t play, just say it. Staring at it for so long won’t change anything.”

After the riddle guessing, Hattie admitted that she wasn’t as skilled as Violeta. She acknowledged that.

However, when it came to playing the zither, she had been studying for many years.

She was confident she would never lose to Violeta.

Violeta softly shut the music score and passed it to Darwin.

“I’m ready.”

“Great.”

Next to them, Zelena’s eyes fixated on the traditional outfit that Violeta was dressed in.

Perhaps the sunlight was too harsh. At that moment, she felt as though she saw a glimpse of Violeta from her past life.

Zelena, feeling jealous, remarked sarcastically, “We’re all in ordinary attire, only they’ve chosen to dress uniquely, so distinctive.”

Gillian chimed in, “Yes, intentionally standing out, that’s all.”

Candy remarked, “Don’t assume that dressing in traditional attire guarantees high points. A golden-rimmed chamber pot is still a chamber pot.”

Kaylee responded with an eye-roll, commenting, “Oh, some individuals are akin to the vinegar-soaked cabbage from an ancient jar, intensely sour.”

Darwin declared, “Let the challenge begin. Hattie has already scored eight points earlier. Violeta, give it your utmost effort.”

He leafed through the sheet music.

“Beyond the Ridge,” he announced.

“Who would like to begin?”

Maybe after hearing Violeta perform “Melody of the Battle” previously, Darwin expected more from her.

The piece “Beyond the Ridge” is the highest level in the grade ten zither repertoire, demanding the performer to possess extensive zither skills.

Additionally, it requires a deep cultural understanding and an appreciation for nature. Darwin doubted whether these two young ladies, who appeared to be around twenty years old, could accomplish it.

Violeta stayed quiet.

Hattie stepped up and said, “I’ll go first.”

Darwin responded, “Alright, please proceed.”

Violeta was also eager to see how proficient Hattie was with the zither.

Nolan and his group arrived at the front just in time to watch their performance.

Hattie relished being the centre of attention, convinced she was destined to be in the spotlight.

She looked down at the strings, expertly plucking them to create a beautiful melody.

Aware of Violeta’s gaze, Hattie felt an added determination to impress her, demonstrating her skills without reservation.

Chapter 252

Hattie’s zither performances are undeniably enjoyable.

Nonetheless, as previously noted by Darwin, her playing lacks a sense of connection between herself and the music. Her emphasis seems to be solely on demonstrating her technical prowess, resulting in a noticeable absence of emotion. A zither piece without emotion is dry.

The technique is crucial, but achieving top-tier

musical tones also require time for maturation and refinement. Many aspects are perceptible to listeners attuned to music.

The music concluded.

Darwin applauded, “Well done, Miss. Your dedication to zither practice is evident. Yet, I can only award you eight points.”

gaze Hattie’s expression darkened, her intense.

“Why?” she inquired.

Darwin responded, “I’ve already explained my reasons earlier. I prefer not to repeat myself.”

“Violeta, please.”

While Hattie was performing on the zither moments ago, Violeta had already applied her fingerpicks.

She offered the owner a slight smile, saying, “Okay.”

Then, she cast her eyes down to the strings, mentally tracing the musical score. Her initial notes mirrored Hattie’s exactly.

However, as the piece progressed into its middle section, distinctions began to emerge.

Hattie’s rendition of “Beyond the Ridge” lacked depth in its complex emotional shifts.

However, Violeta’s performance highlighted the emotional changes within the music and contrasts in dynamics when plucking the strings.

As Darwin listened, his satisfaction grew steadily.

The primary distinction between Violeta and Hattie lies herein.

Although both possessed impeccable skills, the divergence lay in this aspect.

Darwin gazed at Violeta with growing admiration, while Hattie struggled to discern what made Violeta’s performance stand out.

She was slightly taken aback by Violeta’s ability to play the zither. However, apart from that, she didn’t find Violeta’s performance particularly impressive.

The music concluded.

Kaylee enthusiastically clapped beside them, “Clap clap clap!”

“Vio, your performance was outstanding!”

Darwin chimed in with praise, “Excellent job, Violeta. You have a deep understanding of this piece. It’s remarkable to see someone your age play with such skill.

“I’m giving you a perfect ten!”

Hattie was taken aback.

She abruptly stood up from her chair and exclaimed, “Why? Where do Violeta and I differ in the completeness of this piece?”

Darwin sighed, “Emotion.”

He continued, “When Violeta plays, the piece showcases emotional changes and stark contrasts in string plucking. Hattie, that’s where the gap lies between you two.”

Hattie was utterly baffled!

Indeed, she was perplexed.

The key difference between her and Violeta was decades of experience.

While Hattie had devoted many years to mastering the zither, so had Violeta. The distinction lay in the amount of time Violeta had invested, not less than Hattie. Music, like people, requires accumulation.

Hattie was reluctant to accept this outcome.

However, Darwin insisted on awarding Violeta a perfect ten score, leaving Hattie no room to contest.

In total, Hattie had 16 points, whereas Violeta scored a perfect 10.

Considering her higher score compared to Violeta, Hattie chose not to contest the decision at that moment.

“Let’s begin! Next piece.”

She still couldn’t believe it. Could Violeta really play better than her?

Darwin continued to flip through the music scores.

“Next song, ‘Dahlia Lullaby”

Hattie insisted, “Let me go first!”

“Sure.”

She began to play.

The “Dahlia Lullaby” painted a picture of graceful and vibrant dahlia flowers swaying in the breeze.

Hattie still earned a perfect score for her technical proficiency.

As the piece concluded, the onlookers joined in applause.

“Amazing performance!”

“Indeed, so beautiful and skillful in playing the zither.”

Hattie experienced a sense of satisfaction upon hearing the compliments from the crowd.

She cast a quick look towards Violeta.

Violeta paid no attention to her and proceeded to start playing.

Darwin had a knack for selecting pieces. The one he chose blended the theatrical elements and characteristics of the Allureville region, combining fast and slow rhythms to evoke a picturesque scene of Allureville’s misty rain and charm.

He leaned back with satisfaction, occasionally nodding in approval.

Wonderful.

Absolutely wonderful!

As the melody faded away, a hush settled over the audience.

Unlike the response to Hattie’s earlier performance, they seemed so captivated by the music that they forgot to applaud, still lost in its lingering resonance.

Only after Darwin applauded and praised with a “Well done!” did the crowd join in with their applause.

In the crowd, Nolan joined in with applause, and soon everyone else followed suit, clapping enthusiastically.

Onlookers enjoyed the spectacle, while those knowledgeable appreciated the nuances.

Hattie played exceptionally well.

Violeta played very well too, but between their performances, Hattie lacked something.

It was an experiential quality, something that must be nurtured over time.

Imagine asking a ten-year-old to perform the rumba dance. While she might execute all the steps flawlessly, she lacks the maturity and allure of an adult dancer.

Determining excellence can be challenging, but it’s clear that Violeta and Hattie differ significantly in their skill and artistic expression. Violeta’s playing exhibits a more refined and natural proficiency compared to Hattie’s, emphasizing artistic interpretation.

Chapter 253

“Ms. White, your interpretation of this piece is truly exceptional. I award you a perfect score of ten.”

“Ms. Ridge, your performance was also remarkable. You receive a nine.”

With one receiving a ten and the other a nine, Hattie found herself trailing Violeta by a single point once more. The gap was closing once again

Frustrated, Hattie stood up and addressed the boss, “This isn’t fair. With so many people here, why should you be the only judge? Music is subjective; everyone has different tastes. I think everyone here should vote and score.”

The boss hesitated. “Well…!

Hattie signaled to Zelena and the others. Zelena spoke up, “Yes since both are competing, why not let everyone here participate in the voting? That would be fair.”

Gillian added, “I agree. Music can’t be judged by one person alone. If you’re biased towards Violeta, wouldn’t her scores always be higher?”

The store owner waved his hand dismissively. “I don’t know either of these students personally. How could I be biased?”

Candy chimed in, “Since that’s the case, let everyone here vote and score. That would be the fairest way.

Right, everyone?”

“Yes!”

“That sounds good. I support it.”

“Agreed.”

Voices of approval echoed through the room. Seeing this, the owner had no choice but to agree to the rule change.

“Alright, since everyone wants to participate, we’ll change the rules. From the next round, everyone will get a vote, and the participant with the most votes will get an extra ten points.”

Hearing this, Hattie sat down, satisfied. She was currently leading in votes, with Violeta behind. Hattie believed the owner must have been biased towards Violeta before; otherwise, why would Violeta always score higher?

The owner turned to Violeta, who had remained silent. “Ms. White, do you have any objections?”

Violeta replied, “No, I don’t.”

“Good, let’s start the third round, then.”

The owner picked up the sheet music and began leafing through it.

“Let’s try ‘Eight Views of Longpeace.”

He had a talent for choosing the most challenging pieces. Mastering this one required not just technical skill but also the ability to convey a deeper meaning.

Inspired by a famous poem and painting more than 100 years ago, this composition depicted the Eight Views of Centrefield. Even today, the region’s poem about these scenes remains well-known. Capturing the essence of these views in music was even more demanding than playing ‘Dahlia Lullaby.

Hattie knew of the piece’s difficulty, and her enthusiasm waned. She glanced at Violeta.

“Violeta, I played first last time. You should go first this round.”

“Then I’ll take the lead.”

Hattie smirked slightly, doubting Violeta could truly bring out the piece’s essence. ‘Eight Views of Longpeace’ illustrated scenes like snowy peaks, windy bridges, a misty cottage, mountains, an ancient ferry, flowing waters, and evening glow.

Playing a piece that evoked such imagery was no easy task.

Even if Violeta possessed the skill, who here would recognize it? Hattie remained skeptical.

This was precisely why the owner had chosen the piece. He wanted to gauge Violeta’s true talent.

Violeta paused for a moment, then placed her hands on the strings and began to play.

Hattie, who had never closely observed Violeta’s playing, now watched intently.

Violeta’s technique was flawless, each movement of her fingers whether plucking, striking, or strumming-was precise. The notes emerged from her fingertips, weaving a melody that gradually filled the room.

The piece, steeped in the distinct charm of ancient music, seamlessly intertwined each segment with a poem and each poem with a vivid scene.

Slowly, Hattie found herself drawn into the world Violeta’s music created.

The melody painted vivid pictures in her mind.

Hattie furrowed her brow slightly.

Harbor City never experienced snow; it was situated in the southern region of Hoiten, east of the Pearl River Estuary.

During her childhood, Hannah was rarely at home but strict with Hattie and her brother.

Whenever Hannah returned, she promised Hattie that if she behaved, they would go skiing together. This promise kindled in Hattie a deep longing for snowy landscapes.

However, Hannah never kept her promise, even as Hattie grew older. Hattie’s first encounter with snow happened during a trip to Jouston with Benson to see Mount Fuujii.

She finally saw the snow she had yearned for, but the disappointment from her childhood still lingered.

As she listened to Violeta’s music, Hattie was transported back to her childhood dreams and the repeated disappointments.

Her heart ached, and she lowered her gaze.

Clap, clap, clap-

When Hattie snapped back to the present, the room was filled with thunderous applause. Almost everyone was clapping for Violeta.

Chapter 254

Hattie furrowed her brow as she observed the crowd.

Violeta had just finished her performance.

The shop owner clapped enthusiastically, genuinely impressed by how well the young girl had played. Is this the natural talent people talk about?

“Ms. Ridge, you seemed quite absorbed just now,” he remarked.

Hattie blinked in surprise. “Nonsense, I was not.”

The owner smiled. “Well, it’s your turn now.”

Hattie pressed her lips together, adjusted the false nails on her fingers, and began to play.

Her technique was as precise as Violeta’s, but her interpretation of the melody differed, thus creating a distinct effect.

While Violeta’s rendition was poetic and evocative, Hattie’s was flawlessly standard but lacked any memorable quality.

When Hattie finished, the room filled with applause, yet she remained unusually silent.

She now comprehended the gap between her and Violeta.

Zelena and her friends, who had not applauded for Violeta, clapped loudly for Hattie.

The owner spoke again, “Now everyone can vote. Stand in front of Violeta if you support her, and in front of Hattie if you support her.”

The audience quickly chose sides, forming lines in front of both girls.

Zelena and her friends, of course, stood by Hattie and even pulled a few others over.

The owner instructed his staff to count the votes. Although both sides had supporters, it was clear at a glance that Violeta’s line was longer.

The counting finished quickly.

“Violeta has twenty-eight votes,” the staff announced.

“Hattie has seventeen votes.”

Violeta won by a landslide, with eleven more votes than Hattie.

The owner declared, “As per the rules, Violeta gets an additional ten points!”

Hattie lowered her gaze and said nothing.

Earlier, when Violeta had scored higher, Hattie would have protested.

But now…

Hattie had genuinely lost herself in Violeta’s music.

Though she was always proud, hearing Violeta play made her realize just how far she had to go. She found herself speechless.

The shop owner glanced at Hattie. “Ms. Ridge, Violeta earns an extra ten points. Do you have any objections this time?”

There was only silence.

Hattie said nothing.

Zelena noticed Hattie’s silence and felt a pang of urgency.

She had hoped Hattie would fiercely compete with Violeta. Now, seeing Hattie retreat, Zelena was deeply disappointed.

After a moment, Hattie spoke. “No more competitions. I’m done.”

With that, she stood up and walked away from the guzheng.

Zelena and her friends, unsure of what to do, followed her out.

Including the round without Violeta, Hattie had played four pieces, scoring 8, 8, 9, and nothing for the last round.

Violeta had played three pieces, each scoring a perfect 10.

Hattie’s total score was 25. Violeta was 30. Hattie had lost.

After Hattie left, the shop owner addressed the audience. “Does anyone else want to participate in the challenge?”

No answer.

The audience remained silent.

The owner then turned to Violeta. “Ms. White, do you wish to continue?”

With no opponents left, Violeta found playing alone somewhat dull.

She checked the time and realized it was nearly time to meet at the guesthouse for lunch.

Violeta smiled at the owner. “No, I’m done for now.” The owner nodded, jotting down the final scores for Hattie and Violeta, ready for the next challengers to step up.

If Violeta’s score remained unchallenged, she would emerge as the undisputed victor of the contest.

Standing up, Violeta was presented with two exquisitely crafted wooden zither hangers by a nearby attendant.

“Here you go, students!” the attendant declared.

Kaylee took one and inspected it closely. “Wow, it’s beautifully intricate, and it’s made of wood!”

“Thank you,” Violeta acknowledged.

With that, they departed together.

Nolan and his companions, hidden amidst the dispersing crowd, approached to retrieve their own hangers.

They had just witnessed the musical duel between Violeta and Hattie.

“Mr. President, who’d have imagined these youngsters possessed such talent? Violeta’s performance was outstanding.”

Nolan cast a fleeting smirk towards Violeta’s retreating form. “Now do you think this is worth the trip?”

“Absolutely!”

“Hahaha…”

At midday, everyone convened at the guesthouse for a communal lunch.

In the afternoon, they joined a local guide to explore various scenic spots in the ancient town, navigating on foot throughout.

By dinnertime, fatigue had settled upon them all, yet the day had proven rewarding.

Over dinner, Nolan outlined the agenda for the next day: they would embark on a boating excursion.

Chapter 255

The leader had to tally the numbers and arrange enough boats to accommodate everyone. They had to hand in the list before ten at night.

After supper, Violeta took the roster and went from door to door, canvassing each household about their interest in tomorrow’s boating venture and needing a headcount by ten o’clock for the boat arrangements.

Few were keen, while most were apathetic.

Reasons varied; some cited exhaustion from the days of walking, craving rest, while others professed fear of the water….

The student council’s mandate was clear and set by the school.

If their group couldn’t muster enough for a boat, it spoke volumes about the leader’s rapport. That meant no one was willing to pitch in.

“Our legs are knackered from all the walking today. We haven’t an ounce of strength left for rowing.”

“Yeah, there’s no gain for us in boating. What if the boat capsizes? Accidents could happen.”

“I’m still not going. Water terrifies me.”

“I’m not going either. I just want to get some shut-eye.”

More excuses were thrown about when asked if they wanted to go.

After inquiries, only four, including Violeta and Kaylee, agreed to participate.

Clearly, this was an anomaly. It seemed certain parties were undermining Violeta, the leader.

Those opting out of the group boating demanded Violeta refund their share of the class fees so they could buy their own food.

Perhaps they expected Violeta to plead with them to join, but instead, she promptly handed over their funds and left.

Returning to her quarters, she prepared for bed.

Kaylee, learning of this, fretted, “Violeta, what should we do now? They won’t go.”

Violeta rolled over. “Forget about it and get some sleep. If they don’t want to go, then so be it..”

In the end, she wouldn’t suffer for it.

They likely felt the outing wasn’t worth their effort.

But Violeta had scoped out the endpoint of the boating trip.

That place…

It promised significant rewards!

The next morning came.

As anticipated, only Violeta, Kaylee, and another couple turned up for the boating venture.

This pair usually kept a low profile in class, likely joining to avoid any rifts with Violeta.

Typically, a boat could accommodate ten individuals.

Unlike other classes, which nearly filled two boats each, their group had only four participants, with just one lad taking the lead. It looked rather forlorn.

Eager to step up, Violeta positioned herself at the bow, taking charge as the navigator.

Nolan noticed their meager numbers and dispatched two lads from the student council as reinforcements to bolster their crew.

Though still undermanned, it lessened their plight somewhat.

Before they commenced rowing, Nolan declared that their destination lay at Lake Skyward ahead, where locals awaited their arrival. The first to reach would be treated to a sumptuous crab banquet!

At the mention of a crab feast, everyone’s excitement soared.

Lake Skyward crabs were renowned far and wide!

Violeta smirked knowingly. She had suspected this treat since last night when she scouted the nearby lakes and learned of Lake Skyward’s fame for Hoiten crabs. Clearly, the school had orchestrated this boating activity to reward the students with a feast.

Kaylee beamed with delight. “Bet the guys who skipped out are going to beat themselves up when they find out!”

Just before they commenced, Nolan, clad in a life jacket, joined Violeta’s boat to assist with rowing.

They set off on their journey.

On Violeta’s boat, comprising herself, Kaylee, and the two student council helpers, they totalled seven.

Though not at full capacity, their smaller group facilitated swifter maneuvers. Consequently, despite their fewer numbers, their rowing speed proved surprisingly swift.

Violeta and Nolan positioned themselves at the bow, each managing a side of the vessel, asserting their leadership.

In the centre sat Kaylee and their classmate, accompanied by her boyfriend just behind her, while at the stern, the two stalwart student council aides prepared to support.

With the first dip of the oars, they swiftly propelled forward.

Despite outnumbering Violeta’s team, the other groups lacked coordination, their motions

disjointed and sluggish.

Following the cues on the lake’s surface, Violeta and Nolan’s synchronized efforts effortlessly distanced themselves from the rest.

Meanwhile, those who opted out of the rowing expedition gathered back at the inn.

They had declined Violeta’s invite owing to promises made the night before by Zelena and Hattie, who had pledged to treat them to a meal at a local restaurant the following day.

This assurance had convinced them to stay behind.

Expecting to rise around noon and venture into the ancient town in search of food, they were taken aback.

Many of the bustling eateries from the previous day had shuttered their doors, and numerous shops were mysteriously absent.

After a prolonged search, they found no restaurant capable of accommodating their large group.

The inn had not prepared lunch, anticipating that the school’s arranged crab feast would suffice. Thus, not only were they deprived of lunch, but dinner remained elusive as well.

Chapter 256

“What are we going to do for lunch, then?”

“Why have so many of the town’s restaurants closed up?”

“Are they no longer open for business? It’s all rather peculiar!”

The inn staff were taken aback to find them all still in town.

“Didn’t you lot go out rowing together?”

“No.”

“Well, that’s a shame!”

The inn staff looked genuinely sorry. “Your school had organized the rowing activity to finish up at Lake Skyward, famous for its crabs. Many of the town’s restaurant owners were called in to help cook there, but you missed out.”

Half of the restaurant owners were busy preparing meals, while the rest didn’t want to miss the crab feast and set off early in the morning.

That was why the town was now so quiet.

On hearing this, everyone was dumbfounded. Silence grasped them.

Then, shock grabbed their hearts.

What? Today’s rowing is meant to end with a crab feast at Lake Skyward!?

Good Lord, we’ve missed out, big time!

Why hadn’t they mentioned this earlier?

Someone piped up, “Why didn’t you tell us yesterday? I would have definitely joined in!”

The innkeeper happened to pass by and chuckled at the comment. “Lake Skyward is near our town, and it’s really renowned. Didn’t you check all the info beforehand?”

A momentary silence followed.

“No.”

“Well, that’s a shame. But don’t fret. Even though we didn’t prepare meals today, we’ve got plenty of instant noodles in the pantry to tide you over.”

Instant noodles!?

How could instant noodles compare to a crab feast?

They were speechless.

Words failed them.

They had assumed rowing would be a fruitless task, but now they were told there were rewards waiting.

“Then bring them out quick. I’m famished. Haven’t eaten a thing since morning, and it’s already noon.”

The innkeeper motioned for a staff member to fetch the instant noodles, but cautioned, “Mind you, the instant noodles aren’t complimentary.”

Silence hung in the air.

Previously, expenses were covered by the school, hence there were no charges.

However, today, with the school arranging a lavish crab feast at Lake Skyward that was open for everyone, these students opting for noodles at the inn meant the owner couldn’t extend free hospitality.

Meanwhile, on the shores of Lake Skyward, Violeta and her companions had already assembled at the lakeside mansion for the crab banquet.

While custom dictated first-come, first-served, it was more of a motivational ploy for the rowers. In the end, everyone would have an equal portion.

At the mansion, a bountiful spread of fresh food awaited, buffet-style, offering everyone the freedom to savour as they pleased.

For city-raised youngsters, a crab banquet was a rare indulgence.

Today, they could feast to their heart’s content.

They could even acquire keepsakes carved from wood. They were made in the image of crabs.

The craftsmen put a lot of work into these souvenirs. Every crab had little differences between one another, but all looked like they could spring to life at any moment.

Post-feast, they were treated to crab-catching and a tour of the ecological farms, an enlightening experience indeed.

Dinner proved a hearty affair, eclipsing lunch in both warmth and variety.

They didn’t have to row back; transport was arranged, and they were all ferried back to the town together.

It was a day’s end that couldn’t have been more perfect.

The couple who had joined Violeta’s group couldn’t hide their elation.

Initially hesitant about the boating trip, they had expected little in return.

Little did they know they were headed for such a heavenly destination.

They captured numerous photos and shared them, quickly catching the eye of their classmates.

Meanwhile, back at the inn, everyone else made do with instant noodles. They crumbled about the lack of exquisite crab soup and could only enhance their meal with a lone sausage!

As the images spread like wildfire, envy and remorse swept through the group. Some even directed their frustration towards Zelena and Hattie.

“There’s a crab feast out there, and I’m stuck here with noodle soup. The difference is stark!”

“Yeah, if I’d known, I’d have joined Violeta without hesitation. It’s just unbelievable.”

“I’m a sucker for crab roe. Seeing that crab roe mixed with rice in the photos is making my mouth water.

Zelena and Hattie, seated nearby, exchanged eye rolls at the grievances aired.

Hattie, known for her fiery temperament, rose abruptly from her seat and retorted, “What’s the fuss? It’s just crabs. Ever tried king crab? When we return, I’ll treat you all at Yumloft. Enough fuss over something so trivial. It’s beyond belief.”

With that declaration, Hattie stormed off upstairs to her room.

Zelena, also standing now, addressed the group with a reassuring smile, “Don’t let it get to you, everyone. That’s just how Hattie is. Rest assured, since we promised yesterday to treat you, we’ll make good on it. When we’re back, forget the crab banquet; we’ll treat you to a lavish seafood feast.”

Silence swooped down on the room.

With one as the tough enforcer and the other as the comforting voice, they managed to mend fences and soothe bruised egos.

Chapter 257

Gillian and Candy chimed in agreement, “Yeah, everyone stops complaining. Crab feasts aren’t all that great; eat too much and you’ll end up with gout!”

On the third day in town, Violeta visited the riddle guessing stall and noticed a change in the rankings.

Her previous score had been surpassed, pushing her to second place.

Since she was already there, she decided to try her hand at the riddles again.

After an hour of effort, Violeta boosted her score to over eighty points, overtaking the second place with just over thirty points, thus reclaiming her spot at the top.

She even won a small rabbit-shaped lantern.

In the afternoon, she tried her hand at shadow puppetry, which was a novel experience.

Hattie’s plans to earn extra credits were thwarted by Violeta.

Consequently, on the third day, Hattie stayed put at the inn, spending the day watching variety shows.

The next day, they returned to Quinston.

A week later, the list of credits earned in the town came out. After verification, Violeta had earned a total of six credits.

Hattie, on the other hand, didn’t earn a single credit and even faced a complaint from the riddle guessing stall owner.

However, such complaints didn’t bother Hattie much; she was more concerned about the possibility of failing her finals, and spending the next week in the library.

Through Zelena’s connections, she privately arranged dinners with a few teachers, gave some gifts, and managed to secure her grades for the finals.

Zelena sold this favour to Hattie, who promised to take Zelena to Harbor City to meet Hannah during the winter break.

Zelena knew this was a turning point and wouldn’t miss this opportunity.

Half a month later, the finals arrived.

Once again, Violeta secured the top spot in her field with the best grades.

After exams, classmates went their separate ways, and Toland University officially began its winter break.

Quinston started cooling down and snowing. Today’s first snowfall was unusually slow in coming.

The fire crackled in the hearth, casting a warm amber glow across the room where Violeta reclined on the sofa, engrossed in her phone. Outside, as the weather chilled, Tuna’s fur thickened noticeably. Yet, indoors, where the fire blazed, he lay by the window, fixated on the world beyond.

As the year’s end approached, Irene’s schedule grew frantic, keeping her away from home for days on end.

At the theatre, preparations for the Spring Gala were in full swing, meticulously planned by Irene, the chief director, months in advance.

Meanwhile, Niall and Anton toiled long hours, commuting early and returning late daily.

Amidst the busy White household, Violeta found herself with the luxury of spare time.

Each morning, she rose when she wanted to, taking Tuna to the park, while Hera, off getting a custom headgear abroad, might not return until after the New Year.

Across the entertainment landscape, Nolan’s latest creation, ‘Night On the River,’ which he both filmed and directed, debuted on Blue Channel during primetime. The series showcased Nolan’s talent and was backed by significant investment.

Violeta tuned in as well, impressed by its quality production and with Wade’s writing prowess ensuring high viewer ratings.

Industry insiders had anticipated its success, and indeed, within just two hours of airing, the first episode surpassed ten million viewers.

Nolan had become an overnight sensation, his Facebook following exploding by the millions and still growing.

Violeta recognized this as the beginning of Nolan’s rise to stardom.

Even she, his junior, faced inquiries about him while working on the promotional MV for ‘MLSS’ and shooting posters. Staff, upon learning of their connection, subtly probed her for insights.

Regrettably, Violeta’s response remained consistent: “Sorry, I don’t know him well.”

Staff members, though disappointed, offered reassurance, “No worries, Violeta. You’re in performing arts as well, and I have a good eye for talent. You’re destined for stardom too!”

Violeta smiled graciously, “Thank you for your kind words.”

With her sophomore year looming, Violeta knew bigger challenges awaited her, building upon the successes and lessons of her freshman year.

If all unfolded as Violeta anticipated, the sophomore year would witness Hattie and Zelena springing into action.

Already, many luminaries in their circles had left their mark in the realms of film and television by this stage.

Drawing from Violeta’s recollections of a previous life, both Zelena and Hattie had begun testing the waters of the entertainment industry during their second year. Hattie surged ahead with ample resources, while Zelena, though initially trailing, swiftly caught up.

From that point, the gap between them only widened.

Naturally, Violeta couldn’t afford to lag behind.

Come evening, Zoren arranged a gaming session via their group chat.

Upon logging on, Violeta noticed Hayden’s absence, replaced by a male student from the tennis club who blended well with Zoren and the others.

She queried, “Where’s Hayden?”

“He’s off to Newham with his uncle. He can’t make it,” Zoren responded.

“What’s he doing there?” Violeta pressed.

Zoren shrugged nonchalantly. “Who knows? Seems Mr. Frost whisked him away. Missing him?”

… Not really.”

“Don’t fret. He’ll be back for New Year’s Day. Goes to the Frosts every year for card games. This year’s no different.”

“Let’s get started, let’s get started!”

The game commenced swiftly.

Violeta immersed herself, contributing to several victories. However, upon Niall’s return, she swiftly logged off.

Zoren, still eager for more, queried, “Vio, logging off so soon? Are you heading out?”

“Yeah, I need to go!”

Chapter 258

After uttering those words, she swiftly exited the game, powered down her computer, slipped into her shoes, and dashed downstairs.

“Niall!”

Niall had just arrived home, shedding his coat. He glanced up at Violeta on the second floor. “What’s up?”

“Have you found the person I asked you to find?”

Niall’s gaze softened. “Yes. They’re leaving the day after tomorrow, and dinner plans are already set.”

A smile brightened Violeta’s face as she hurried downstairs and embraced Niall tightly. “That’s wonderful! Niall, you’re incredible, thank you!”

Niall tousled her hair. “No need for all the formality.”

“Vio, you needn’t start networking so early, especially while still in school. You’ve only just begun your second year next semester, and Mum and Dad want you home a few more years.”

“Niall, I just want to broaden my horizons beyond class. Besides, an actress’s prime is brief. I should be creating more at my peak,” Violeta asserted. Niall smiled gently. “Fair enough. But remember, Violeta, whether you’re eighteen, twenty-eight, or thirty-eight, every age is your best.”

“Yeah, I understand.” Violeta nodded.

She knew her family meant well. Yet Violeta was determined not to lag behind Zelena, especially after being overshadowed in her previous life. She refused to waste any time this time around.

Zelena would be leveraging every resource in their circle. Hattie, with her connection to Hannah, had already surged ahead of everyone in their class.

This winter break presented the perfect opportunity to widen the gap.

Violeta didn’t believe in waiting for fate. Last time, she underestimated Zelena, and opportunities that should have been hers slipped away.

She was resolved to stay one step ahead, always.

Recalling from her previous life, Violeta vividly remembered that in her sophomore year, there were two productions whose crews were almost as talented as Nolan’s in ‘Night On the River. They rivalled the explosive popularity of that year’s biggest hits.

One project was a charming campus romance named ‘The Moon Belongs To You,’ while the other was an engrossing mystery series called *The Legend of Blind Detective*.

Violeta had a strong interest in period martial arts films, but her primary goal was to work with Wade.

It was widely known that Wade’s projects were rare gems, and his casting choices were notoriously selective. With no certainty that Wade would consider her, Violeta knew she couldn’t bet all her hopes on him.

As a sophomore, Violeta needed to secure a role in a noteworthy production. That’s why she was eyeing these two shows; either choice would mark a solid beginning for her career.

Hattie would surely turn to Hannah for assistance.

Meanwhile, Zelena would use every strategy to build her network, both by aligning with Hattie and by making new connections.

Violeta understood that relying solely on her own efforts would be unwise.

It made sense to strategically leverage her family’s connections when necessary to gain an edge.

Both ‘The Moon Belongs To You’ and ‘The Legend of Blind Detective’ presented promising

opportunities. Choosing either would be a smart move. However, the two projects were very different: one was a sweet romance, while the other was a serious, suspense-filled drama.

Choosing either would be a smart move.

However, the two projects were very different: one was a sweet romance, while the other was a serious, suspense-filled drama.

Although both directors had strong reputations, Violeta had a preference for ‘The Legend of Blind Detective.’

She wanted to build a career based on solid acting skills rather than just being another pretty face.

Making a strong start was crucial, as it would influence future opportunities and shape public perception.

While Violeta could easily fit into a high-profile, star-driven career, she was determined to be known for her acting prowess rather than her celebrity.

From her previous life experience, Violeta had witnessed many stars rise and fall, learning that fame was transient.

While much of the industry could be manufactured or fabricated, genuine achievements, once earned, were authentic and enduring.

As Violeta remembered, ‘The Legend of Blind Detective’ was a trilogy renowned for its remarkable character development. The series had even earned nominations for Best Lead Actor and Actress that year.

Although she couldn’t recall if it had clinched any awards, selecting this project would undoubtedly boost her chances of securing the New Actor Award.

A few days prior, Violeta had asked Niall to investigate the production team behind ‘The Legend of Blind Detective, hoping to establish some connections.

At the same time, she prepared her resume for the audition.

With the right contacts and her own impressive credentials, she was confident that she had a strong shot at the role.

Elsewhere, Hattie took Zelena to Harbor City for a meeting with Hannah.

With Benson heading abroad, Hannah had cleared a month from her schedule to spend time with them.

When Hattie introduced Zelena to Hannah, an experienced actress with nearly thirty years in the industry, it was evident to Hannah that Zelena had her own agenda.

However, Hannah considered the situation

carefully. In the world of entertainment, having an extra ally was preferable to making an enemy. Since Zelena and Hattie were classmates, Hannah saw no reason not to extend a helping hand to Zelena.

Chapter 259

Hannah brought up two promising scripts for the coming year in front of Zelena, clearly aiming to steer Hattie’s career path.

In the snug living room, warmed by the central heating, Hannah sat with poise on the sofa. She wore a beige, high-end coat that showcased her elegant posture. With a teacup in her slender fingers, her long, curled hair cascaded over her shoulders. Her makeup was impeccable and radiated a refined femininity.

Hattie, who had inherited her mother’s looks, appeared youthful beside her.

Zelena sat on the adjacent sofa, a cup of steaming oolong tea in front of her.

On the coffee table was a beauty device Zelena had brought from abroad a rare and thoughtful gift.

Hannah took a sip of her tea and said, “Hattie, do you recall Mr. Stanley from our previous meeting?”

Hattie nodded eagerly. “Yes, I remember.”

“He’s now working on a new project called ‘The Legend of Blind Detective. I’ve reviewed the crew, and it’s quite impressive.”

Hattie’s eyes sparkled with excitement. “Really, Mum? Are you helping me get a role in this? That’s amazing!”

Zelena, sitting nearby, tensed slightly. The Legend of Blind Detective?

That name rang a bell from her previous life. It was a well-received series if memory served.

There had also been a sweet romance drama from around the same time, though its title escaped her now.

Since Hannah appeared to favour ‘The Legend of Blind Detective,’ it indicated the show had

significant potential.

Hannah wanted Hattie to follow a serious, talent-focused career trajectory.

Having experienced the industry’s superficiality firsthand, Hannah knew that to establish a lasting reputation, one needed to earn genuine accolades.

“Hattie, after the New Year’s Day, I’ll set up a meeting with Mr. Stanley for you,” Hannah said.

Hattie’s face lit up with joy. “Really, Mum? Can I audition for the lead? What’s the show about?”

Hannah glanced at Zelena, who remained silent, and replied with a smile, “It’s a serious drama, centered on suspense and detective work. It’s a perfect starting point.”

“Have you heard? A new drama from the mainland has taken off,” Hannah said, her voice trailing off as she tried to recall the exact title.

Zelena interjected, “Ma’am, it’s ‘Night On the River, starring Nolan.”

Hannah’s face brightened. “Yes, that’s it. This show has some ties with Wade. While ‘The Legend of Blind Detective’ might not match the caliber of ‘Night On the River,’ it’s still impressive. With a strong performance, you could even be in the running for Best New Actress Award.”

Zelena had been following Nolan closely, knowing that ‘Night On the River’ was destined to be a success.

Hannah, on the other hand, had kept a keen eye on the mainland’s entertainment trends over the years. She planned to guide Hattie towards opportunities there, recognizing the greater potential compared to the waning scene in Harbor City.

In her later years, Hannah hoped to return to the mainland, perhaps for a final foray into the industry and a chance to earn some additional income.

It would bolster her efforts if the Ridges could lend a hand too.

Hattie and Benson represented Hannah’s assurance for her future.

Yet, Hattie’s expression was one of mild disappointment. “Mum, I’m not really into this kind of drama. Who watches serious shows like this these days? Young audiences prefer romance and youth-focused stories.”

Hannah replied, “Hattie, serious dramas have lasting value. Trends come and go, and many chases after the latest fad. But in five years, what will people remember?”

Hattie hesitated. Despite her lack of experience, she respected Hannah’s advice and was reluctant to disagree. Although she wasn’t keen on the genre, she valued Hannah’s perspective.

Hannah added, “But, the youth-oriented romance you mentioned there’s a good script in the works. It’s based on a popular novel.”

Hattie’s interest was piqued. “What’s it called, Mum?”

Hannah glanced at her phone, scrolling to find the name. “The Moon Belongs To You”.”

At that instant, Zelena’s memory clicked.

She remembered that when ‘The Moon Belongs To You’ had first aired, it had become a massive hit. The entire internet had been captivated by the romance between the lead characters, with viewers eagerly following their every development.

The male lead in ‘The Moon Belongs To You’ was Jacques Lightstone, the dashing star from Quinston Film Academy. Both he and Nolan rose to fame around the same time, each attracting a significant following thanks to their striking good looks.

Though Nolan initially captured the public’s attention, Jacques quickly made his mark, thus leading to fierce competition between their teams over scarce resources.

Their career trajectories soon diverged. Nolan became renowned as the quintessential period drama heartthrob with his classically handsome features.

In contrast, Jacques carved out a niche as the charming campus idol, earning the nickname ‘eternal college sweetheart’ from his fans.

“Mum, didn’t you say this type of genre doesn’t leave a lasting impression?” Hattie inquired.

“Indeed,” Hannah conceded, “I’m not particularly keen on this genre myself. However, the script and the director for this show are exceptional. I think these two projects at the start of the year offer the best opportunities.”

Hattie’s face brightened. “In that case, I’ll choose this one. I’m fond of this genre.”

Chapter 260

Hannah’s expression suddenly turned serious. “I’ve already arranged an audition for you with Blind Detective. Why don’t you give Lena’s new movie a shot as well?”

Zelena was momentarily stunned.

Hattie frowned, glanced at Zelena, and said, “Lena, my mom’s done you a huge favor. Why are you just standing there? Are you too happy to speak?”

Zelena finally snapped out of it and said, “Thank you, Hannah!”

Hannah added, “I happen to know the writer of The Moon Belongs To You. I’ll introduce you when the time comes. Since you’re Hattie’s friend, it’s good if you two can start your careers together and support each other in this massive industry. Once you’ve debuted, true friends become scarce; only before you debut do you have real friends.”

Her words carried a lot of meaning.

Hannah was giving Zelena a chance, placing a bet on her future success. If Zelena became famous, it would be a valuable connection.

A good starting point is crucial, and Hannah was undoubtedly a significant benefactor for Zelena!

First, she was planning for herself.

Second, she genuinely wanted to help Zelena for Hattie’s sake, going with the flow of the situation.

Third, Hannah didn’t want to give this opportunity to a stranger. Although she didn’t think highly of The Moon Belongs To You and didn’t want Hattie to act in it, she recognized its potential to become a hit. Giving Zelena the chance was better than giving it to an unknown outsider.

A few days later, under Niall’s arrangement, Violeta successfully met with Stanley, the producer of Blind Detective.

Niall’s role could be an investor or an advertiser.

In any case, he’s the one with the money.

When Niall invited him to dinner, Stanley readily agreed and even arrived half an hour early to wait for him.

Niall brought Violeta to the dinner.

Upon seeing Violeta for the first time, Stanley gave her a once-over and greeted her politely.

Niall introduced them, “This is my sister, Vio. Vio, this is Mr. Stanley.”

Violeta smiled and shook his hand. “Nice to meet you, Mr. Stanley.”

Stanley, with his high emotional intelligence, responded, “Oh, come on, no need for ‘Mr. Stanley. Just call me Stan. Let’s sit down and chat.”

Once they sat down, the waiter began serving the food.

When Niall introduced Violeta as his sister earlier, Stanley was puzzled since he hadn’t heard of Niall having a sister. He wondered if Niall meant something else.

To clarify and avoid any misunderstanding, Niall introduced Violeta again more formally once they sat down.

“Stan, this is my little sister, Violeta.”

This time, Stanley understood completely.

During the meal, the conversation shifted to recent investments, and Violeta sat quietly, not saying a word.

Finally, Niall brought up the topic, “Stan, do you need more funding for your next film?”

Stanley replied, “Mr. White, to be honest, we are still a bit short on funds. Are you interested?”

Niall smiled slightly. “Violeta is studying acting, and she’s my only sister. I want to give her good opportunities. Seeing her struggle would worry our parents. You have a wide network in the industry, so I’d appreciate it if you could look after her.”

Stanley responded, “Of course. Ms. White has excellent qualities, and with her background in acting, she certainly has a bright future. If she’s interested, I have a trilogy project coming up that she could audition for.”

Niall asked, “Can you tell us more about the details?”

Stanley then explained the entire trilogy of Blind Detective, including the directors, the script development, and more.

Violeta, in her previous life, never had such a great opportunity to understand a project’s early stages from an investor’s perspective.

The reality of the industry was clear: even the glamorous producers on the film set had to humble themselves in front of the big investors.

Money truly makes the world go round, a fact Violeta was well aware of.

Niall didn’t explicitly say he wanted Violeta to be part of Blind Detective. Violeta didn’t show much interest either. After Stanley finished his introduction, Violeta smiled and said she would consider it and would go through the audition process if she liked the role.

In terms of appearance, Violeta was qualified.

Stanley, having seen countless faces in the industry, was used to beautiful people.

A pretty face might be rare in the ordinary world, but in the entertainment industry, it was just a ticket to enter.

What was truly scarce were resources, connections, and power.

If Niall had bluntly asked Stanley to cast Violeta as the lead, Stanley might have found it difficult but wouldn’t outright refuse.

Yet, Niall didn’t say it directly, and Violeta didn’t act overly interested either.

お金金

SEND GIFT or GCASH: +63.936.139.8714

COMMENT

Subscribe

♡
Prev | Next

The Lycan King’s Defiant Surrogate by Riley Above Story (Chapters 141 to 150)

Chapter 141

I want to continue my research into the woman in the picture with Evan, but Hector likely has the library watched now. After what happened last time, I’m not in any kind of mood to see him again, or be tossed around in another confrontation.

Without those old newspaper resources, investigating is sure to be much more difficult this time, but I’m unwilling to give up.

Staring at the photo I’d printed of the unknown woman, I searched every square inch for answers. I stare at the photo for so long that I feel like my eyes are going cross. Surely, I’ve memorized every inch by now.

Then, I see it. A tiny little mark, barely noticeable, at the base of the woman’s throat.

“Bethany,” I say, lifting her attention away from the needlepoint she’s taken up while sitting beside me, idle, in my room. She’s already cleaned every inch of it. Typically, by now, I’d be out of the room, allowing her the opportunity to see to other tasks.

As Caleb hasn’t called for me as much lately, I’m stuck here. Bethany, being my handmaiden, is duty-assigned to stay by my side while I’m here.

“What is it?” she asks.

“Do you know where I can get a magnifying glass?”

Ten minutes later, Bethany returns to the room holding just what I need. Approaching me at the table, she passes it over. Then she returns to her own chair and her needlepoint.

Lifting the magnifying glass, I more carefully inspect the image. I look in the other spots first, ignoring the point of interest, just in case I missed anything. When I don’t find anything, I move the magnifying glass closer to the unknown woman’s throat.

Yes. There. I can see it now.

She’s married with the brand of an omega. It’s distinctive in size and shape. Though it could be in any place on the omega’s body, this one is right there near her collarbone at the base of her throat.

Even seeing it clearly, I still can’t believe my eyes.

“Look at this,” I say, passing the photo and the magnifying glass to Bethany. “There on her neck. Tell me I’m not seeing things.”

Bethany lowers the needlepoint to inspect where I’ve told her. Right away, she says, “That’s the mark of an omega.”

Omegas are the lowest members of the pack. Though still ranked as servants and slaves, they cannot hold any position of importance, even to marry someone of rank. They often find their purposes in being nannies or caretakers and helping other more prominent members of the pack.

The question then is, what in the world was an omega doing, looking like a lover to Prince Evan? How could someone with such a lowly status be tied up in some kind of royal plot?

With a worried expression, Bethany hands back the photo and the magnifying glass.

“Maybe you should stop looking into this,” Bethany says. “There are old secrets here that might be better off staying buried.”

“It’s dangerous, I know,” I say. “But for Caleb, I have to find the truth.”

“You don’t think he killed his brother?”

“I do.” The evidence is clear that Caleb committed the act. “But that doesn’t mean it was unprompted.”

“You think someone put him up to it?”

I do, but I’m not willing to admit that right now. Hector’s investment in this felt like less than a father protecting his son, and more like he was defending himself.

I could be wrong, I admit that, but until I know for sure, I can’t let this go.

Knowing the woman is an omega helps a massive amount. There aren’t many omegas and all of their birthdays and locations are documented and stored in this very building. I just needed access to the records.

“Bethany…”

She has already set aside her needlepoint once more. “Come on. I’ll go with you to the record room and keep watch while you snoop.”

“Thank you,” I tell her in appreciation and gratitude. I was blessed the day Bethany was chosen to be my handmaiden. She has quickly become the best friend I’ve ever had.

Bethany leads me to the record room. The omega records are kept in thick binders lined up on a bookcase. As they are organized by the pack and then year, I search first for the pack of the capital, knowing she would have had to be nearby to form a relationship with the prince.

From there, I searched for the year the photo was taken.

Oddly, I find that the binder for the year I need has been removed. I go back to the year before and remove the binder. Opening it, I saw that some pages had been torn out in haste, bits of paper still attached to the binder clips.

The other omegas in the binder do not match the description. Some are too old, others are only children.

I put that binder back and then take down the one from the year before. It’s the same, with pages missing and none of the others matching the woman.

It seems as if the woman I’m searching for has been entirely removed from the public record as if someone has scrubbed her whole existence.

I have little to no hope of finding her, then. Without even knowing her name, she is lost to me.

But I won’t give up. I might not be an omega, but I am still a lowly consort. As someone who has also been caught up in the royal drama, I feel a sort of comradery with this woman.

I won’t rest until I find out who she is and make sure she’s okay. If she’s been killed in all of this, I will make sure her memory is honored, not lost to time.

“Harper,” Tristan says from the entrance of the records room.

Bethany, standing behind him, gives me a worried look from behind his shoulder. She was to be lookout, but I could understand how Tristan could sneak by her guard. He is as stealthy as he comes when he wants to be.

He struts toward me, his gaze drifting down to the binder in my hand. I snap it closed.

I expect a scolding from him, likely a lecture and a threat to tell Caleb what I’ve been up to. Likely, from seeing what I’m looking at, a man as keen as him would be able to piece together what I’m searching for.

“You’ve been busy,” he says.

“Idle hands make for idle minds,” I tell him. “I need to keep busy.”

He hums. His expression doesn’t change but there’s something about him, maybe the intensity of his gaze, that tells me he sees straight through me.

“Her name is Summer Robins,” he says. “I warn you, never say that name aloud. Do not even repeat it back to me.”

“Thank you -“

“Do not thank me, either,” Tristan says. “Just remember it, and do with it as you will. If you are caught in your carelessness, I will not save you.”

Swallowing thickly, I reply, “I understand. But if I could ask you -“

“I will not explain more,” Tristan says firmly. “Now, wrap up what you are doing here. Caleb needs you.”

Chapter 142

Tristan leads me to the door of Caleb’s chambers, where even the guards seem nervous. From within, I hear the sounds of porcelain being shattered, of tables and chairs being thrown, and Caleb’s loud voice, booming from within.

“I need answers, doctor! Solutions! Not more of your useless doctor- speak!”

The guards, seeing me, step aside at once to let me enter. Tristan gestures for me to do so. With his feet firmly planted, he’s making it clear he has no intention of joining me inside.

I take a moment to gather myself with a deep inhale and exhale. Then, not sure what to expect, I step inside the chambers.

Immediately, I am greeted with destruction and chaos.

Much of Caleb’s furniture has been upturned. One of his chairs has gone through the window and sits on the balcony outside. Hanging pictures have fallen off the walls, their glass shattered and scattered across the floor.

Even with shoes, I step carefully to avoid the larger pieces.

Caleb is near the bed, pacing from it to the wall and back again. A nervous-looking doctor stands nearby.

“I’m no longer asking, I’m commanding,” Caleb shouts. “You will give me something for this paranoia!”

The doctor worried his hands together while shaking his head. “I took a vow, my King, to do no harm, and I must uphold it. As I said before, your strong Alpha blood will counteract the safe level of drugs I could prescribe to you. The sheer amount of drugs you would need to sedate those feelings would hurt you if not outright kill you.”

“That was a command, doctor!”

“Caleb,” I say sharply, approaching faster now. I’m well aware of how foolhardy the action is. One should never speak such to a King, especially in front of someone else. Whatever liberties Caleb allows me in private, do not transcend into public. He has his ruthless image to maintain.

However, given the circumstances, if I don’t do something, Caleb is likely to rip the doctor’s head off. This is a good doctor, who will stand by his vow rather than allow his king to harm himself. I will protect him if I can, for Caleb’s sake, his own, and any patients that might be soon needing a good doctor.

Caleb’s wild red-flashing eyes shift to me. “You overstep your place, consort.” His voice stays angry, but the volume goes down, a sign that my presence is working once again.

Sensing the change in the room, the doctor finds the courage to continue, “You are suffering from mate-sickness, my King. The only way to cure it, as strong as it is within you, is to find and claim your mate.”

Caleb sharply switches his attention – and his ire – back to the doctor. “I am not some weak-willed lovesick fool, doctor, and the implication otherwise is a great insult.” The volume of his voice remains level, thankfully, even though the tone dips down into dangerous territory.

The doctor visibly swallows.

“King Caleb,” I say, to redirect his attention. “I need to speak with you on an urgent matter.”

That’s a blatant lie, but it’s the best excuse I could think of at the moment to turn Caleb’s attention onto me and away from the doctor.

“It’s private,” I add, glancing sideways at the doctor. If I could get the doctor excused from this room, that would save him- at least, for now. Surely this argument would happen again and again, likely with increasing ferocity, until Caleb could find his cure.

A cure that involves finding his mate. My stomach twists uncomfortably at the thought. I already feel heavy in the knowledge that I will have to share Caleb with Annabelle, the woman to be his bride. Now, I must share him with a third – a mate?

He will surely cast me aside for his fated mate. As his perfect match, a fated mate would satisfy him in every way, more than I could ever hope to. He’d have more use for me.

Maybe then, he would release me. Heartbroken, the thought does not fill me with as much satisfaction as I thought it would.

Caleb’s eyes narrow, looking at me. “Fine.” To the doctor, he barks, “Get out.”

The doctor doesn’t waste any time. In a rush, he turns and darts from the room, the glass crunching under his feet.

Caleb and I stare at each other in silence, until the doctor exits and the door shuts behind him.

Then, Caleb steps toward me. Pulling himself up to his full, intimidating height, he glowers down at me. “What is this urgent matter?”

I try to think quickly, but Caleb notices my hesitation.

In a flash, he closes the remaining distance between us and grabs me roughly by the shoulders.

“You lied,” he growls. “You, the one person I thought I could trust. You wish to betray me too, do you? Are you working with them? Are you in on this plot against me?”

“N-no!” I say quickly, but some fear throttles the word, making it uneven. It doesn’t sound true, even to my own ears. I can only imagine how deceitful I sound to Caleb.

Since we’ve grown so close, I don’t usually feel fear around Caleb anymore. But when he’s like this, his behavior is impossible to predict, and that terror returns. His paranoia could drive him to harm me, regardless of the affection I know he otherwise feels for me.

The Caleb I know has taken a backseat at present. This Caleb is overwhelmed by his paranoia, a result of his mate-sickness.

“Caleb, please.”

“You’ve betrayed me my consort,” Caleb growls. “After everything I’ve done for you. After all, I give to you…

He tosses me like a ragdoll. I expect to be thrown to the floor like his father had done, but instead, I find myself bouncing, unharmed, atop his bed.

In the jostle, however, the photo of Summer Robins falls out of my pocket. I reach for it, hoping to snatch it away before Caleb can see it.

But, with the sudden quiet in the room, I know I’m already too late.

Glancing up, I see Caleb, his red eyes affixed to the printed-out photo resting at the edge of the bed.

“What is this?” he asks, his voice so quiet that if there had been any other noise in the room, I wouldn’t have heard him. “Where did you find this? Why did you have this?”

With each word, his fury intensifies. His hands curl, his fingers elongating and turning into claws. His canines sharpen, his teeth growing bigger in his mouth.

He’s not just at the edge of shifting, he is slowly, actively becoming more werewolf than man.

“Caleb…” I say, hoping to calm him and bring back some of his humanity before he totally loses himself.

He grows a full foot in height, with fur beginning to prickle out from his skin.

“Caleb, please,” I beg, but he seems beyond me now.

He’s trapped in his mind, in his wolf, and all he knows is anger.

Enraged, he leaps toward the bed. I roll back out of fright, but he doesn’t attack me. Instead, he grabs the photo of Summer and shreds it to pieces with his claws.

Chapter 143

Never before have I seen Caleb act this animalistic without reason. It’s as if he’s totally lost himself in the frenzy of the wolf. Even half-shifted, he seems out of his mind, with neither man nor wolf fully in charge. Only the paranoia drives him now, like a parasite that’s fully taken over his body…

The pieces of the photo I’d printed of Summer Robins twist and fall in the windless room. Even when they finally rest on the floor, Caleb lifts his foot and smashes them further, as if hoping to grind them to dust – as if, needing to somehow, for reasons I don’t fully understand.

When he’s like this, I fully fear him and the carnage he could wreak. I know he’s not the man I’ve come to admire, even love. This is someone else wearing his skin.

Yet, even with that fear, I can’t let this continue. If I don’t find a way to stop this transition, I might fully lose Caleb forever. That is unacceptable. I won’t allow it.

Pushing myself forward, I reach the edge of the bed and then step off of it. Caleb does not move backward; he gives me no room at all. This means, my chest is very near his waist, as he towers over me even higher than he normally would. He glares down at me with his inhuman features, a snarl crossing his wolf-like mouth.

“Caleb,” I say again, keeping my voice as calm as I am able. Rallying together every shred of courage from within me, I inch even closer to him. Slowly, telegraphic my movements as much as I can, I lift my hands and place them onto where his chest should be, under the fur now covering him.

Just as slowly, he curls toward me and inhales, scenting first my hair, then my shoulder, then, finally, my neck.

For several long moments, we stay just like that, with Caleb breathing deeply at the junction of my neck and shoulder. I am as still as a statue, allowing him to take in my scent. I push down on my fear, allowing only calm and peace to lift to the surface.

He must scent those emotions on me. With a tiny sigh, his body begins to shrink down to his normal height. The fur retracts from his skin, and his facial features take on their typical human shapes.

After a few uneasy moments, Caleb fully returns to his human self.

Immediately, as soon as he has hands and not claws, he wraps his arms around me and presses me more fully against him. His nose stays at my neck, breathing deeply, even in human form.

“Harper,” he says, and I finally exhale with relief. For him to call me that means that he’s regaining his faculties, at least in part. “I’m losing my mind.”

“We’ll find a way to stop it,” I say, though I have no real idea of how to begin. To truly save him, we need to find his fated mate. My presence is only a temporary solution.

“The doctor has denied my drugs.”

“He can’t harm his patients,” I say. “He cannot break his vow, not even for you.”

Caleb hums. He seems more receptive to that notion now than he did when the doctor was in the room…

“Only when I’m with you, do I feel some clarity. Not even my fiancé gives me peace like you do,” he says. Softer, gentler, he adds, “You understand why I cannot acquiesce to your request, even if my affection and gratitude toward you make me want to give you what you want.”

I suppose I could understand. With Caleb’s sanity teetering on the edge of a knife, I am the only thing keeping him from succumbing fully to his paranoid mindset.

Yet with that acknowledgement come questions.

“Why marry Annabelle at all, if she cannot help with the mate- sickness? Why not go out and search for your actual fated mate?” I ask.

While it’s true that finding a fated mate requires a great deal of challenge – some wolves go their entire lives searching – no one has more resources than the Alpha King. If he cannot find his mate, even with those resources, what hope remains for anyone else?

“I cannot leave the throne unattended,” he says.

“Send Tristan, then. It might take longer, but surely the end result will be worth the wait.”

“I can’t,” he says again, softer. “A Luna is needed on the throne. I have already delayed this course for too long. With each passing day, my subjects respect me less and less, and that’s not simply because of my mate-sickness. Without a Luna, this kingdom is weaker.”

I sense the influence of Caleb’s parents and his advisors in those words. In the past, he’d brush them off. But the mate-sickness has left him vulnerable in a way he’s likely never experienced before. To protect his throne and his kingdom, he needs to cover that weakness. By marrying Annabelle, he would at least be able to hide it for a time.

That’s a temporary solution, though. Sooner or later, Caleb’s sickness would take him over, and unless Caleb’s parents and advisors were ready to leave the kingdom in Annabelle’s hands, they’d have to face the hard truth that a new Alpha is needed.

My own doubts creep into my mind. Maybe this is just the play Caleb’s parents are attempting to make. Perhaps they see Annabelle as a puppet they can use to take over once again while Caleb is lost in his mind.

I decide not to voice these concerns, not wanting to put even more cause for paranoia on top of Caleb.

Fortunately, the need to say anything more is proved moot, when Tristan enters the room. Caleb and I step apart from each other, no longer locked in an intimate embrace. However, Caleb still keeps me near, our arms pressed together.

“Forgive the intrusion,” Tristan says, “But a scout has returned from the north. The advisors believe he has vital new intelligence that you need to hear, King Caleb.”

The troubles of the kingdom will not wait for Caleb to recover, it seems. Why do I feel, that no matter if peacetime or wartime, Caleb will never find time to rest.

Of course, he wouldn’t have time to leave his throne in search of his mate, with how much he is needed here. Neither could Tristan go on the hunt, as he is just as vital as Caleb’s right hand.

Even so, it seems terribly unfair for Caleb to suffer like he has. Does no one have a viable long-term solution that includes both the welfare of the kingdom as well as the best health of the king?

I suppose not. If anyone had any ideas, they would have likely said them already.

Caleb nods, then starts forward, heading toward the door.

Behind him, Tristan glances at me. “You should be there.”

“Me?” I ask, to be sure. There’s no one else in the room, but I can’t imagine why I would be vital to this meeting – unless Tristan thinks the news might set off Caleb’s paranoia again, and he will need me to calm down.

That’s not what Tristan says though. Instead, “You should hear what the scout has to say.”

Chapter 144

Chapter 145

Chapter 146

Chapter 147

Chapter 148

Chapter 149

Chapter 150

お金金

SEND GIFT or GCASH: +63.936.139.8714

COMMENT

Subscribe

♡
Prev | Next

The Lycan King’s Defiant Surrogate by Riley Above Story (Chapters 131 to 140)

Chapter 131

Caleb follows Tristan to an empty gym. The guards already sparred in here earlier and now it sits empty. If Caleb didn’t know Tristan as well as he did, he might suspect that Tristan led him back here so they could continue their fight.

But Caleb does know Tristan, so he knows Tristan only brought him back here so they can talk – which means Caleb needs to calm down.

Shifting in front of an entire was probably not the wisest choice for Caleb, but in his state, he’d been unable to think clearly enough to care. With Tristan’s interference, he’s beginning to realize he shouldn’t fight his own guards.

Especially when they are already beginning to distrust him.

They stop in the center of the room, and then Tristan turns to look at Caleb, wearing his typical faux-bored expression. He’s waiting for the truth.

“I offered Harper a gift of her choosing in exchange for her saving my life,” Caleb says. With his wolf pushed back, he can speak much more easily than he could when he was near his shift. “At first, she denied needing the gift, but now she’s asked something of me.”

“She wants to be free,” Tristan says.

Caleb narrows his eyes at Tristan. He hadn’t suspected that Tristan might be the one that Harper might be seeking to marry…

No. Caleb shakes his head. That’s the paranoia’s influence. He knows them both too well to believe that.

“Her face when she stood beside you while you were on your date with Annabelle told a story,” Tristan says. “She hadn’t looked that unhappy since she was first brought here.”

Caleb didn’t notice her unhappiness during his date. He’d been too focused on trying to determine if Annabelle was worthy to stand beside him on his throne. The pressure from his parents made him singularly focused in that regard.

He could kick himself now, for not seeing the discomfort in Harper. Maybe he could have found a way to resolve this before she made her request.

Too late now.

“She needs to fall in line,” Caleb grumbles. “She must know what she asks is impossible.”

“Harper isn’t like the other women in your harem,” Tristan says. “She’s opened her heart to you, and in doing so, has opened herself up to be hurt by you. Every time you flirt with another, she feels it.”

“And you could see that on her face?” Caleb asks, just to be sure.

“Yes,” Tristan says. “All you have to do to see it is look at her.” Tristan shrugs. “She’s jealous, King Caleb.”

“Jealous?” Caleb doesn’t truly understand. The girls could be petty over each other, but Harper has never been like that. She’s never seemed to care how much money or gifts he’s lavished on anyone else.

“She doesn’t want to share you,” Tristan says.

She did say something like that, now that Caleb remembers, thinking clearer. She wants a mate who will share special moments and celebrations with her. She doesn’t want to be anyone’s second or replacement.

Perhaps the warning signs were there, Caleb just didn’t see them.

To keep Harper, Caleb has to try to be more understanding. If only he could find some compromise to keep the both of them happy.

Oh! That could work.

“Harper will no longer need to attend my dates with Annabelle,” Caleb says. “In fact, I believe we should keep the two entirely separate. If they do not see each other, they will not think of one another.”

“My King,” Tristan says, and Caleb can already tell just from his tone that he’s about to disagree. “This seems like only a temporary solution. It might even be worse for Harper to not be there. Her imagination will surely run wild…”

“Harper will adjust,” Caleb says. “She will have to, as I fully intend to make Annabelle my wife.”

Tristan stares at Caleb for a long moment, like he is waiting for something else. When Caleb doesn’t say anything more – what’s left to say? – Tristan sighs and glances away. “That is your decision, my King.”

“Annabelle is a fine woman and would make a good queen,” Caleb says.

“Of course,” Tristan says.

Annoyance swells within Caleb. Even as many times as Caleb scolds him, Tristan never speaks his mind to Caleb. But he’s clearly holding back now.

Not that it matters. Caleb has made his decision, and that is all there is.

He is so determined that later that day, during a lunch date with Annabelle, Caleb proposes.

“Annabelle. Would you care to be my wife?”

Annabelle’s smile stretches so wide, it must hurt her cheeks. “Yes, my King. That would be wonderful.”

He should tell her that if she’s going to be his queen, she should start addressing him by his first name, but he doesn’t. The thought of her being so informal with him doesn’t sit quite right.

Though he doesn’t mind when Harper does it.

He’s sure by the time the engagement is through, he will feel differently.

News of the engagement spreads through the palace like wildfire, with whispers flittering between the servants and the guards. Eventually, the harem girls overhear.

Bethany rushes straight to me as I’m walking down the hallway, returning from the dining room where I ate lunch.

“Caleb’s getting married,” she says. “He proposed only an hour ago.”

I really wish I didn’t eat anything, because now it’s threatening to return up my throat.

Swallowing it down again, I nod and continue walking back to my room.

“Did you hear me?” Bethany asks, hurrying along beside me. “Why aren’t you saying anything? Are you alright? You’re pale.”

“I’m fine,” I say, though even those two little words sound hurt.

Truthfully, I’m not fine, but I vowed I wouldn’t cry over Caleb anymore and I’m holding myself to that.

Once we are back in the safety of my room, I turn to Bethany. “I need a suitcase.”

Her eyes go wide. “A suitcase? Why?”

“If he proposed, that must mean that he is accepting my request. I imagine I will be gone from this place by nightfall.”

Bethany’s face starts to fall. “You will?”

I hate to leave her here. “I will see if I can bring you with me,” I say. “A woman needs her handmaiden, after all.”

Bethany perks at that. “The suitcases are kept in storage. I’ll return with two.”

With that, Bethany turns and hurries out of the room.

In her absence, I start to decide what I will be taking with me. I won’t be taking everything. I have no need for some of the finer things, like the gowns or the flashy jewelry. But I will take the simpler, more comfortable dresses and clothing.

Gathering up a few outfits, I haul them out into the main room and drop them on my bed.

“What’s this?” Caleb asks.

I jump, not having heard him come in.

“I’m packing,” I tell him. There’s no sense hiding it, not when he’s likely to come here to tell me to leave.

Turning toward him, I brace myself by reminding myself this is what I want. I don’t want to have to watch Caleb and Annabelle act like a loving couple for the rest of my life, while I hang around on the side.

I’d rather leave.

“Where are you going?” he asks me, walking closer.

“I haven’t decided yet,” I say.

“And you think I will authorize a trip like this?” he asks. He stops two feet in front of me.

“It’s not a trip,” I say, confused. “I’m leaving.”

Caleb’s face twists in anger. “You are not leaving.”

“But -“

In a flash, Caleb closes the distance. Grabbing me roughly by the shoulders, he insists, “You are not going anywhere, Harper. You will always be mine.

Chapter 132

For a moment, I’m too stunned to speak. How could I have gotten this so wrong? How could I think that Caleb would be reasonable, and want to save me from further hurt when everything that he’s ever done until this moment has only been in his own selfish interest?

Of course, he wouldn’t want to free me from this torture. Why would he? Not when he can have what he wants by forcing me to stay here.

This is a man with a harem. He doesn’t understand what monogamy means, or why anyone would want it.

With a heavy sigh, my entire body sinks, pulled down by the weight of knowledge of the pain to come. There will be no escape for me, then.

What if they have children?

Oh, gods.

I put my hand on my stomach, willing myself not to be sick.

“If you mean what you said, about me mattering to you more than I realize, then why would you want to torture me like this?” I ask.

“This won’t be torture,” Caleb says. “Nothing will change between us.”

He’s delusional if he believes that. Or, perhaps more likely, he has no idea the kind of relationship that Annabelle wants. Will he even release his harem at her request, or does he fully intend to make her miserable too?

Nothing will change? Everything will change.

“You will have a wife who will expect things from you,” I say.

“She will adapt, as you will.” He seems so damn confident like he has it all figured out. Like he believes everything will be as easy as Do what I say.

Feelings don’t work like that. They aren’t logical. I can’t just not be heartbroken because he wants me to stop.

I don’t even know where to begin in trying to explain that to Caleb, not when he is so damn sure of himself. He won’t listen to me. I’d just be wasting my breath.

“Please, Caleb,” I try pleading instead. “I don’t want to be here for this. She is going to be your wife. I can’t be the other woman…”

“Our situation is not like the typical relationships you are used to,” Caleb says, softening slightly like he’s purposefully trying to be kinder – more understanding. He doesn’t know how damn patronizing he sounds. “I’m a king. I can have any number of relationships I choose with whomever I choose.”

“I don’t want that for myself,” I say.

“You won’t have it,” Caleb says. “Your only lover will be me.” His fingers curl tighter around my shoulders, biting into my skin. He’s not just stating what he believes to be facts; this is a warning. I will not take other lovers, or they will likely be killed. I can read between the lines well enough.

“Caleb, I can’t do this…”

“You can, and you will,” Caleb says. “I’ve already started to make arrangements. The two of you will forever be separate. You won’t even walk past each other in the hallways. It will be like the other doesn’t exist.”

“But she will be Queen,” I say. This means, I’ll be the one kept to the shadows, forced to hide away while Annabelle attends all the events. If she starts coming down the same hallway as me, only one of us will be asked to move. It’s not going to be the Queen. “Please, Caleb. Just let me leave.”.

“No,” he says sharply. “And do not ask again.”

With a disgusted snarl, he drops his hands away from me, then turns and heads to the door – just as Bethany is returning with two suitcases.

“Take those back to storage,” Caleb barks at her. “Harper will never leave this palace while I’m still breathing.”

Bethany dips her head while glancing sideways at me. “Of course, my King.” She cannot tell the King, no, but she’s still looking to me for what she should do.

I close my eyes and give her a stilted nod.

Without his approval, I wouldn’t be able to take one foot out of the palace without being dragged back. He’s probably on his way to tell the guards right now to keep a closer eye on me, in case I try to run again.

Bethany wheels the suitcases back into the hall. Caleb waits for her to leave, then follows her out the door without looking back.

When they are both gone, I gaze longingly at my pile of clothes. I thought I was so close to freedom, but I wasn’t. It had been an illusion; I wasn’t close at all.

Picking up the dress on top, I hold it against me, trying to imagine myself wearing it while I walk as a free woman down one of the streets on my pack lands.

It’s a nice little dream. Impossible but nice.

I draw my hand down the fabric, pressing it to my body, when I feel something oddly shaped in the pocket. Digging into it, I fish out a pendant necklace.

The one Samuel gave me. The one he kept. The one he asked Bethany to give back to me.

I wonder what our lives would have been like I had never been disgraced. We would have married, most likely, and I’d be Luna of our pack.

Would we be happy right now? Would we have children?

My feelings for Samuel have changed in the past few months. I’m not sure I would have loved him forever if we had married… If Caleb never came around…

But it still would have been a good life, with children and friends. Family. Purpose, as a Luna.

What is my life now?

A harem girl. Even favored, I’m just a tool for my King’s pleasure. He’s said that only his mate will have children, so I’ll never have my own. And now, I won’t even get to stand beside him at events. I’ll be some kind of shadow mistress.

It hurts. It all hurts.

There has to be something I can do to save myself from this fate. But what?

Another week passes, and soon, it’s time for the Alpha Council to return. I stand off to the side in the Hall, surrounded by the other harem members, as each Alpha and his entourage are introduced to the room of supporters and advisors. King Caleb is mysteriously absent, but that’s fine with me.

We haven’t seen much of each other since our last argument. That was fine with me. Every time I faced him, my chest ached.

Then, the announcer declares, “Alpha Samuel of the Riverwood Pack, accompanied by his mate, Leah.”

I look over, surprised to find Samuel entering alone. Leah was introduced. Where is she?

Samuel keeps looking behind him as he enters the Hall as if something is wrong.

A sinking feeling pushes down on my gut. Caleb promised he would get the truth from Leah when she arrived, but he’d also promised that I would be there.

Has he moved on his own? Has he taken Leah without me?

Gods, he’s going to actually torture her if I’m not there to stop him.

Pushing through the crowd, I go to Samuel. “Where’s Leah?” I ask.

He still seems somewhat dazed and keeps looking back at the door to the hall.

“We were separated. The guards said she’d be right behind me…”

Caleb’s made his move then.

“I’ll find her,” I tell him and rush toward the door.

I have to find her – before Caleb kills her.

Chapter 133

There are two floors that I know Caleb would take someone to interrogate them. The first is the dungeon, where he frightens and tortures. The next is the floor up from the dungeon, where interrogation rooms are set up, cold tile rooms with one-way windows like in police stations.

I can’t waste time guessing incorrectly. Caleb won’t take much backtalk from Leah before he starts adding pain into the mix.

Even so, the dungeon is messier. It is reserved for the lowest of the low, in morality and society.

As Leah hasn’t killed anyone, and as she’s Luna of the Riverwood Pack, I take my guess that Caleb has placed her in an interrogation. room and not a dungeon cell.

I rush down the stairs, taking two at a time in some places to reach the correct floor. Once there, I throw open the door. When I see Tristan standing in the hallway, I know I picked the right place.

He spots me instantly, then turns to face me. “You don’t want to go in there.”

“Leah is my sister,” I say. “And Caleb already agreed to let me be there for this. I don’t know why he’s going back on it now.”

“Maybe he’s trying to protect you,” Tristan says.

“Bullshit,” I snap. “This happened to me. I don’t need protection from it. What I need is the truth.”

Tristan’s bored stare pushes down on me, but he doesn’t argue. Instead, after studying me for a minute, he stands to the side.

Frustrated, I push past him and throw open the door he had been guarding.

Inside, Leah is sitting on an uncomfortable metal chair. Her arms are crossed over her chest, and her chin is lowered. She’s slouching, as if she’s trying to make herself appear small.

Caleb towers over her, glaring down from where he stands directly in front of her. The torture, it seems, hasn’t started yet, but if the fire of rage in Caleb’s eyes is anything to go off of, the knives or claws are going to break out very soon.

As I enter the room, Caleb and Leah both look at me, Caleb with annoyance, and Leah with relief. She thinks I’m going to save her from him. She has no idea that she is right where I want her to be.

My loyalty to Leah will only keep Caleb from killing or permanently maiming her. I have no problem with him wanting to instill the fear of the gods into her, especially if it leads to the truth.

I have lived in disgrace for far too long, without even understanding the circumstances of the evening. After everything I’ve been through and everything I’ve remembered, I’m determined to find out what happened and why.

Leah might be the only one with those answers.

“You shouldn’t be here,” Caleb says, his voice a low grumble.

“You promised,” I remind him.

He chuffs in response but turns his attention back to Leah.

“Harper, you have to help me. It pains me to say this, truly! But I think our King has lost his mind…”

A low growl rumbles from the back of Caleb’s throat.

Leah immediately cowers on the chair. “Please, Harper. Talk some sense into him. He thinks I did something to you at the club that night…”

Looking down at her, I lift my chin ever so slightly. “And… Did you?”

The color drains from Leah’s face right along with her unearned righteous indignation. She has no moral leg to stand on and everyone knows it.

“How could you accuse me of something like that?” Leah says. “Your own sister…”

“It is precisely because you are my sister than I can accuse you,” I tell her. For too long, I let her push me around, but no longer. If she did something to me that night, I will find out about it and she will face the appropriate punishment. That’s all there is to it. “I’m remembering things, Leah.”

“The quicker you reveal what you know, the less pain you will be forced to endure,” Caleb growls.

“You wouldn’t let him hurt me, Harper?” Fear undercuts her voice and makes her eyes wide. She’s still looking at me for a rescue. How can I possibly make it clearer that she is as much an enemy to me as she is to Caleb?

“Why shouldn’t I? You drugged me that night, triggering my heat, and then left me there to be assaulted by whatever brute came along. I was so damn lucky that Caleb was the one who found me. If it had been someone else…”

I shuddered, just thinking about it.

“I know it was you, Leah. I’ve been having visions… memories resurface, of you putting something in my drink.”

Leah looks from me to Caleb, down to where Caleb’s hands are turning claw-like. His eyes are flashing red as well. It won’t be long before he shifts, enraged.

Leah closes her eyes. She must attempt to breathe deeply, but her breaths are stuttered with nervousness and fear.

“I didn’t mean for you to get hurt…” she says softly, reluctantly, as if the words are being physically pulled from her throat. “None of this would have happened if you would have just stepped aside and let me have Samuel.”

There it is, the admittance of truth and the motive behind it. She wanted Samuel for herself and she was going to stop at nothing to have him, even if that meant drugging me and hoping some alpha would use me to my disgrace.

“Did you know that drugging me, causing my heat, would trigger a rut in an alpha?” I asked.

“Does it matter if she knew?” Caleb demands. “She admitted she had done this terrible act. Now should surely be the time to kill her.”

“Kill me?!” Leah yelped.

“She is my sister,” I told Caleb. “I want to know the full extent of her crime. I would know whether she was ignorant or truly evil enough to facilitate what could have been true harm to me.”

Caleb turns his full attention back to Leah. “Answer her. Did you know?”

“I d-didn’t. No! Of course, I didn’t. Harper, you can’t think that.”

She’s arguing too much, a telltale sign that she isn’t being truthful.

Old pain I had thought long ago buried rises up from within me like a zombie out of his grave. I had already written off Leah as someone who hated me. But I never would have fathomed how much until right at this moment.

She could have drugged me in ignorance. Could have thought I might have stumbled home at 3 in the morning smelling of booze. Maybe she didn’t know that she was leaving me so vulnerable. Any lesser Alpha might have bitten me in my delirious state. I could be some stranger’s mistress right at this moment.

But it’s more likely that she knew what she’d be doing to me. Maybe she thought I’d die in the process. Some Alphas in rut are driven to madness. They might have ripped out my throat.

All so that she could have for herself the life I’d been living.

“Would you have cared if I died?” I ask her. I already know the answer. As she looks back at me, her eyes go frosty and cold.

She doesn’t say the words aloud, but I can feel them anyway.

I know, that not only would she have not minded if I died, but she would have preferred it.

Chapter 134

“Why are you looking at me like that?” Leah spits at me. “I didn’t admit to anything.”

“You don’t have to,” I tell her. “I can see the truth in your eyes. I know how much you despise me. I never thought you would go so low as to terrorize me like this. Even then, when I suspected and everyone told me I was being vicious towards you, I believed them. I thought, how could one sister do this to another?”

“You are the one who acted all high and mighty,” she snaps. “Everything I’ve ever done has been to claim what should have been mine to start with.”

For her to believe that she must feel no sisterly devotion towards me even slightly. She only ever wanted my life to be her own, even at the cost of my life, my dignity, and my safety.

Caleb has clearly had enough of the venom spewing from her lips. Glaring at her, he says, “I wonder how Samuel would feel if he knew you have done all this to the woman he loved?” His glance shifted toward the door. “Perhaps we should ask him.”

At that moment, the door opened, and Samuel burst into the room with Tristan following.

Samuel’s eyes were alight with his own fury, his own rage.

Leah jumps out of the chair, rushing to her feet. Caleb places a strong hand on her shoulder and shoves her straight back down into it.

“Stand again without being told to, and I will remove your legs,” Caleb growls.

Leah grips the sides of the chair, her face as white as a ghost. “Samuel, I can explain…”

“You don’t have to. I heard everything.” He dips his head to the side, gesturing to the window built into one wall of the room. From this side, it seems like a mirror. “I could see you through there.” His hands curl into fists. “I knew you could be vicious, even conniving at times. But to do that to your own sister – and to me, the man you claim to love…”

“Samuel… please…” Tears well up in her eyes. “You have to believe me. I didn’t mean to.”

“That’s not true, Leah. Stop lying. You did mean to, or else you wouldn’t have put something in Harper’s drink and left her there. Or you would have spoken up after, instead of letting the pack tear Harper down. Hells, even your own family faced ridicule because of those actions, and you never said a word.”

I couldn’t remember the last time I had seen Samuel this viscerally angry. Perhaps that night after the attack, when he had begged me to run away with him.

“I’ve had enough,” Samuel says. “Of you. Of all of this. I’m divorcing you for this, Leah. You can find your own way back to pack lands if they even release you from this place.”

“Samuel, you can’t let them keep me here!” she shouts, leaning forward in the chair.

“Watch me,” Samuel replies. With that, he turns and walks straight out of the room. He doesn’t once look back, not even toward me. It’s as if he’s written us all off. I wonder if he’ll just leave the palace and go home. With the bad blood between them, Caleb isn’t likely to stop him, not even to force him to participate in the Alpha Council.

“Well,” Caleb says, once Samuel is gone. “I think it’s time we kill her.”

“We can’t,” I say. As pissed and hurt as I am, I can’t let Caleb kill my sister. She’s vile and treacherous, but she’s still my flesh and blood.

“I must be hearing things,” Caleb grumbles. “Because I know I did not hear one of my loyal subjects object with her King.”

“You did hear it, and I’ll say it again. You can’t kill my sister.”

“I can’t?” Caleb steps around Leah, ignoring her and her pale face entirely to focus primarily on me. He leans close, danger in his eyes, jaw clenched, teeth grit together. “Do not ever tell me what I can and cannot do, consort. Or have you forgotten yourself?”

Maybe I have. With everything Caleb and I have been through together over the course of my being here, maybe it was so easy to think we might have the kind of relationship where he would spare my sister just from me asking him.

Since Annabelle’s arrival, I haven’t really known what to think or to believe. Whatever affections Caleb says he has for me feel fleeting, as changing as the tides.

“She’s my sister.” That’s all I can really say. I have no other means of defense.

Caleb glares down at me for another moment, his breaths huffing, before he growls, grabs me by the wrist, and yanks me out into the hallway. He does not release me, dragging me along behind him, all the way back up the stairs and to my room. There, with the door closed behind us, Caleb turns on me.

“You cannot undermine me in front of others,” he snaps.

I blink once, twice. Was that what had him so angry? It’s not that I wanted him to save my sister; it was because I didn’t ask submissively enough?

“Caleb…”

“They cannot know of my softness for you, Harper.”

“They… who?” I ask. The only people in the room were Tristan, Leah, and presumably a few other guards on the other side of the window. All of whom should be loyal to Caleb.

“Anyone,” he says fiercely.

A sliver of fear runs through me, but I have no idea if this is Caleb’s paranoia talking, or if I have actual legitimate reason for concern.

“Caleb,” I say again, letting some of the fear come into my voice.

It splashes over him like cold water. Wincing, he takes a step back from me. He closes his eyes and breathes deeply. When he opens his eyes again, they lack the fierce intensity they carried only a moment before.

“Tell me what you want me to do with your sister,” he says.

“I don’t know,” I admit. “I don’t want her dead, but she shouldn’t just get away with what she has done. She needs to face some kind of consequence. For her entire life, she’s avoided getting into any kind of trouble.”

“We could send her to the Coliseum.”

“That’s as good as killing her,” I said. “She’s even less adept at holding a blade than I was. At least I had known some manual labor which gave me some sort of strength. She’s been spoiled her entire life.”

Caleb considers my words. “We could punish her by having her work some physical labor. For proprieties sake, we will have to pretend she’s been executed, but secretly, she will be living out her time as a servant.”

I wasn’t sure if this was the best solution, but for now, it would have to do. At least she wouldn’t be killed. Although to her, maybe this would be worse.

“I’ll take care of everything,” Caleb says.

“Thank you, Caleb,” I tell him, meaning it. He didn’t have to make these exceptions for me. He could have easily just had Leah killed and not listened to me at all.

That he took the time to listen means something to me.

If only he didn’t have to marry Annabelle…

The next morning, the Alpha Council reconvenes. Samuel, however, is missing.

He is not found anywhere within the palace, nor the capital. It is as if he vanished into thin air.

Chapter 135

Caleb hates the Alpha Council, now more than ever before. The last time they convened, the entire capital had been besieged by bears after the betrayal of Caleb’s Gamma. This already painted the council in a negative light for Caleb, even though it had no real fault in what happened.

Now, however, with the proceedings underway, the Alphas are bickering and posturing. Everyone is speaking but no one is actually saying anything.

“We need to build up our defenses against the north,” says one of the Alphas. Caleb just barely keeps from rolling his eyes. Of course, they need to build up their defenses. That’s why they are having this Council, to determine the best course of action to do so.

Another says, “We should place more forces along the border,” which is at least the semblance of an idea, even if it’s a faulty one. For one, the bears of the north have already infiltrated once already. Secondly, the northern border is a very long stretch of land, most of it out in desolate, freezing cold locations.

They cannot realistically protect the entire border.

“We just need more soldiers,” argues another Alpha.

Sitting on the throne, Caleb rubs his forehead, aching for relief from this asinine endeavor. He can’t remember why Tristan convinced him this would be a good idea. All of these Alphas seem utterly clueless.

Caleb tries to rally his patience though, remembering at least, that he needs to keep on the good side of some of them. Even if their ideas are terrible, it’s important that they feel heard.

Tristan spots Caleb’s annoyance from across the hall and already starts walking closer.

“My King, perhaps you could grace us with your ideas,” one of the Alphas said.

Then, very quietly under this Alpha’s breath, Caleb hears a whisper. Perhaps, because it was uttered so lightly, they thought an Alpha of Caleb’s caliber would not hear it.

They were severely mistaken.

“If only Evan sat on the throne…”

Caleb saw red. In a flash of muscle and power, he leaped from the throne, careened through the air, and collided with the lesser alpha who had dared to utter those words.

The shift threatened, his wolf pulsing under Caleb’s skin, begging for release. The wolf wanted to sink its teeth into this man’s neck and tear out his throat.

Caleb so nearly let it, facing his own bloodlust. Yet still, he fought it back. Not for his sake, or for this lesser alpha’s, but for the sake of his kingdom.

Tearing the throat out of a pack alpha would not be looked upon kindly.

Even if that pack alpha deserved it.

The lesser alpha whimpering, tilted his neck to the side, offering his throat in a sign of reverence and submission.

Such weakness isn’t worth slaughtering.

“Alpha,” Tristan says as he walks closer. Caleb can hear each footstep like it’s a hammer on a drum. Despite the bored expression Tristan wears, his heartbeat races out of control.

He believes Caleb will kill this man. He doesn’t know that Caleb has already convinced himself not to.

“Might I speak with you privately, my King?” Tristan asks, bowing low. He’s offering Caleb a chance to escape this situation without having to explain himself.

Caleb knows he needs to take this offered escape or he’ll only lash out further.

“Very well,” Caleb says, though it’s difficult to form words. His own throat had already begun the shift.

Tristan nods and leads Caleb toward a side room. Caleb follows him there. As Tristan closes the door behind them, Caleb walks to one of the chairs and forces himself to sit, forcing himself to calm.

“You nearly killed that man,” Tristan says when they are alone.

“Did you hear what he said?” Caleb asks. “He said he wished Evan was on the throne…”

Tristan’s eyes widen slightly. “Did he truly say that?”

“I heard it,” Caleb snaps. He knows what Tristan is thinking. This could be the paranoia again, creating whispers where there were none.

Maybe he had the right to worry. Perhaps Caleb had imagined it.

But what if he hadn’t?

“Your brother’s name has not been uttered in this hall in a very long time,” Tristan says. “The older Alphas would know better, and the younger ones should be too young to remember.”

“I heard his name, Beta,” Caleb growls. “I did not imagine it.”

He hopes.

“Yes, my King. Perhaps, for now, we should take a recess from the Alpha Council. Tempers were flaring even before…” Tristan clears his throat. “It might do everyone some good to separate for a time.”

Caleb hates giving in to others’ ideas, but he can still feel his anger coursing through him. He needs time to collect himself or he might very well lash out a second time. His willpower might not be as strong again.

“Very well,” Caleb pushes himself out of his chair. His muscles flex on their own, and his fists clench, open, clench. So much energy, but he has nowhere for it to go. He half wants to take off into a sprint, half wants to break something.

What he needs is Harper, but he hates that he needs anyone.

He can do this alone. Harper is a weakness, a crutch.

As King, he has to be able to stand alone.

When the Alpha Council quits for the day, word reaches me fairly quickly about Caleb lashing out, though no one really knows what the trigger was. Some rumors suggest that Caleb grows more unstable by the day, but no one dares say such things in well-lit hallways or rooms. Those whispers are delegated entirely to shadowy corners and darkened alleyways.

Worried about Caleb’s health and well-being, I leave my room and head to Caleb’s door. Unfortunately, a pair of guards block the way. Worse, I’m not the first one to have arrived there, seeking an audience with the King.

Annabelle is also there, speaking with the guards.

“You have to let me in to see him,” she says. “Do you know who I am?”

“Yes, ma’am,” one of the guards says, entirely unaffected.

“I’m not one of the harem,” Annabelle insists, as if there’s been some kind of misunderstanding.

“No, ma’am.”

“I’m the King’s betrothed.”

“Yes, ma’am.”

“So you should let me inside!”

“No, ma’am. Sorry, ma’am.”.

Annabelle huffs in frustration, her gaze drifting up and down the hallway. When she sees me, she snaps, “What are you doing here?”

“I’ve come to see King Caleb,” I said. “I heard about what happened.”

“He doesn’t want to see anyone,” Annabelle says. “That includes you.”

“I would prefer if I heard that from the guards themselves,” I say.

Annabelle narrows her eyes. “Harper. This is one of those times when you need to learn to step aside. Have I not already made our positions clear? Whatever you once were to King Caleb, you are no longer. I am to be his one and only. His support and his strength. And his Luna. Do I make myself clear?”

“Until he dismisses me, I am in my King’s service,” I say. I’m not thrilled about being at Caleb’s beck and call. I’d rather he let me go and focus on Annabelle or whoever else he intended to marry instead. But that’s not the hand I’ve been dealt.

Caleb still wants me here, and no one is going to tell me to leave but him.

“Well, I wouldn’t get too comfortable if I were you,” Annabelle says. “I’m sure he’ll ask you to leave sooner, rather than later.”

Chapter 136

“Actually,” the guard begins, glancing between the two of us. “King Caleb has already given Harper permission to enter his chambers as she desires.”

Annabelle’s entire face flashes bright red.

I very nearly smirk with satisfaction, but I bite it back at the last minute. It wouldn’t do to be smug right now. After all, I am not the one who is going to marry Caleb. I might win this battle, but Annabelle will still win the war for Caleb’s affections.

For now, however, I wait for her to step aside and then enter the room with the guards’ permission.

As soon as I am within it, they close the door behind me, sealing me in the darkened room. Despite it only being midday, the light in the room is dim. The curtains have been drawn to cover the windows and all of the lights are off.

“Caleb?” I call out. It’s hard to explain how or why, but I can feel his presence in this room. I know he’s here somewhere, even if I can’t see or hear him.

If only my senses were as strong as his, I bet I’d be able to see him in an instant, just as I am certain he’s been clocking my every step since I walked into this room.

“Caleb, I know you are in here. Where are you?”

Still, he doesn’t answer. Not for a very long moment.

Then, like a rumble in the dark, he says, “I nearly killed a man, and I have no idea if he deserved it.”

Following the sound of Caleb’s voice, I walk toward the edge of the room where I finally find Caleb slumped on a chair pulled against the wall. Shadows hide most of his face, but even in the dark, I see the occasional flash of red over his eyes.

“Can I touch you?” I ask him.

“Please,” he replies. Closing his eyes, he dips his head forward.

Slowly, as to not startle him, I raise my hand, bury my fingers in his hair, and begin to lightly massage his scalp. As I work, his body starts to dip, some of the tension releasing from within it.

Softly, he begins to speak once more. “You have a strange power over me, consort. Why is it that only you seem to be able to ease my wolf?”

“I don’t know,” I admit, my tone as gentle.

“Have you done this for other Alphas?” His words add bite, “For your Samuel?”

“No. I’ve never touched a man the way I’ve touched you.”

“Good.” Satisfaction rumbles through his voice.

It isn’t fair for him to say those things, to want me to be his alone, while I cannot expect the same devotion from him. Even now, I think about Annabelle waiting for Caleb on the other side of his door.

“Annabelle tried to see you,” I say.

“She does not need to see me like this.”

“She is your betrothed.”

“What does that matter?” he asks. Opening his eyes, he glances up at me. I still my ministrations, staring back.

My eyes are adjusting to the dark now, and I can more clearly see the planes of his face. The proud set of his jaw. The intensity of his eyes.

“She’s going to be your wife. Don’t you think she should be the one to help you like this?” I ask.

“She is incapable.”

“How can you tell if you don’t let her try?”

“I just know.”

“That doesn’t make sense. You have to let her try.”

In an instant, Caleb pushes himself up to his feet. My hands fall away from his scalp, but he catches me by the wrists, keeping them prisoner.

“Why do you care so much about her?” Caleb growls. “She is not a threat to your position here. I’ve told you, nothing will change between us.

“It’s not my position I’m worried about,” I tell him. It’s my heart. “You know I don’t want to be the second woman in your life.”

“You aren’t second,” Caleb insists. “You are simply another.”

“That means second!” I snap.

He glares down at me. “You demand too much of your King. Have I not gifted you a life of luxury and privilege? Have I not saved you from the squalor of your previous life?”

“You’ve denied me my request,” I tell him. “So I will ask you again. Release me and let me be free.”

His hands tighten around my wrists. “Never.”

I wince in pain, and he immediately loosens his hold. His eyes soften too, losing some of their edge. I don’t think he meant to hurt me.

“It’s getting worse, isn’t it? The paranoia, and the pain. The headaches…” I say.

“Don’t ask questions you already know the answer to,” he says.

That means yes, it is. This further means that even with my help, Caleb is struggling against the growing darkness in his mind.

“Was there some kind of trigger?” I ask. “If we can narrow down what sets you off, perhaps we can keep it from happening.”

Caleb fully releases his hold on my wrists now. I drop my hands to my sides.

“I thought one of the Alphas said something. A whisper. It set me off.” He looks away. “Tristan believes that I only imagined it.”

“What did he say?” I ask, knowing I’m taking a risky chance here. If Caleb repeats what was said, he might lose himself to the rage again. I can only hope that the calming effect I have on him helps keep the fury at bay.

It’s worked so far. Mostly.

“He said he wished my brother Evan sat on the throne.”

I remember Prince Evan and the scandal of his disappearance. I remember the rumors that swirled around that time, many citing that Caleb had killed him for the throne.

“That name haunts you,” I say.

“As it should,” Caleb says. Lifting his hands in front of him, he stares. down at his palms. “I should be haunted for what I’ve done. I murdered my brother.”

“Caleb…”

“And I still don’t know if he deserved it.”

Caleb lifts his hands and buries them in his hair. From his throat, he releases a guttural yell of frustration and pent-up pain.

“I deserve every minute of the torture I’ve suffered since that moment,” he says. “I’m being punished for what I’ve done.”

“That’s not true.”

“You don’t know. You have no idea.”

“So tell me!” I shout. “Why carry the burdens alone? They weigh down on you so much. Why not share them?”

Caleb shakes his head. “I have earned this crown. For Evan to be remembered like this… They do not want me on the throne. They are using him as a symbol of my lack of control. Soon they will attempt to overthrow me again.”

“Who?” I ask.

“Everyone,” he growls.

I try once more to reach out for Caleb, to attempt to soothe him, but he swats my hands away.

“Caleb,” I say.

He shakes his head, shutting me out.

“You could be with them,” he says, his voice twisted and strange.

“I’m not. You know I’m not,” I say. “I’m only on your side.”

“That’s what they all will say.” He looks at me again, and his eyes are wild, flashing red.

His paranoia is growing worse, and I have no idea how to reach him.

Chapter 137

Caleb once more sits on his throne in front of the Alpha Council, staring down at them in judgment and distrust. His earlier meeting with Harper had only helped him somewhat, but now that they were separated, Caleb’s dark thoughts were returning with a vengeance, somehow even worse than before.

When he left his chambers, Annabelle was waiting for him. She smiled and seemed kind enough, though remained quite insistent that she join him to his afternoon council. Especially since Harper wasn’t going to be joining him.

Now, she sits off to the side of the stage, too close to be proper for a woman unrelated to the King, but not close enough to be his betrothed.

This started rumors among the council. Caleb could see them forming, questions raising. Curious eyes would look between Annabelle and Caleb and back again.

Caleb couldn’t care less about their curiosity. Let them look and wonder. Let them suspect all they want.

Their loyalty is the only thing that truly interests Caleb.

He does not trust the Alpha Council. What reason does he have to do so?

All of these vultures are thirsting for power. They remain at his side only because George is too weak to woo them away. If anyone stronger than Caleb tried to come along, Caleb would surely lose their faith.

Though Caleb would be the one to have the final laugh. There was no werewolf alive who could match his strength and speed. Any they could put forward to try would quickly die at Caleb’s hand.

Caleb spends most of the meeting carefully inspecting each attendant with his eyes, trying to discern from appearance alone who might be the most likely to betray him.

Caleb knows his paranoia is getting the better of him. In a perfect world, Annabelle, as his chosen mate would be able to calm the raging wolf inside of him.

But she does not. Alternatively, her very presence seems to annoy the hell out of him.

The Council proceeds on as before, with each Alpha bickering, until Annabelle stands up and clearing her throat, draws the attention of the room.

Caleb, as with all the other Alphas, turns their eyes to her.

“We have so much that divides us,” Annabelle says. “With the recent unpleasantness, it’s easy for us to be at each other’s throats, or to distrust each other. I think the problem might be that we just don’t have enough good news to share between us.”

The Alpha Council all look at each other. Caleb continues his search of their faces. Annabelle’s conversation has already bored him. Though he notices, at the side of the room, Tristan seems interested in what she has to stay. Even trusting Tristan’s judgement as he does, he can’t bring himself to care about any of it.

Not even when she continues. “I have some great news to share! And I hope my King will forgive me for sharing without his prior permission, but I’m sure you’ve all heard the rumors anyway!”

Caleb rubs his forehead, a headache coming on.

“King Caleb has recently proposed to me, and I have accepted!” Annabelle says, bright and bubbly.

The room full of Alphas politely claps – except Caleb, who continues to rub at his forehead.

“I’m sorry,” Annabelle says, glancing back at him on his throne. “But everyone was so down. I thought some good news might lift everyone’s spirits.”

Caleb knows he should have an opinion about this. Whether its annoyance at her announcing the engagement without communicating with him, or whether its satisfaction that everyone in the room seems pleased with the paring, indicating it as he suspected, a good match.

But the reality is, Caleb just doesn’t care one way or the other. He’s utterly and completely indifferent – to Annabelle and to his engagement with her.

What do any of these frivolous things matter when everyone is plotting against Caleb and his hold on the throne?

“Are you mad?” Annabelle asks.

“No,” Caleb tells her, but does not elaborate.

His response seems to satisfy her regardless, even if his sour expression does not match her joy.

I follow Bethany down the winding hallways of the wing of the palace that contain offices and studies. When I mentioned my desire to learn more about Caleb’s family and history, she claimed she knew just the place to take me to uncover more truths.

Without knowing exactly where I’m going, I feel uneasy, but I trust Bethany, and she seems to think that where she’s taking me would make for a nice surprise. I’m also slightly suspicious that she thinks we might be thrown out of this wing and is trying to protect me with plausible deniability.

My trust in her keeps me going, and fortunately for us both, we do not encounter anyone else on our trek to Bethany’s surprise location.

Once we reach there, she glances back and grins at me. “Ready for this?”

As I have no idea what to expect, I just shrug.

She pushes open the door. Immediately, my breath catches in my throat. Through the open door is the largest library I’ve ever seen, with lines and lines of stacks of books. Every wall of the large room is filled with books. A few tables are aligned in the middle of the library. A pair of computers are nearby, with their desks turned against the side of the staircases.

“This is amazing,” I say, wonder in my voice.

“Welcome to the palace library,” Bethany says. “I thought you might like it.”

I do. I really do.

“I know the books are tempting,” Bethany continues. “But if you want to research recent history, where you need to look is here…”

I follow along behind her into the room. She crosses across the room, walks around the tables, and gestures to one of the desks holding a computer.

“What’s this?” I ask. “Don’t tell me I finally get reconnected to the internet.”

“No,” Bethany says with a hint of regret. “But what you will find here is a copy of every single newspaper in the history of the entire Kingdom. All are scanned and stored on these computers. All you have to do is type in a date, and bam!”

She touches the mouse, bringing the computer to life. The screen immediately shows a search bar, complete with a drop down menu for a date to be filled in.

“I have to get back,” Bethany says. “But with the Alpha Council going on, not many people should bother you in here. You should have all the free time and space to do what you need to.”

“Thank you, Bethany.”

I haven’t given her specific details of what I’m searching for, but as a servant, she often knows things anyway. As Caleb attacking another alpha for uttering his brother’s name is a rumor in the palace, Bethany can likely put the pieces together.

For her to bring me here, even knowing that…

It feels good to have her support.

After she leaves me, I turn toward the computer. First, I need a date.

I try to calculate how long ago all of this occurred. It had been before my disgrace, but after Caleb came of age.

That doesn’t totally narrow it down, but it gives me a place to start looking.

Now, I just need to find the truth.

Chapter 138

In the library, I manage to narrow down the dates to find Caleb’s coronation. Then, moving backwards, I try to discover the exact moment the news stopped talking about Evan, by searching for the first time that he’s mentioned.

I find Prince Evan’s obituary, which sounds very by the business and not terribly personal at all. It includes the dates of his birth and death as well as who he is survived by. There is no mention of his cause of death. All that is mentioned of any brotherly tension is that the crown has now passed to Caleb.

While I’m not terribly shocked that the news media withheld many of the details that the royal family clearly wanted hidden, I am still disappointed to come away with absolutely nothing.

Well, at least not yet.

Clicking on the previous newspaper, I go back in time. This one, at first glance, seems equally as tight-lipped. Yet as I look at it closer, I start to see more of Evan threaded throughout, though every time he is mentioned, it is spoken cryptically.

He is mentioned still as Crown Prince Evan, where in every following newspaper, it had read Prince Evan and Crown Prince Caleb.

In this paper, before Evan’s death, the duties have switched. I suppose, as Caleb was the King, I had naturally assumed he was the older brother. The details were fuzzy to me in my younger days; I had so much more personal things to worry about than royal politics.

But now that I’m looking at it, it makes sense for Caleb to take over after Evan’s untimely death.

Or his murder.

This newspaper was from the day before Evan’s death was announced, perhaps his last day on earth. Most of the mentions of him are innocuous. He held the flag for a race. He shook hands at a parade.

Then, buried in the back of the paper, in the gossip section, there was a grainy photo of a man who looked a lot like Evan in the park with an unknown young woman. The caption of the photo makes no mention of him, but I know Caleb’s face better than any other man’s in the world. And Evan looks very much like his younger brother.

Maybe it’s nothing. Chances are, it’s nothing.

Yet something about that photo stops me in my tracks. It takes me a while to realize why.

It’s their body language.

Evan and this unknown woman are facing each other, their heads bowed together.

Even the caption caught on the tension, reading, Young Love?

The editor of this newspaper had to know they were taking their life in their hands posting potential scandal about the royal family. Was that why they didn’t use any names?

Everyone probably knew, though. Well, at least, those who knew what the royal family looked like knew.

The question remained, however. Who was this woman?

And where is she now?

I selected to print that page of the newspaper. The printer under the desk whirled to life.

Grabbing the sheet of paper, I fold it up and put it into my pocket.

I probably have enough to go on, but out of curiosity, I click to go back to the newspaper from the day before…

Evan’s face fills the screen, covering the entirety of the front page.

The headline read Crown Prince Evan Beloved By All.

Beneath the large photo is an extensive interview with Evan himself.

Oddly, it mostly sounds like public relations non-speak. All of the questions are redirected to talk about how much Evan loves his country and his family.

There’s something very off about it. It doesn’t feel like someone would actually write for themselves.

“What are you?!” snaps an angry voice from behind me.

I jump at the sudden noise. It was so quiet in this library up until only a minute ago, that I truly thought I was alone. How long has the intruder been watching me?

Turning around, I worry I might be faced with a nosy guard.

My stomach drops when I’m faced with the former king, Caleb’s father.

Carelessly, he tosses me to the side. I fall down onto the ground and then roll across the floor.

Hector does not wait for me to stop before he starts walking toward me.

Fear rises in my heart. Hector’s ruthlessness reminds me so much of Caleb, but without the mercy and favoritism Caleb already shows me, only the murderous desire remains.

Glancing around, I frantically look for something to help defend me. I have my small dagger, but against the former Alpha King, what chance would I hope to have?

“You shouldn’t go around, sticking your nose into other people’s business,” Hector growls. “You had a pampered little life, protected by my son. Why would you change everything? What did you say – to help him? You are a damn liar.”

Hector steps closer, his heels crunching on the broken glass and technology of the broken monitor.

Just as he starts to reach for me once more, a new voice shouts from the doorway.

“Don’t touch her.”

I know that angry growl, and it makes my heart soar.

“Caleb…”

“Stay out of this, son,” Hector says.

“That is a member of my harem, father. She belongs to me, and I will not suffer anyone else to touch her, even to punish her.”

“Even me?”

Caleb walks closer. His eyes are on his father’s face, his irises flashing red.

Hector clearly has his answers. “Do you even know what she’s done?”

“It doesn’t matter,” Caleb says.

“Caleb…”

“Silence,” Hector snaps, just as Caleb says, “Stay out of this, Harper.”

Then they growl at each other.

Caleb is younger and presumably stronger. With him in my corner, I don’t feel like I’m near death as I was just a few minutes ago.

But there’s something about Hector that feels vicious to me.

Why would he care so much about me looking up old articles about Prince Evan?

Chapter 139

“Perhaps you have forgotten, Father, but I am the King of this kingdom now,” Caleb growls. “As such, I am the only one who can command or punish the members of my harem. Harper is not just a member, but my favor.”

“She was looking up information about Evan, and Caleb,” Hector replies, just as furious.

“I don’t care if she was plotting to stab me in the back, I am the only one to punish her.”

“You are being stubborn and foolish.”

“I am King.” Caleb draws himself up to his full height. His shoulders push back, and his hands curl like claws. His front teeth begin to elongate.

Any moment, he’s going to shift.

Hector must be seeing that too. With a sigh, he lets his shoulders drop slightly, removing some of the obvious tension in his body. It was a clear attempt at de-escalating the situation by taking on a less aggressive posture against his raging son.

“Fine,” Hector says. “Do it your way. But I shouldn’t need to remind you that it’s Annabelle you should be protecting, not this lowly consort. If Annabelle is to be your wife, you need to treat her with more respect than you would show your whores.”

Caleb’s jaw clenches, as he emits a low, dangerous growl.

I really don’t want to see this become something again, so I rush to my feet and hurry toward Caleb.

In front of his father, who already hates me, I can’t ask Caleb to leave or push him away from this challenge of power, but I hope that he can see the worry in my eyes. With luck, that will sway him enough to remove us from this situation.”

“I can explain everything,” I say. “Later.”

“You listen to the honeyed words of a liar, Caleb,” Hector says. “I don’t need to remind you of why that’s a dangerous game to play.”

Caleb stiffens. “No. You don’t.”

Without warning, Caleb grabs me by the arm and drags me out of the room. He walks quickly, not slowing, even as I stumble, my legs somewhat bruised from my tumble.

He doesn’t stop until he’s thrown open the doors of his private chambers and tossed me inside. Behind us, he closes the door with a booming slam.

Before I can even catch my breath, he storms toward me. “Tell me exactly what happened before I arrived. Why were you in the library? What were you searching for that made my father enraged? Why did your handmaiden burst into the Hall searching for me, fearing you were in danger?”

I have answers for all of his questions, except for the last one, which I was very relieved to hear happened.

It seems I have reason to thank Bethany yet again. I owe her a thousand times over by now.

I told Caleb what I could – vaguely. “I wanted to research some of your past so I can better help you in the present. That’s why I was in the library. Your father became enraged when he saw your brother on my screen. And I don’t know how Bethany knew to come get you, but I am relieved she did. I think your father wanted to kill me.”

“He definitely wanted to kill you. If you had been anyone other than my favor, he would have done so without question. You think I am ruthless? You have no idea what life was like under his role. Even as a father, he was vicious and cruel.”

I couldn’t believe that. It also made me feel deep pity for the childhood Caleb experienced. My parents might have become terrible, but in my youth, they treated me like I mattered to them.

Considering all that followed, I did manage to have a childhood I could think of fondly. Caleb, it seems, couldn’t share that experience.

“Caleb -“

“No. Don’t you dare take pity on your King? I don’t want it and I don’t need it.”

I swallow down my sympathy and nod.

For a moment, we stare at each other. Over time, the red eases from his eyes and he seems farther away from shifting than before. That, at least, feels like a victory, even if I feel hollow otherwise.

My position here is perilous on the best days. Now, even Caleb’s own father seems out to get me. What if Caleb isn’t around next time?

I can really only hope that Hector loses enough interest in punishing me to leave me alone.

“He wasn’t wrong about everything,” I say, lowering my chin.

Caleb’s eyes refocus on me. He waits as if expecting me to explain.

“You should be protecting Annabelle, not me. I’m just a consort, and she is -“

“I’m damned tired of everyone telling me what to do,” Caleb huffs.

He takes two steps forward, grabs me by the hips, drags me toward him, and then crashes his mouth down over mine.

He kisses me like he wants to devour me, and I am helpless to take everything he wants to give me. I wrap my arms around his neck, holding on for dear life, as his hands grab my ass and lift me up.

He hauls me over toward his massive bed, then drops us both down onto it. He’s on top of me, pushing me down into the mattress with every square inch of his hard body.

“Caleb,” I gasp when he allows me to come up for breath.

His mouth moves to my neck where he sucks marks down the column of my throat.

“Caleb…” This time, his name comes out like a sigh.

“You are mine,” he growls into my skin. “No one else can have you.

Not to touch. To torture. To kiss. Only me. Only me.”

He’s lost in his possessive desire. And for a time, so am I.

Lovemaking with Caleb is like a whirlwind, and I’m easily swept away.

My thoughts, my worries, all of it is swept aside when I am in the crosshairs of Caleb’s full attention, of his hands and his mouth.

He keeps me occupied for a good long while, and I do my best to return the favor.

By the time we both cross the final precipice of pleasure, we are sweaty and out of breath and holding onto each other as if the world might fall apart if we don’t.

“Caleb…” I say, breathless. We’ve had sex a hundred times before, but each time has felt different than the last. It’s felt more.

This time was no exception.

Spent, he falls down beside me on the bed. His arm stays fixed around my waist, keeping me tucked firmly against him.

We don’t say a word, and for that I’m glad. Speaking might ruin the moment. It could bring back the reality that faces us outside of these walls of his chambers.

Annabelle…

Hector…

The Alpha Council…

Leah…

It’s all too much to bear sometimes.

At least, for the moment, I don’t need to face it.

Turning, I bury my face into Caleb’s chest and pretend that this is all there is.

If I imagine, I can pretend we are at the farmhouse, where we didn’t have any responsibilities other than survival.

Because I know the minute I step out of this bed, and out of this room, everything is going to change again.

Caleb will be King, but I can’t stand to still be his consort.

Maybe this time, knowing the danger I’m in, if I ask again, he will let me go.

Chapter 140

“Caleb…” I begin, speaking softly.

He hums, acknowledging he is listening.

I’m nervous but determined. While I don’t wish to leave Caleb, I can’t stay here, pretending like everything is okay while he proceeds with his engagement.

“You promised you would grant my request…”

“Don’t ask again,” he says, his entire body tensing against mine.

Still, I push forward, however recklessly. “Please let me go free.”

“No,” he replies at once, forceful enough that a growl escapes his throat. “I told you not to ask. Now I am commanding you to do so. Ask again, and there will be consequences.”

I’m not sure I believe him. After all, he’s holding me very gently, despite the clear anger in his voice and the tension of his body.

Even so, however, I don’t feel like I should test my limits. Caleb has been acting erratically as of late, more than usual. If I push him, he might not be able to control himself in delivering punishment.

But that meant, I would have to bury my desire to be free deep down within myself. For me to never ask again meant that he would never release me.

I felt as if I was standing in a long dark tunnel, staring down at an unhappy future ahead of me. Yet there were no other options but to move forward.

With a sigh, I settled more fully against Caleb and accepted the comforts where I could. At least I would likely always have this.

“I won’t let you go,” Caleb says. “You will stay by my side until one of us dies.”

It should be a romantic sentiment, yet with the way he’s expressing it, it seems as though he has a grim future in mind for us – or at least, for himself.

His paranoia makes it difficult for him to see a future for himself that isn’t rife with carnage and betrayal. How stressful it must be to live like that.

I resolve to give him as much peace as I can, even while my own heartaches, with no escape from my own misery.

The longer Caleb holds Harper in his arms, the more clarity he begins to hold in his mind as if the fog is finally lifting, allowing him to see things for how they are.

His condition is only growing worse. He can admit that now, recognizing the aggravated shift that takes over him when the paranoia returns.

Harper wants to be free. He has some affection for her. While he doesn’t understand where her hurt in the situation stems from – wouldn’t anyone want to be with the King, even if only as his consort? Caleb has an impulse to give Harper the things she desires, even her freedom from him.

But, under the circumstances, he fears letting her go would have him succumbing entirely to the encroaching madness. He needed her here beside him.

Being near Harper is the only time he feels sane anymore.

However, for her sake, he will continue to keep her separate from any occasion he knows Annabelle will be. He doesn’t care how far he has to stretch his sanity, he can at least gift Harper that.

After leaving Harper, Caleb returns alone to the Hall to continue on with the Alpha Council.

He knows this farce is necessary to maintain diplomacy between the packs, but the results so far have been lacking at best, and outright frustrating at worst.

All of the plans the pack leaders come up with are either impractical, impossible, or entirely selfish, protecting their own lands while leaving the others more vulnerable to attacks.

Caleb doesn’t contribute much, far too annoyed to engage with any of them at this point, while they argue and bicker with each other.

Even Tristan, who had tried to delegate for a time, seems to have given up now, standing by the wall instead, with his typical bored expression covering his face.

Caleb’s advisors, the ones that are left anyway, are the only means of order remaining in the room. They try to redirect the conversation into something actually helpful. Whether they succeed or not, Caleb isn’t particularly sure, as his mind has begun to wander far away from this room.

Without Harper, the fog once more begins to cloud Caleb’s mind. He tries hard to keep it at by, clinging to his thoughts and doubting every hint of annoyance within him, Does he have reason to distrust these Alphas? Or is it the fog of his mind that gives him doubt?

Being critical helps keep himself in check, at least for a time.

Yet the intrusive thoughts set in quickly and are relentless in attacking Caleb’s mind. Even closing his eyes and focusing, he can find no escape from this onslaught.

So, without even realizing he moved, Caleb blinks his eyes open, and he is standing over a cowering Alpha from a borderland pack. The Alpha is younger, and inexperienced, yet is one of the loudest voices in the room – and the one with the worst ideas.

Now, he looks up at Caleb with fear widening his eyes, his back on the floor. His hands are up in a defensive position, but they are trembling. He must know he would stand no chance against an Alpha as strong as Caleb in a fight.

With his confusion, Caleb can’t remember why he attacked this man. Did he finally meet his limit of patience?

Yet even now, his wolf yearns for blood. Caleb’s own hands shake with the strain of holding back his desire to permanently maim and harm this man.

That kind of punishment should not be wrought upon someone who is only annoying.

Especially when that person is a pack Alpha here for a Council.

“Alpha,” Tristan says from nearby, nearer than he’d been before.

Caleb is starting to have holes now in his memory as well. Troublesome.

Slowly, and with great effort, Caleb pulls back and steps away from the pack Alpha he had shoved to the floor. Immediately, Tristan is there by his side.

“What triggered this?” Tristan whispers.

Caleb wishes he had an answer for him. Instead, he just looks at him. Truly, Caleb has no idea.

Tristan must see that answer in Caleb’s face. “With permission, Alpha, I believe we should suspend the council for now.”

Caleb nods. “I will leave first. Too many people moving…” might trigger him. He didn’t want to say that part allowed, resenting this sudden weakness in himself.

“Very well,” Tristan replies.

Caleb starts making his way to the door. As he does, he feels the eyes of every Alpha in the room upon him. It makes the hairs on the back of his neck stand up and sends the shivers of paranoia rippling through his mind.

They think you are weak.

They do not respect you.

They are plotting against you.

He does his best to push the thoughts away. He wants to rush from the room before he can hurt anyone else, but that would only show his weakness. He has to walk and be strong.

Behind him, he begins to hear whispers. Among the Alphas? Or in his mind?

He can no longer tell the difference.

“The Alpha King is losing his mind…”

“We need another on the throne…”

“If only his brother Evan was King instead of him…”

お金金

SEND GIFT or GCASH: +63.936.139.8714

COMMENT

Subscribe

♡
Prev | Next

The Lycan King’s Defiant Surrogate by Riley Above Story (Chapters 121 to 130)

Chapter 121

Time ticks by.

Caleb goes on date after date.

I try to avoid the hurt that swells inside of me every time he leaves me to spend time with some other woman.

It doesn’t get easier.

To distract myself, I push my body with the warrior training. The Pitmaster is a demanding teacher. She does not punish us for our mistakes or failures. She simply makes us get up and try again and again. Even after we get it right, she pushes us to continue trying.

“I want you to have completed these moves so many times they are second nature to you,” she says. “You shouldn’t even need to think of them. Your hand will find your blade and move before your mind has a moment to consider anything.”

Eventually, it starts to feel like an accurate sentiment. The more I do the movements, the more natural they seem until I can complete them without even looking anymore.

My problem, as ever, is that I lack strength. The Pitmaster makes me flex my arms for her then frowns at my thin arms.

“I doubt the King wants you to bulk up,” she says. “So you will just have to depend on your speed.”

“Does this mean I failed warrior training?” I ask.

“I wouldn’t put you on the battlefield,” the Pitmaster says. “But I don’t think that was ever the intention with you. The King just wants to make you into a fighter capable of defending herself.”

I nod. “Have we done that?”

“Let’s find out,” the Pitmaster says and unsheathes the massive sword from her back.

We enter the sparring ring, with the other trainees surrounding us in interest.

The Pitmaster gives me a half-second to collect myself. Then, she lunges, dropping her sword down on me.

Quickly, I slip out of the way. The sword clanks into the ground instead.

While she works on freeing it, I twist to slice at her. I severely underestimated the time it would take her to pry her sword from the dirt. She easily lifts it and blocks me.

“Good, Harper. But you are holding yourself back. You don’t want to hurt me, but I insist that you can’t. Give me all you’ve got. Show me what you’ve learned.”

With her encouragement, I try to stop holding myself back as I had. She was right. I truly didn’t want to hurt her. But I have to trust, as she is the instructor, that she will be able to withstand whatever I might throw her way.

I slice at her a second time. Blocked.

A third. Blocked.

As I step back to think about my next attack, she whirls the sword around her head and cuts in at me from the side.

I lean backward to dodge. But because the sword is lower than I initially anticipated, I lean back so far that I fall down onto my ass.

A few of the trainees cheer for me to get up. As I hurry to do so, I’m too slow.

The Pitmaster drops her sword, stopping it a hair away from my neck. For her to wield such a big sword with such precision shows her the level of her strength and skill. She truly treats it as if it is an extension of herself. Watching her, you could think the blade weighed nothing at all.

Having held it, I could attest that it is indeed very heavy.

Smiling, the Pitmaster moves the blade away and returns it to the sheath on her back. Then she holds out her hand. Once I take it, she pulls me up to my feet.

“You did well,” she says.

“I lost,” I reply.

She laughs. “You didn’t think you’d actually beat me, did you?”

No, I guess that’s true.

“You’re making progress,” the Pitmaster says. Releasing my hand, she pats me roughly on the shoulder. “Keep training.”

Then she moves along. From her, that is wonderful praise and I’m absolutely beaming.

“Good job, Harper,” Ted says, along with a few others.

“Thanks, guys,” I say as I stop to join them.

Despite everything, Ted and the trainees have been becoming my friends. Ted hasn’t really changed all that much, though he makes certain to keep appropriate distance between us, and he never lets his gaze linger on me for too long.

He still has his optimism and easy smile, though. I like being around him. He’s like a fun little brother. The kind of sibling relationship that I wish I had.

Caleb sits at a table across from his date. His subordinates have rented out the entirety of this restaurant within the capital for Caleb and his date to spend a romantic evening alone, undisturbed by anyone other than the waiter.

Yet Caleb can feel eyes all over him, like tiny spiders crawling across his skin.

Looking around, however, he catches no one around him. The curtains are down over the windows, giving them even more privacy.

No one is watching. Caleb knows that.

Yet the feeling remains.

“Do you like your salad, King Caleb?” asks the blonde sitting across from him. He’s forgotten her name. Jessica? Jennifer? He’s fairly certain it starts with a J.

It’s hard to keep his thoughts straight when he’s certain there’s someone right behind him. He spins to check.

Again, no one is there.

“Are you well, Sir?” the date says. “You seem… uncertain.”

“The salad is fine,” Caleb says gruffly.

He’s looking at her now. She’s not a natural blonde, but the color suits her well enough. Her eyes are kind, though there’s a vague sort of smile on her face that could easily be hiding darker feelings.

Could she be plotting against him?

No. They only just arranged this date yesterday, after all the others did not go very well. That would hardly leave enough time for her to organize a coup. It could be enough time to arrange for an assassin though.

Caleb checks behind him.

“Maybe we should bring out the main course…” the date says. Clapping her hands, she calls, “Waiter!”

Hot fear flashes through Caleb.

One moment, he is sitting in his chair, then, after the clap, he has suddenly jumped over the table. His dates chair back is on the floor. She’s still sitting on it, staring up at him with wide eyes. Caleb’s holding a salad fork to her throat.

The waiter brings out a silver plate with their meals on top of it. When he sees the sight, he drops the platter and curses. While he rushes into the kitchen again, Caleb tries to recollect what led him to this moment.

The date is afraid, her eyes wide, her pulse pounding so loudly it’s giving him a headache.

He looks at the fork in his hand. Did he mean to kill her with this?

Foolish.

He tosses aside the fork, and, righting himself, steps away from the woman.

Tristan immediately steps out of the kitchen.

“My King, we should leave. The guards can handle this,” he says, already leading Caleb to the door. Only when Caleb is outside of the restaurant and sitting in his car does he realize the full severity of what he’s done?

“I could have killed that woman,” he says.

“Yes, Tristan confirms. “I suspect you nearly did.”

Caleb looks down at his hands. “I have no idea why I did that.

“Your mind has been uneasy,” Tristan says. Softer, he says, “As it always does when you go days without seeing Harper.

Caleb frowns. Has he truly become so dependent on that consort?

“You should bring her next time,” Tristan says.

“What?” Caleb asks as if waking from a dream.

“On your next date, bring Harper as well,” Tristan says. “Before you hurt someone.

Chapter 122

The next day, I am once again summoned to Caleb’s side. This is the first time that it’s happened since our moment of passion in the gardener’s shed, so hope fills my heart. Since I care as much as I do about Caleb, I want to be near him, no matter what.

From what I can tell, from the time of day, and the way the servant who requested me is leading me towards the dining room, I suspect Caleb and I are going to sit down to a nice lunch.

As soon as I walk into the dining room, I realize I was mistaken so much that it’s laughable.

Only, I’m not laughing.

Caleb is sitting at the lone table in the room, with a woman sitting across from him. There is no additional third spot for me.

Tristan, standing near the door, spots me when I come through it and quickly joins me. After sending the other servant away, he says to me, “You are needed. Stand near the King but do not look at him or Miss Annabelle. Do not address them.”

“This is a date,” I say. I know it is. I can see it with my two eyes. But I still require verbal clarification.

“Yes,” Tristan says. With narrow eyes, he offers me no sympathy. Why would he? Even if he knew of my feelings for Caleb he would have no care for them. Caleb’s wants were all that mattered in the capital. “King Caleb is on a date with a werewolf noblewoman named Annabelle. Now, see to your duties, consort.” The word has added bite like he thinks I might say no.

I suppose I could use my one request to get myself out of this situation, but I would not waste such a rare and valuable gift on this. Besides, it would save me from one afternoon of misery, but not from those that would follow.

Sooner or later, I would be faced with Caleb dating and eventually marrying someone else. It’s an inevitability.

Swallowing down my pain, I approach the table, taking my place at Caleb’s side. He does not look at me, but Annabelle does – though only once, in passing.

Perhaps she’s been warned that Caleb has an entire wing dedicated to his harem. Perhaps she already knows that she’ll have to share her husband, if things progress that far, with a hundred other women. Perhaps she simply doesn’t care.

“It’s so nice that you invited me inside the palace, King Caleb,” Annabelle says, smiling with teeth. She has a soft, lilting voice that makes her sound ever-so-grateful with every single word.

I hate her. It’s irrational, and I know I shouldn’t. But she is sitting across from the man I love, trying to convince him to love her, and I hate her.

Then, the worst possible thing that could ever happen happens.

Caleb starts to smile too. “It’s my pleasure, Annabelle. Thank you for accepting the request.”

“One would have to be foolish to deny a request from the King. Or blind, once she gets a good look at him,” Annabelle says.

Caleb’s smile turns into a mischievous smirk. “I’m glad you aren’t disappointed.”

“Far from it, my King.”

My stomach twists so violently, I’m pretty sure I’m about to be sick.

It’s one thing to make me stand in the room. But to actually be here, in the front row, to them – to both of them – actively flirting with each other? It hurts so much. I am in absolute agony.

With Caleb’s mind clear, he knows he is saying all the right things to charm Annabelle. And he’s not immune to her charms either. She is pretty, short with long dark hair, dark eyes, and a straight-toothed smile. Her voice is like a chime of a bell, soft and sweet. Sometimes he has to strain to hear her.

She’s everything a noblewoman werewolf should be. Dainty and beautiful, she will look good sitting beside him on the throne. And her good household will help solidify Caleb’s popularity and power within the kingdom.

That’s all that really matters.

This date could end right now for all he cares. He and Annabelle don’t have to actually get along more than this.

Yet with a glance at Tristan, and his stern, frowning reply, Caleb realizes perhaps he will need more than this to make Annabelle agree to be his wife.

Coming from a powerful pack, she has more sway than most others. She is in a position to be able to say ‘no’ to him.

Harper shuffles on her feet to Caleb’s left. She’s another problem in this situation. While Caleb is trying to woo his future wife, he is constantly distracted by the woman to his left.

He sees her little frown and the way her eyes are downcast.

“Tell me, my King,” Annabelle continues. “Do you enjoy the outdoors as much as I do?”

“I do,” Caleb replies, but all he can think about is watching Harper tend to her gardens at their little farmhouse.

“I love to shift in the woods on my pack’s lands,” Annabelle continues. “It’s so… freeing. Giving over to the wolf once in a while. Don’t you agree?”

She’s trying to make connections. Caleb can appreciate that. Even if, in this particular instance, he cannot relate.

“My wolf is too powerful to be left to its own devices,” Caleb says. “I would risk hurting someone.”

Annabelle’s face falls somewhat. “Oh. What a pity. It really is very… exuberating.”

Caleb nods. “Perhaps, at some point, if you were to move here, we could erect a forest just for you to set your spirits free within.”

Annabelle’s smile comes back, full blast. “Oh, thank you so much, King Caleb. That would make me very happy… if we decide to proceed.”

“I have a good feeling about this,” Caleb says.

“As do I,” Annabelle replies.

Beside him, Harper stills, even as her heartbeat begins to quicken. What is she thinking of?

No matter. Her closeness has done what he needed it to do. She has helped him maintain a clear mind. It doesn’t matter that she seems hurt or upset.

What would she have to be hurt or upset about?

It vexes him the entire duration of his meal. By the time Annabelle and he split ways, he’s more annoyed by not knowing what Harper is thinking than he is overjoyed about how well things have gone with Annabelle.

“Harper,” Caleb says, once they step into the hallway.

“Forgive me. I’m not feeling well.” She rushes off in the opposite direction. Caleb thinks of rushing after her until she disappears into a bathroom.

Maybe she just wasn’t feeling well. That could be the reason for her upset.

Not that it mattered to him.

Tristan comes to stand beside him next, as Caleb stares at the bathroom door.

“Things went well with Annabelle,” Tristan says.

“Yes.”

“No incidents with the salad utensils,” Tristan says.

Tristan glances at the bathroom door and back again. “Harper did a good job.”

“All she did was stand there.”

“That’s all she was supposed to do,” Tristan reminds him.

That’s true, and Caleb knows it.

So why does it annoy him so damn much?

Chapter 123

In the bathroom, I splash water over my face. My hope is that Caleb will be too busy or too annoyed to wait around for me to leave the bathroom and I won’t have to face him. I really don’t want to face him.

Watching him flirt with another woman cut me deeply, down to my bones. I always knew that it would happen. Caleb never made any secret that he was searching for his mate, and that woman would take precedence in his life.

After all, he is meticulously careful that he won’t have children with anyone else, with the exception of that very first time we’d been together, back when both of us had seemed out of our minds. And then, that accidental time more recently, but that has since been resolved. I’m decidedly not pregnant.

The thought of Caleb having a child with Annabelle makes my stomach twist into an uncomfortable knot.

At the sink, I run the cold water and then splash it onto my face.

This is the life that’s been set before me. I don’t have much choice in the matter. I simply have to watch the man I care about fall in love with someone else.

How I wish we could still be at that farmhouse… Just the two of us…

But that might have well been a different life. Caleb, as King, would never want to settle for anything less than his throne and his palace.

With a sigh, I dry off my face, and then step out of the bathroom.

Fortune continues to not favor me today because Caleb is waiting for me just outside the door. His arms are crossed and his eyes narrowed. He seems pissed off, but that isn’t particularly unusual with him, especially when I start acting like anything other than his dutiful slave.

“What’s the matter with you?” he snaps.

“Nothing,” I say. “If you’ll excuse me.”

I try to slide past him but he grabs my arm in a tight grip, denying me passage.

“Why are you acting like a spoiled child?” he growls.

Spoiled?! What a jerk! He has no idea what I’m suffering through.

“Did I not perform my tasks successfully, my King?” I tell him, keeping my voice devoid of emotion. “I arrived promptly when summoned, then stayed by your side as directed. I did not say a word the entire time.”

“You performed your duties adequately,” Caleb counters. “What bothers me is your behavior now. You are acting like something happened when nothing happened to you.”

“I’m fine,” I say shortly. “I’d like to go back to my room now, please.”

“You are not fine.” Caleb roughly pushes me back into the bathroom I had just stepped out of. The bathroom is separated into two areas, a sink and vanity area, and a toilet area, separated by a door. He pushes me only into the vanity area, then slams closed the door to the hallway behind him.

“Caleb -” I start, thinking to calm him down.

He doesn’t let me finish, instead, snatching me up in his arms and covering my mouth with his own, swallowing down my words. His tongue licks past the seam of my lips. He hums as he tastes me and I can’t help melting against him, even though my heart still aches in my chests.

Shifting me, he angles me so that I’m pressed up against the wall opposite the mirror and the sink.

Breaking the kiss, he insists, “Tell me what’s wrong.”

“Nothing’s wrong,” I tell him…

He glowers at me. “Liar. You will tell me the truth.”

I keep my lips tightly sealed.

He drops down to his knees in front of me. Grabbing the hem of my skirts, he starts rolling them up, bunching them up as he goes, until they are at my waist. There, he demands, “Hold these.”

When I do, he grips the top of my panties and drags them down my hips, exposing me to him. He licks his lips.

“You will tell me what’s wrong, or I won’t let you cum.” Then, without further warning, he surges forward. With two fingers, he separates my folds, exposing my clit. “Pretty little thing,” he breathes before plunging forward, taking my clit into his mouth and bullying it with his tongue.

I can’t see much of what is happening under my skirts, aside from Caleb’s head dipping back and forth. But then, I look up and catch sight of myself in the mirror.

Caleb only just started and I already look debauched. My cheeks are red, my eyes hooded, my lips parted.

The sight of Caleb on his knees, face buried between my thighs is almost too much to bear. I almost cum just from the visual.

Caleb, with a finger inside of me, feels when my pussy starts to quiver. Immediately, he pulls away. I hiss at the sudden cool air on my damp clit.

He smirks up at me. “Ready to talk.”

I slam my mouth closed and shake my head.

He waits another few moments, simply staring at me, and it’s absolute torture.

“Caleb…”

“Tell me what’s wrong, Harper.”

I refuse.

He narrows his eyes, then surges forward again. For a few brief moments, he takes me right to the edge of climax. Then, at the last moment, he pulls away.

He repeats this process several times, but each time, I refuse to give up the truth.

Eventually, frustrated, he attacks my clit with his tongue once more. This time, he does not stop licking and suckling. He adds a second finger inside of me, pumping in and out of my pussy.

Looking at myself in the mirror, and Caleb, his back shifting as he works his fingers.

I can’t stop it this time. Caleb doesn’t seem to want me to.

After being pent up for so long, edged, I cum so hard I tremble and shake. My knees gave out. I grab onto Caleb’s shoulders to keep myself upright.

“Caleb! Caleb, oh gods!”

He doesn’t stop, not even as it becomes too much. It hurts almost, the consistent drawn-out pleasure.

Tears form in my eyes. “C-Caleb!”

He laps and sucks. The tears fall. And he wrings another orgasm out of me.

This time he does not linger. He pushes away, wipes off his mouth with the back of his hand and heads to the sink. There, he washes his hand.

I can see his face in the mirror, the way he’s not looking at me. “You will join me on all of my dates from now on, Harper. I suggest you get used to it.”

He dries off his hands and then struts out of the bathroom. Just as he opens the door, I remember to lower my skirt.

He’d gifted me the best kind of pleasure, but now, with him gone, I feel nothing but hollow inside. His words were a threat and a promise.

At his command, I would have to attend every date whether I wanted to or not. There would be no escape for me.

Unless… I could try running away again.

It was futile last time, but this time I’m smarter, I know the palace a bit more, and I’ve befriended some of the guards.

Maybe this time it could work.

Maybe I could be free.

Chapter 124

Caleb thought that his blissful torture of Harper would facilitate a few answers, but as he walks away, he remains as confused as before. Withholding her pleasure, while enjoyable, had only managed to further prove just how stubborn she is.

He hates how much he likes that about her. It would be so much easier if she was as eager to please him as the other women in his harem. All he had to do with them was make a suggestion of a desire, and they would bend over backward to see that desire fulfilled.

He could tell Harper to her face what he wants and she would just ignore him.

Impossible woman.

Annoyed, Caleb does not attend to his regular duties of the day, deciding that he is much too frustrated for that. Instead, he heads out into the courtyard to look over the new guards who are being brought into his service – including the one that Harper befriended during their warrior training.

Caleb wanted to throw the man out immediately, for daring to lust after one of his harem, but even the Pitmaster approached him to tell him that this one – Ted, I believe she called him – was a good sort with a strong sense of loyalty and a promise with the blade.

After the coup, Caleb couldn’t afford to turn away any candidates. Nearly half of his guards turned out to be traitors.

Now, though, it was exceedingly difficult for him to trust anyone. Who was to say that any of these new guards wouldn’t turn against him with the right motivation?

The paranoia scratched at the inside of Caleb’s skull like a squirrel who had climbed into the attic of a house. Annoying. Insistent. Sometimes easy to ignore, sometimes impossible.

Tristan said that he had vetted each and every guard here. He held them to tough standards, interviewed their families, and spoke to several references. He even conducted intense interviews to test their loyalty and their ability to maintain composure under pressure.

With all of that, Caleb still struggled to trust. Tristan, he believed, would only do his best to attempt to keep Caleb safe, but Tristan was bonded to Caleb with a blood bond.

Maybe he should start requiring blood bonds from all of his guards, slaves, and servants…

The new guards are lined up in five rows in the courtyard, with ten in each row. Each is standing at attention, with their gun held at their side and their heads held high.

Caleb walks among them, glancing at their faces as he passes. As trained, none make direct eye contact with him, not even Ted, who Caleb is inclined to distrust.

Until, the last in the second row, nervously glances up and meets my eye. I stop, glaring. Immediately, the young man’s gaze dips away.

He couldn’t have been older than twenty, though he is tall and broad-shouldered. With a gentle sniff, Caleb determines that this guard has the alpha potential, though for him to be here, he has clearly been passed over for the role within his pack.

Suspicion immediately floods through Caleb. Perhaps this young man has ba igger ambition. Instead of a pack leader role, he might have his eye on the crown.

“Which pack are you from?” Caleb asks.

The man, straightening, swallows hard. “Crimson Dusk, King Caleb…”

Caleb frowns. “The current pack Alpha is an older werewolf, isn’t he?”

“Yes, Sir.”

“So why aren’t you attempting to earn that role?” Caleb asks.

“The Alpha’s son will take that role.”

“You did not think to fight him for it?”

“I have to desire to… King Caleb.”

All of the alarm bells in Caleb’s head rang at that response. “Why not?”

“I… uh… I’m not much of a leader, Sir. I don’t want to be.”

Lies. Everyone wishes they could lead. “Do you think that by coming here, you might have a shot at my crown?”

“What?” the guard’s eyes go impossibly wide. “Of course not!”

Some of the other guards subtly start to shift away from Caleb and the guard he’s interrogating, as if they don’t want to be caught in the potential bloodshed.

Good. The rest, at least, will be subservient to Caleb. This one, though…

“I think you are lying,” Caleb spits. “And liars should not be tolerated.”

Caleb raises his hand and the guard flinches. Yet before Caleb can strike, Tristan is immediately at his side.

“King Caleb. A word.”

Caleb shifts his fiery gaze to Tristan. How dare he interrupt this man’s punishment?

However, even with the scratching inside of his head, Caleb trusts Tristan enough to lower his arm. He leads Tristan away from the group, to a more quiet area along the walls of the palace where they can speak without being overheard by the recruits.

“This had better be important, Beta,” Caleb snaps.

“You would have killed that new guard.”

Maybe. Or maimed him.

“The others need an example,” Caleb says. “Or they will all think I am weak enough to be overrun.”

“With due respect,” Tristan says gently. “I do not believe that to be the case. This group is already loyal, my King. I’ve interrogated each of them myself. Even under the threat of death, they would not turn against you.”

“There should be no problem, then.”

“When I threatened them, they would not turn against you, King Caleb. For you to threaten them is a different matter. Such ruthless treatment might quell unrest again. Their loyalty should be rewarded, not punished.”

“You have no true knowledge of what you speak,” Caleb says with a note of disgust. Tristan may be Caleb’s most trusted servant, but he is just that. A Beta will never have the knowledge and strength of an Alpha, especially one like Caleb – a King.

“Look for yourself,” Tristan says, motioning back towards the recruits.

Just to prove him wrong, I do look. There, I see a level of nervousness among the mercenaries, as if some are reconsidering their dedication to their new chosen profession and its cause. Chief among them is the man Caleb threatened. Now, he seems more angry than afraid.

“I will need to interrogate them again,” Tristan says. “To see if their attitude toward you has changed. Where before they saw you as a powerful and brave figurehead, now they might see you only as a brute.”

Caleb snaps his gaze to Tristan. “Is that how you see me?”

“I know what you’ve been through,” Tristan says. “I know all that you have suffered to make you into the person you are today, with both your good qualities and your bad. So no, I do not see you as a brute. But these people do not know you beyond the tales of heroism they’ve heard. It’s those tales you are shattering now. You could have easily lived up to their expectations.”

“If one angry outburst causes them to turn, Tristan, then I don’t trust them at all. Throw the whole batch away.”

Tristan straightens, taken aback. “But, King Caleb -“

“I don’t care for your excuses or your reasoning or your worries. I said, demote all of them and find more.”

Tristan closes his mouth a moment, though his eyes speak of his disagreement and his anger at Caleb’s decision.

Caleb doesn’t care. The scratching in his mind is full-on pounding now. He can’t trust anyone here; he’s sure of it.

Maybe he can’t even trust his Beta.

Chapter 125

In the night, within my mind, I travel back in time to a night when I joined my sister Leah at a club on the edge of our pack’s lands. It was the night of my disgrace, my birthday. Samuel and I had making plans to solidify our mating bond, but Leah, furious, was not speaking to me, except in front of our parents.

When she had asked me to join her at the club, I had been ecstatic, believing she meant to extend an olive branch. Despite the many disagreements of our youth, I still wanted my sister to be at my side for my big day.

So I went to the club, even though it wasn’t the time of place that I would normally visit. I’d already found my mate. For what reason did I need to go to a club and attempt to seek out another one?

My intention that night had only been to make amends with Leah, but when I met her at the club, the music had been so loud, it had been nearly impossible to hear her. We both had to shout.

“Can we go somewhere quieter?” I asked.

“What?” she replied.

“Can we go somewhere quieter?!” I asked louder.

She laughed. “My goody two-shoes sister never wants to have any fun. Why don’t you have a drink and relax? I know you drink.”

On occasion, I would steal a few sips of wine, but I was never a huge drinker. Leah knew I had a low tolerance.

She didn’t care to hear my response, instead she turned to the bartender and ordered two more of whatever she was drinking. It looked like some kind of martini, in a glass with a long stem.

Before the drink was delivered, I excused myself to go to the bathroom.

“Don’t be too long! Or I’ll end up forgetting about you,” Leah shouted with a laugh.

The words hurt me, but I laughed too. I’d gone off to the bathroom more to calm down than to actually use the facilities, but I found little comfort within them. The music, though muffled, still pounded through the walls enough to throb in my head. Also, a drunk woman was throwing up in one of the toilet.

Looking in the mirror, I waged war with myself. Everything inside me begged me to just go home. To call Samuel and laugh about all this. He’d be supportive, saying something sweet like how I don’t need my sister in my life, if she is too big-headed to want to meet me in the middle.

But Leah was my family. She was part of my pack. She was not someone I was willing to just throw away, not if there was a chance I could mend this.

This night was that chance.

I left the bathroom with renewed purpose. I would do whatever it took to be friends with my sister again, to mend these bridges that we had burned lately.

As I approached the bar where my sister was, I saw that our drinks had been delivered and were sitting on the bar top.

I stopped as I approached, noticing my sister move her hand over my drink.

At the time, I hadn’t thought anything of it. But the safety of the dream world let me stop and evaluate. Am I remembering this correctly?

It looks a hell of a lot like Leah put something in my drink.

Gasping awake, I sit upright in my bed. I suck in large gasping breaths, my heart beating out of control.

Was that a memory? Or was it something else? Was my mind just playing tricks on me?

I’d always suspected my sister drugged me that night, but the memories had been so hazy, it was difficult for me to piece together exactly how it happened.

Was it true, like I saw, that my sister put something in my drink? Or was this just the assumption my brain was making, trying to fill in the black holes of a traumatic evening?

I don’t know. But I feel cold and uncertain.

For the rest of the night, sleep eludes me. When Bethany comes to me in the morning, I ask her, first thing, “Do you think dreams could be memories that we’ve forgotten?”

“I don’t know,” Bethany says, looking at me strangely. “I suppose it’s possible. Did this happen to you, Harper? You look like you’ve seen a ghost?”

“I think I did,” I tell her.

I want to explain more but at just that moment, there’s a knock on the door. A King’s messenger enters without waiting for a response.

“The King is taking a morning stroll through the gardens with Annabelle,” the messenger says to me. “You have been summoned to join them.”

It seems the King is keeping good on his threat to have me attend every day he goes on from now on.

“Very well,” I tell the messenger, because I don’t really have any other choice. “If you could please wait in the hallway so I can get dressed.”

The messenger looks annoyed but still does as I ask, moving out of the room. He gently closes the door behind him.

Bethany gives me a sympathetic look, but we don’t speak about it. What’s more for there to say?

This hurts, but it is my life. Until I can actually think of a viable escape plan, I have no choice but to obey the King’s requests.

Dressed, I follow the messenger to where the King and Annabelle are waiting near the edge of the gardens. Caleb looks beyond annoyed with me.

“What the hell took you so long?” he asks.

“I had to change,” I told him.

Annabelle tugs on his arm, reclaiming his attention. “She’s here now. May we start our walk?”

Looking at her, Caleb calms slightly, even as I start to silently seethe.

They start to walk, while I stay a foot or two behind, close enough to intervene if Caleb needs me but far enough away that I can at least pretend I’m there for a different reasons. Maybe I’m on my own little walk, and it just happens to be at the same time and along the same path as Caleb and Annabelle.

Halfway through their walk, they stop to look at one of the more elaborate displays, a mixture of roses and crawling vines.

Glancing at me, Annabelle asks Caleb, “Can we go somewhere quieter?”

I don’t hear Caleb’s response…

I don’t hear anything but white noise.

I’m immediately back in time once more, a vision or a waking nightmare, I don’t know which.

Leah handed me my drink, but I’d been hesitant to drink it. I tried to put it down on the counter, but she gave me a disgusted look.

“I thought you wanted to repair things between us, but you are acting like the drink I gave you isn’t good enough.”

I don’t remember what I said. I think I might have said the drink looked funny.

Leah didn’t listen to me. She held up her own glass for a toast. “Cheers with me, Harper. Or I swear I will never be on your side for anything ever again.”

I knew there was something in this drink, but I trusted Leah. I thought, maybe, she only put some kind of sweetener in it or something. She knew I liked sweet things.

So I drank.

And then I fell.

Chapter 126

Caleb is only half-listening to Annabelle. Rather, his full attention is on Harper and the way she sways as if she might faint. He will not let her head hit the ground if her legs give out, which they seem about to at any moment.

“My King?” Annabelle says, likely trying to reclaim Caleb’s focus, without realizing it’s a lost cause.

He needs to check on Harper. Right now. Now!

He darts forward, catching Harper right at the moment her knees start to buckle. Even as he catches her, her gaze seems so far away, like her mind is a great distance from the royal gardens.

She slumps slightly, so Caleb scoops her up into his arms in a bridal carry, cradling her safely against the wide expanse of his chest.

Annabelle flitters to his side. “My King, I’m sure others can attend to your harem member. She does not require your specific attentions.”

Caleb begs to differ. If anyone would try to take Harper away from him right now, he would rip their arms off.

Even Annabelle, he is growing annoyed with. Though, reminding himself that she is likely to become his betrothed, he tries to reel in most of his anger.

“Stay here and enjoy the flowers, Annabelle,” he says through clenched teeth. “I must tend to this.”

Without hearing another word – and frankly, Annabelle was lucky that Caleb heard those few words he had – Caleb carries Harper back inside and all the way to her personal rooms.

By then, she is starting to rouse again.

“Water,” he commands Harper’s handmaiden while he brings Harper to her bed. Once there, he gently lays her down onto it.

“Caleb?” Harper asks. “What happened? Where am I?”

“You are in your room,” Caleb answers. “You passed out in the garden.”

“Oh.” She still seems confused, with a small line forming between her brows. Though she doesn’t say anything more, she’s clearly troubled.

More secrets.

Caleb hates secrets, but this time, since she’s fainted, he doesn’t have the same fury that possessed him before in seeking answers. This time, he just wants to make sure she is alright, health wise.

“I will send for a doctor,” he says. As soon as Bethany returns with the water, Caleb sends her straight back out for a doctor.

“That’s really not necessary,” Harper protests, but by now it’s already too late. Her reaction times seem to be on a delay of some kind. Even after fainting, she is still distracted by plaguing thoughts.

Caleb wants to press but he doesn’t. Instead, he waits, quietly watching her.

After a moment, she looks at him, worry mixed with confusion there, and asks, “Do you remember much from the night we first met?”

“On your pack lands?” Caleb asks, to clarify. She could be meaning when she was first brought to the palace.

“Yes,” Harper says. “That night… So much is a blur…”

“You truly do not remember?”

“Not everything,” Harper says. “I was hoping you could fill in some blanks for me.”

Caleb had plenty of dark moments from that evening too, but he remembers Harper beneath him, begging him to fuck her. She was so hot, physically and temperature-wise. And she smelled so fucking good. No one else has ever smelled like that for him, not before and not since.

Not even Harper now, though she’s the closest. Something always seems to be in the way, holding back the full scent.

“Your heat scent triggered my rut,” Caleb says. “I’m afraid much of the evening is hazy after that.”

“What about before?” she asks. “Do you remember how you found me? Do you remember if my sister was there?”

Caleb remembers Harper’s sister Leah from the Alpha Council events. The bitch had been unkind to Harper, and Caleb had thought of disappearing her into the dungeons many times. He held himself back, only because he thought Harper would not appreciate the gesture. She’d likely be mad at him, like she so often was.

“You were alone when I found you,” Caleb says. “Other werewolf males had been attracted to your heat scent, but I chased them all away. Then you called out to me. You begged me to have you…”

Irritation swells within Caleb. The best scent of his existence, the best sex of his life. He had thought she’d been right there beside him, along for the ride. Instead, she’d been… what?

“The heat makes things so intense,” Caleb explains. “It’s possible you were lost to all but the feeling.”

She nods. “I remember some of it. But I don’t know how it happened at all. What triggered my heat? It came so suddenly. There was no warning.” Looking at Caleb, she asks, “Did you wonder at all, who this woman was? Why she was suddenly in heat?”

As soon as Caleb had caught the scent, all logical thinking had gone out the window. And when she called out to him, begging for him to take her, telling him how much it hurt being so empty… He lost all reason as well.

“I don’t have an answer for you that you’ll like,” he says. “But it doesn’t matter now, does it? What happened, happened, and you are here with me now.”

“That was the night of my disgrace,” she says. “The entire trajectory of my life changed that night.”

“Fate had plans for you and me.”

Harper lowers her chin. “What if it wasn’t fate, Caleb? I keep having these dreams, these memories? Of that night. It plays out in my head all over again. Meeting Leah at that club. Her ordering me a drink. I think… I think I remember her putting something in my glass.”

Caleb goes very still as sudden inexplicable rage fills him. How dare someone interfere like that? And since a child culminated from that event…

Was Leah trying to sabotage her sister’s future, or her king’s?

“It could have been a dream. I could have imagined it, but…”

“You think it’s real,” Caleb fills in the blanks. “You genuinely believed she sabotaged you so that she could ruin your reputation and steal your fiancé.”

“I do,” Harper says, seeming sad about it.

She didn’t have anything to be sad about. Not anymore. Maybe her sister set them both up, but Caleb will make sure that she will pay for what she’s done.

“When the Alpha Council reconvenes, she will be welcomed back to the capital,” Caleb says. “When she arrives, we will make certain that she receives a very special greeting.”

“If she dies, I won’t know the truth,” Harper says. She looks away. “Plus, she is always my sister, even after what she’s done to me.”

Harper’s soft heart has no business being in a place like this. Even if it meant he never would have met her, Caleb hates Leah all over again, for ruining the perfect and happy life Harper might have otherwise lived.

“I won’t kill her.” Right away, he adds in his mind. “But she will be interrogated. We will make certain that she tells us the truth of what happened that night. In fact, I’ll see to it personally.”

Chapter 127

I know Caleb’s idea of interrogation involves torture. I’ve seen it happen. Hell, it even happened to me once. And I don’t totally trust Caleb’s promise not to kill Leah, either. When he gets in those overly-aggressive moods sometimes, it’s hard for him to hold back even. when he wants to.

So I tell him, “If you are going to interrogate Leah, I want to be there. Not just watching, I want to be in the room.”

Caleb glances at me sideways. “Don’t be ridiculous. You don’t have the stomach for that. You are too soft.”

“I don’t think it will come to actual torture,” I say. “The threat of it should be enough.” My presence will ensure he doesn’t go too far.

I might hate my sister for what she’s done to me: drugging me, mocking me, stealing my life, and treating me like her own personal slave. But beneath it all, she is still my sister. My parents love her. She’s Samuel’s wife.

I hate her, but I can’t be responsible for her torture and death.

I deserve better than the guilt that will come with that, even if she doesn’t.

Caleb glares me down like he thinks that will change my answer. He can still be intimidating as hell when he wants to be, but the concern that occasionally flashes in his eyes takes away all the real heat in this moment. So I stare straight back at him.

Eventually, he acquiesces. “Fine,” he says. “But if she starts badmouthing you again, I can’t promise to be civil.”

“I wouldn’t expect you to be anyway,” I say, lightly teasing.

It feels good to have the past aired between us. I’ve always wondered how Caleb felt. I didn’t remember him finding me. I do remember being insanely attracted to him, craving him with my entire body and soul. And that scent – all masculine Alpha. It must have been his rut.

His rut was triggered by my heat, but it also amplified my heat. We were the perfect kind of storm, going on each other for the entire length of the evening.

Knowing that I can’t even fault him for disappearing the night before I woke up.

“That night,” I say, my final question. “In the morning.”

He nods, letting me know he’s listening.

This question isn’t easy to ask. It takes me a moment, to gather my courage, “Were you going to come back?”

“I thought about not,” Caleb says. “I went on a long walk to clear my head. When I did return, the bed was empty and you were gone.”

He came back. My heart aches. If my parents hadn’t found me. If Caleb had returned in time to claim me properly… How much would be different?

Or was I always doomed to end up in Caleb’s harem?

“I assumed you wanted a one-night stand. I wasn’t angry then,” Caleb says. “It was only later when I found out about the child.”

With a sigh, I tell him, “There is no child.”

He frowns at me. “So you keep telling me.”

Before we can speak further, Bethany returns with a doctor, and Caleb insists the doctor check me over. Once the diagnosis is delivered, that I’m more or less okay, though I should eat something and drink more water, Caleb walks out of the room and does not re- enter.

“Are you okay?” Bethany asks once Caleb and the doctor are gone.

“I don’t know,” I reply. It’s the honest truth.

After lunch, I receive a strange summons from a handmaiden I do not know.

“My mistress, Annabelle, wishes to speak with you,” she says.

From my doorway, I glance up the hallway at the guards, but they pay the handmaiden very little mind. Caleb likely authorized this then. Perhaps he’s given Annabelle and her servants reign over the entire palace.

My stomach flip-flops but I push down the feeling. I’ve been sick enough for one day.

Well, if Caleb has authorized this, then I have no choice really but to honor this summons, even if I’d rather run screaming, naked into a forest filled with bees.

“Very well,” I say.

The handmaiden leads me out to the courtyard, to a small rod-iron table in the shadow of a great oak tree, where Annabelle sits, having her afternoon tea.

There’s only one cup, so I imagine I’ll just stay standing. She’ll say what she wants, and we’ll both move on with our days.

So it surprises me when she gestures to the empty chair across from hers. “Sit down, Harper. We should probably have a little chat.”

I want to refuse, but knowing there will be consequences if I do, I just sit instead.

“How are you feeling, after your little tumble this morning?” she asks.

I look at her with suspicion, but her eyes seem genuinely concerned. Her lips dip down at the corners in a small, worried frown.

“I’m doing well,” I say. “I didn’t get enough sleep last night, I think.” It’s not the full truth, but she doesn’t need to know my entire life story. She’s Caleb’s suitor, after all. Not mine.

“Sleep is important,” she says and sips from her tea cup.

She’s stalling, even I can tell.

There’s no way in hell she called me all the way out here just to ask after my health, so I prompt, “I imagine you wanted to ask me something else.”

“Yes,” she says. She sets her teacup down with a clink of porcelain. Then she dabs at the corners of her mouth with a napkin. “I suppose there’s no point in delaying the inevitable. It’s not an easy question to ask, mind, so I know it will be equally difficult for you to answer. Still, I must persist, and I ask you to as well, for Caleb’s sake.”

I nod, though truthfully, I’m waiting until I hear the question.

“I want to know more about the relationship between you and Caleb,” Annabelle says. “He has assured me that you are simply a member of his harem, but I saw the way that he dropped everything for you this morning. He even ignored me, in favor of tending to you.”

Caleb didn’t tell me that part. As far as I knew, I passed out and some guard dragged me back to my room. But I suppose it made sense now, how Caleb was already there when I came back into myself.

“You are more than a member of his harem,” Annabelle says. “But how much more?”

Annabelle was right – this is an exceedingly difficult question to answer. Also, I’m not sure I’m the person to ask for the answer. “Only Caleb really knows that.”

Annabelle frowns a little. She clearly doesn’t care for that answer. I don’t blame her. If she does try to ask Caleb about me, he will likely blow off the question as absurd.

And maybe it is. Caleb and I are intertwined based on our one-night stand and a brief trip to a farmhouse. Aside from that, I am no different than any other harem member, despite what it looks like to Annabelle.

“Regardless,” Annabelle continues. “I do want to make one thing clear to you. If I am to marry Caleb, which seems like a distinct possibility for our near future, you will step back and take a more passive role in his life. Not just for me, or for him, but for yourself.”

I blink, unsure how to feel. Presently, all I feel is stabbing hurt.

“When the wedding is completed, the first thing I’m going to ask Caleb to do is release his harem as a gift to me,” Annabelle says. “I insist on being the only woman in his life.”

Chapter 128

I can’t speak against Annabelle. I might be in the King’s harem, but she is an honored member of a powerful pack and favored to be the Queen.

What would I say, even if I could? No? Caleb need to keep his harem?

That’s not what I want. If I could have my way, Caleb would free all members of the harem anyway. All of them but me. Though I’d prefer not to be a harem member anymore either.

I can’t ask Annabelle to exclude me from this equation, not when I want her out of the picture too. If anything, I could understand exactly how she felt. I certainly couldn’t fault her for it.

Though the words still hurt me. As much as I also don’t want to share Caleb, nor do I want to lose him. My feelings have budded these past few weeks, especially during our time at the farmhouse.

To walk away from him now…

Perhaps he will release the harem into freedom. He is putting money into an account for me and our non-existent child, wanting us to be taken care of. With it, I could have enough funds to survive. I wouldn’t have to return to my pack to survive a second disgrace and become a slave again.

I could go anywhere.

Where would I even want to go?

My head spins. There’s so much to think about, and none of it will matter at all if Caleb tells Annabelle no.

What did she say? That she’s not going to ask him to release the harem until after the wedding? In that case, to keep his new bride happy, he won’t have much choice.

However you look at it, it seems my days at Caleb’s side are numbered.

Maybe it’s for the best. Being close to him, with these feelings of mine… it’s only led to heartache so far. I can’t imagine that will change. Caleb won’t- and can’t, given his lack of genuine feelings for me understand.

“I’m sorry,” Annabelle says. She holds some measure of sympathy in her eyes but her mouth is a hard-pressed line. “But you must see things from my perspective.”

“I do,” I assure her. “If I were you, I would want the same.”

She looks at me a moment as if studying my face. Then, she nods. “I’m glad we understand each other.” Looking away from me, she returns her attention to the nearby flowers. Some bumblebees are floating around, pollinating.

“You can go now,” she tells me.

I don’t need to be told twice. Standing, I rush out of the gardens and back toward the palace. I won’t stop until I am safely inside of my room.

Bethany was expecting me to stay away longer and is off tending to other duties while I return alone. Though I deeply enjoy spending time with Bethany, she is a dear friend, and I prefer to be by myself right now.

These feelings within me… I don’t want to have to try to explain them to anyone else, not even Bethany who already knows much of how I feel. Having been around the harem so much for so long, she wouldn’t understand my general level of disdain towards it.

I’ve never liked it. One man does not need one hundred lovers all living under his roof, waiting and ready for him at any moment. It was the very picture of excess.

Yet to my knowledge, Caleb has only been with me since I’ve been added to the harem. He’s entirely ignored the rest of the harem.

Maybe that’s why this feels so much like a personal snub against me.

I suppose what I need to do is back off of Caleb totally before he has the chance to push me away. Would this be enough to protect my own heart? I’m not sure, but it’s worth a try. I can’t just sit around and do nothing, just waiting for my heart to be shattered into pieces.

I can’t distance myself physically, but I can start to safeguard my own feelings by putting some emotional distance between us.

Later that day, when I’m summoned to join Caleb and Annabelle for dinner, I stand off to the side as they eat and flirt, and pretend that I am somewhere else entirely, somewhere very far away.

It only mildly works. Too often, the sound of Annabelle’s bell chime of a laugh calls me back to the present.

Once, I glance over and see Caleb offering her a small smile.

He never smiles at anyone. This cuts me tremendously deeply.

When he smiled at me, I thought I was special. Now, I know I’m not special at all. At least, no more so than Annabelle.

Eventually, the date ends, thank the gods, and I start to head towards my rooms.

“Harper,” Caleb calls after me. “Wait.”

Even though I want to ignore him and escape, he remains my King, and a ruthless one at that. He’d see the act as a personal slight against him and the crown, and likely chase me to tell me so.

Not in the mood for a chase, I stop and wait for him to catch up with me.

“Don’t retire yet,” he says. “I need you to come with me.”

“Where?” I ask.

He lifts his brow at me as if scolding me, letting me know that I should know better than to ask him questions like that and question my King.

If he thinks I wouldn’t ask anyway, he doesn’t know me at all.

Turning, he walks down the hallway away from me. A few feet away, he slows, as if waiting for me. I don’t really have any choice, so I fall into step slightly behind him. Once my footsteps echo alongside him, he continues forward.

Together, we walk toward the guest wing, and then through the hallways of empty chambers. There is one, larger in size than the rest at the very end of the hallway. Once we reach it, Caleb straightens somewhat and knocks.

“Enter,” says a male voice from within.

Caleb pushes open the door and we both walk through.

This guest chambers consists of a large living room area, with a couch and a fireplace, as well as a small table and chairs. A large bed sits on the other side of the room, divided by a partition.

Caleb’s parents are sitting at the table as we enter. When Hector, Caleb’s father, sees us, he stands. Kira’s mother continues to sit. Both watch their son curiously, not paying any attention to me.

“To come here at this late hour, I trust you have some news you wish to share with us,” Hector says. The late hour is only 8 pm, but who knows when Hector and Kira actually go to bed.

“I do,” Caleb replies. “I’ve decided that I’ve found the perfect woman to become my wife.”

Kira’s brows go up, just as Hector’s go down. They both turn to look at me.

“I am vehemently against it,” Hector says at once. “A harem girl will never be Luna of this -“

“I don’t mean Harper,” Caleb says quickly. His brows furrow like he too believes the thought to be outrageous. That look slices deep into me. “I’m talking about Annabelle. I intend to propose and make Annabelle my wife.”

Chapter 129

I return to my room absolutely humiliated. In a way it was flattering, that Caleb’s parents misunderstood and thought that Caleb cared enough about me to want to break traditions and marry me, a member of his harem.

Their expressions, however, a mix of horror and rage, left me feeling nothing but deep despair and embarrassment. It is insulting how lowly they think of me like I’m subhuman somehow. A slave, put on this earth only to serve, never to rise about my station. Or even dream about it.

The worst part for me, though, was Caleb’s absolute lack of response. He did not defend me. He probably didn’t even think to.

I know it’s impossible for Caleb to return my feelings, but each time that something like this occurs, when the chasm that stretches between us seems as far as an ocean, I’m hurt all over again.

By now, I should know better, but my foolish heart has set on him. It will keep flinging itself forward, keeping hurting itself against the barbed wire he’s laid around his own heart until I force myself to move on.

It’s difficult to move on when I live in Caleb’s palace and see him all the time. In between his dates with Annabelle, it’s me he comes to see. It’s my arms he falls into. My lips he kisses.

Annabelle wants this to end. Maybe it’s time that it should.

I change into bed, miserable yet resolved. I let myself cry onto my pillow, but I make a vow that it will be the last time. I’ve shed too many tears over Caleb already, while he’s given little to no thought to me. Tonight will be the last time.

In the morning, I will be a new person, determined and independent.

Tomorrow.

Tonight, and only for tonight, I will allow my broken heart to flood my being with sadness, and I will cry.

In the morning, the sun rises, and I awake a new person, incredibly resolved. Today is the first day of the rest of my life. A life that doesn’t revolve around King Caleb.

When Bethany arrives, she seems surprised by my good mood.

“Are you okay?” she asks me, spying on the crumpled-up tissues in the nearby waste basket.

“I’m planning,” I tell her, because that’s better than the more honest answer, that I’m a wall of misery held together with a thin layer of resolve.

“Planning what?” Bethany asks.

“You’ll see,” I tell her. Maybe I should tell her the truth, to warn her, but I’m still a bit worried that I won’t have the willpower to go through with it when faced with Caleb himself. I’d be facing my own self-hatred, in that case. I don’t want to have to also carry someone else’s disappointment in me.

Or, maybe it wouldn’t be da isappointment. More likely, Bethany would try to talk me out of it.

We continue with our morning routine. I shower while Bethany tidies up, and then we both sit down for coffee and breakfast. Just as we finish up, a royal messenger opens the door without knocking and steps inside.

“The King demands your presence in the dining room for his breakfast date with Annabelle,” the messenger says.

I stay just where I am, sitting at the small two-person table with Bethany.

Bethany glances at me, her brows furrowing with concern. “Harper?”

“Yes?” I ask her.

He nods her head toward the royal messenger.

“Oh,” I say, pretending to have forgotten he was there. Looking at him,

I say, “Tell King Caleb that I will not be joining him this morning for his date, or for any future dates he has planned. Thank you.”

His eyes go wide as saucers. Bethany’s mouth fell open. They both gaped at me for a moment.

I sipped my coffee.

When I place it down, I double-take looking at the messenger, then say, “If that’s everything…?”

He glances nervously between Bethany and me like he’s not sure what to say. But then, still speechless, he backs out of the room and closes the door behind him.

“Harper,” Bethany says. “The King is not going to be pleased.”

“I don’t care what the King thinks,” I say.

“There’s something going on with you,” Bethany says, eyes narrowing with suspicion.

I shrug but give nothing away.

Bethany, as if sensing what’s coming, starts to clear the plates away.

We both know the storm that’s about to come through the door.

King Caleb does not like to be told ‘no.’

As far as I’m concerned, he needs to hear no far more often, especially since he’s so damn bad at hearing it.

Bethany nearly makes it all the way to the door with the dishes, when loud footsteps thunder down the hallway. She stands off to the side, as the door bursts open so roughly that it knocks clean off its hinges. It hits the wall first and then slams down onto the ground.

Caleb’s eyes flash red as he takes long, angry strides into the room, slowly closing the distance to me. Bethany sneaks out behind his back.

I glance at him, but then otherwise ignore him, sipping my coffee – even as he walks right up to the edge of the table.

In a flash, he snatches the cup from my hand and then throws it straight against the far wall. It smashes, chips flying, as coffee splatters.

With a long blink, I turn my head to look up at him where he stands beside me, glaring down at me.

“You dare to -!” he begins.

“I’ve decided what I want for my request,” I reply, cutting him off.

His voice stops abruptly. His face goes through a series of very fast changes: annoyed to confused to understand to furious again. He grits his teeth, and a hint of a growl emerges from the back of his throat.

“What is it?” he says, his voice low and gravelly.

Somehow, I manage to hold his gaze. I thought facing him might make me waver in my resolve. Instead, it seems to solidify it within me.

I can’t do this anymore. I can’t keep pretending like everything’s fine when it’s not.

Caleb promised me any request I could think of. Right now, I fully intend to push him to see how much he truly met those words.

“I want to leave,” I tell him.

He blinks, but his expression doesn’t otherwise change.

“What?” he says curtly.

He wants me to repeat my request? I don’t mind. I’ll shout it from the rooftops if he needs me to.

“I don’t want to be in the harem anymore,” I say. “I want to be free to find a regular werewolf to settle down. No more Alphas. Maybe he could be a farmer, and I’d get my own farmhouse…” I’m rambling. This part isn’t necessary. I shake my head. “I want to find a mate for myself and have a quiet little life.”

Caleb’s growling rises in volume.

“You said I could have anything. That no request is too great,” I say. “Well, this is what I want. I don’t want to be in the harem. I don’t want to be your lover.”

I take a breath.

“I want to be free.”

Chapter 130

“Why the hell would you want to mate with some inferior male?” Caleb demands, his rage flaring like the red flashing through his. eyes.

“He wouldn’t be inferior to me,” I snap back. “He would be my husband and mate.”

“Stop saying that!” Caleb roars.

He’s trying to intimidate me. Well, it won’t work. I’ve agonized over my feelings for him, and this decision. I’m not going to back down now. The status quo is not acceptable; it’s far too painful. Something has to give.

I hop to my feet, tired of him towering over me. Taller than me, he still towers somewhat, but it’s not nearly as bad now that I’m standing as it was when I was sitting down on the chair.

“I’ll say it as much as I want,” I tell him. “I don’t want to be your consort anymore!”

Technically, I suppose, I never really did, but there have been enough pleasant moments to keep me from saying those words that I would immediately regret. We’ve had many nights of pleasure, some lasting well until the morning. There’ve been moments of softness too, which always takes me by surprise.

I wouldn’t trade them, though. The only thing I would maybe switch out is our rocky start.

Caleb straightens, still trying to intimidate me. He can be a scary man when he wants to be, but I’m past the point of being frightened by him. Not when he’s acting like this, like a petulant child unwilling to give up his favorite toy.

I have no misconceptions that I mean anything more to him than that, and I’m tired of it. I don’t want to be a toy anymore. I want to either mean something to Caleb, or be gone away from him. There’s no middle ground here.

We glare at each other for several long moments. I keep thinking Caleb is going to lecture me or scold me. He certainly looks like he wants to.

But then his face softens somewhat. Well, he starts to look less like he wants to murder me and more like he just wants to break some inanimate object in half instead.

“I don’t understand,” he says.

“You… don’t…?” I search his face, trying to discern if this confusion is sincere or if he’s playing some kind of game, setting me up for something. But the longer I look, the more I realize… the confusion is real.

Caleb genuinely has no idea why I wouldn’t want to be his mistress.

Gods, what kind of privileged life has this man lived? Has he never in his entire life been rejected?

Looking at him, at his handsome face, at his wide shoulders, no. I suppose he likely would have never been rejected, even if he wasn’t born king.

But knowing that the confusion is real softens some of the animosity that has been growing inside of me towards him. It makes me want to answer his question.

“I don’t want to be a backup, Caleb. What I want more than anything else in the entire world, is to be my partner’s most cherished person. Not someone who gets passed around and forgotten…”

The weight of Samuel’s betrayal weighs heavy on me. I don’t have feelings for Samuel anymore, but the memory of the pain I felt remains like a phantom wound. I never want to feel that way again.

“I want to be by my partner’s side for all occasions and celebrations. Once you marry Annabelle, you will do those things with her. If I stay as your harem member, I will be set aside. That’s how it should be. You should focus fully on your mate. But it’s not enough for me. I want to be someone’s one and only.”

Caleb’s face is a hard mask, making it impossible to tell what he is thinking.

Then, like whispering a breath, he says aloud his realization. “You think you don’t mean anything to me.”

It wasn’t a question, more a statement. There’s nothing I can say against it, because it is one hundred percent the truth.

His brow furrows slightly, giving him an annoyed expression. He steps closer, chest so near my chest, so that he can stare down at me with a deep intensity.

“You mean more to me than you realize,” he says. It’s almost as if he’s speaking the words straight into my soul, the way they seem to reverberate through my body.

He lifts his hands, and without touching, traces them up the lengths of my arms to my shoulders. His palms hover just over my skin. It still, somehow, feels like a caress even when he’s not touching me. He’s so close, if I concentrate, I can feel the warmth of his hands.

“Caleb…” I whisper.

For a moment, I feel like I can see the stars in his eyes. Then, all at once, he hardens once more, dropping his hands away.

“You belong to me, Harper, and you always will,” he growls.

Then, as if that is the logical end to our conversation, he turns and walks right out of my room.

Caleb has not been this confusingly annoyed in some time. Why does he care what Harper wants? Even if she was kind to him, even if she saved his life, he is the king. He’s not beholden to her request, so what if he is the one who had originally offered it?

Only, that’s exactly why he should honor it. Harper did save his life, and he promised her that he would give her anything. The sky is the limit.

He didn’t think she would ask for freedom.

The one thing that he absolutely does not want to give.

She spoke of mating another werewolf so casually. Even now, it has Caleb clenching his jaw with rage. She is his and no one else’s.

The thought of some lesser being attempting to taint her with his touch makes Caleb want to put every man in the castle straight through a wall.

He doesn’t care if it’s unreasonable. Not when any of them could be the one that Harper wants instead of her King.

Too furious for reason, Caleb storms out into the training yard where the guards are preforming their drills.

He walk right into the middle of their formation, stretches his arms out wide, and shouts, “Someone fight me!”

The guards look at each other, uncertain.

Nearby, Tristan, rubbing his forehead, starts walking toward him.

“You!” Caleb shouts, pointing at a guard at random. “Fight me. Now!”

The guard seems shaken but all know better than to deny a direct order from the king. So he rushes forward and takes position in fighting stance.

Tristan walks faster.

Caleb starts to low growl as he tenses his body, ready for a brawl.

His fangs start to elongate. His fingers twitch, turning into claws.

The guard’s eyes grow large and Caleb starts getting taller.

At once, Tristan darts forward and shoves the guard behind him.

“King Caleb,” Tristan says. “I request that you do not kill any of our guards.”

“If they will might fight me,” Caleb growls. “Then perhaps you will, Beta.”

Tristan goes very still. In a fair fight, no one can beat Caleb, not even Tristan, who matches Caleb’s strength with speed.

“If that’s what it will take to stop you from killing someone, then fine,” Tristan grumbles. Looking around, he’s aware of their audience.

In barely a whisper, knowing Caleb will still hear it while no one else will, Tristan adds, “Or, maybe you can just tell me what the hell has you in this state, without all these damn theatrics.”

お金金

SEND GIFT or GCASH: +63.936.139.8714

COMMENT

Subscribe

♡
Prev | Next

The Lycan King’s Defiant Surrogate by Riley Above Story (Chapters 111 to 120)

Chapter 111

“I will ask once more before I become a man you will not like,” George says.

“Too late,” I snap.

He glowers at me. “You can speak to insult me, but not to answer my questions. Don’t you know understand the precarious nature of your situation, whore? It is by my will alone that you live or die. I could give the command right now and have this guard snap your neck.”

The guard drops my arm to wrap his hands around my neck.

“Not yet, you imbecile. I need answers first.”

“So you admit you can’t kill me until I tell you what you want,” I say. “Then we’re at an impasse.”

George narrows his eyes. “I don’t have to kill you to hurt you, bitch.” Then, he slaps me across the face with the back of his hand hard. A few rings cut across my skin.

The shock of the sudden pain brings tears to my eyes. I taste blood.

“It seems as if we now have an understanding,” George says, satisfied with himself. “Now. Be a good girl and tell me why you are here.”

I have to tell him something, or I risk being hit again.

“I had nowhere else to go,” I lied.

He hums, seemingly not being able to tell what the truth is.

“Where is King Caleb?” George asks.

I freeze.

“You mean… his body, right, George?” the second guard asks.

George glares at the man. “What did you just call me?”

“I told you,” the first guard hissed.

The second guard doubled down. “Uh, Steward George. You said, King Caleb. But you mean his body right? You told everyone he was dead.”

Both guard’s hands start to loosen on me.

“Of course, I mean his body, you imbeciles,” George says, but he’s a shit liar with one very clear giveaway.

In his eyes, there’s a hint of fear.

He knows Caleb is alive. He knows my being here is a sign that Caleb is close.

He knows all these things, and he’s scared.

It’s not just Caleb that he should be afraid of.

Without the guards holding me tight, I’m able to reach into my pocket, grab my knife, click off the top, and slash, plunging the knife straight into George’s upper chest.

George howls in pain as the guards scramble to hold me back.

“What the fuck?” the first guard gasps.

“Holy shit,” the second guard agrees.

Maybe I’ll die here. Maybe he will finally snap my neck. But I’m going to go down fighting goddamn it.

“You bitch,” George roars. Blood oozes down from the wound, staining Caleb’s dark outfit. “I’m going to kill you!”

He rushes toward me, arms extended toward my throat. Just before he can reach it, something in the distance explodes. The windows rattle. All the men straighten, alarmed.

“What the hell was that?” one of the guards says.

“Caleb,” George growls.

“I thought he was dead,” says the second guard.

“Forget this girl. Get out there and bring the Alpha’s here! I will have my ceremony! I will have my crown!”

“But, sir-“

“Now, damn it!”

The guards stumble out of the room. Unfortunately, new guards step in off the balcony. One with a gun comes toward me.

“Want me to put her down, boss?” he asks, his accent unfamiliar.

“Wait until Caleb arrives. I want him to watch her die.” George spits at me. “His precious favorite. That bastard will learn he has no power here anymore, and I -“

George cuts off at once, hearing a wolf howl in the distance.

My heart leaps into my throat. Caleb.

“Those bastards better hurry upbringing in those Alphas. Call in backup, I want this room surrounded. Once that crown is on my head, he’ll have a hell of a time taking it back.”

The guard makes a call and speaks hurriedly into it in a language I don’t know.

Just as he finishes, the doors to the Hall open once more and the Alphas are brought inside, each accompanied by their own armed guard.

“What is this about?” the Alpha from the Moonlake pack demands.

I see Samuel and Leah among the crowd. I’m glad they are alive, but that is all I feel. When Samuel looks my way, I immediately avert my gaze.

“What was that explosion?” another Alpha asks.

“It doesn’t matter,” George growls. He still has my knife in his shoulder. The Alphas in the front spot it first and then see me.

“Is that Harper?” one asks.

“Ignore her! Where is the bastard with the crown?” George demands.

“On his way,” one of the guards says. “We thought we had a few hours…”

“No excuses!”

Another howl sounds, this time closer.

“Where is that crown?!”

“It won’t be here in time,” I say, taunting George, emboldened by Caleb’s closeness.

“Quiet!” George snaps at me. Fear and rage were on his face. The Alphas see it too and start murmuring to each other. “Silence, all of you!”

“Caleb is coming here,” I say. “And he’s pissed at your betrayal.”

“Betrayal?” asks the Moonlake Alpha. “What is she speaking of, George? And how can Caleb be coming here if he’s dead, as you’ve said?”

The other Alphas were quiet, suddenly alert, listening intently to George’s answer.

“The bitch is delusional,” George snaps. “The guards found her wandering the hallways dressed as a servant.”

“He’s not dead!” I shout, so all the Alphas can hear. “He’s alive! Can’t you hear him?”

“That is an Alpha’s howl,” one of the Alphas says. “It could be his…”

“It’s a wolf with authority, that’s for damn sure,” says another.

Suddenly, there’s gunfire at the door.

“Get over there,” George snaps to the guard standing over me. “Protect me!”

The guard rushes toward the door.

“You are losing,” I tell him. “Your alliance with the bear clan won’t save you…”

“Alliance?” a few of the Alpha’s gasp. One by one they train their eyes on the arm guard assigned to each of them. One by one, they give a gentle sniff.

“Caleb is going to kill you,” I say.

George reaches his breaking point. “Shut up, shut up! Shut up!!” He rushes toward me and grabbing me by the hair drags me back toward the throne. “I’ll break your neck as he comes through the door. If he’s taking me out, you are going down too, you fucking bitch.”

“He’s not denying it anymore…” the Alpha’s whisper.

“King Caleb lives…”

“He’s alive…”

“We can’t just stand here.”

Another explosion sounds, nearer. Then several things happen at once.

A few of the younger Alpha’s, pounce on the guards assigned to them. Some knock away their weapons. Others kill them outright. The rest of the Alphas follows the younger one’s leads, striking down every guard in the room with a gun.

The final one, at just that moment, shifts into a bear.

“Treachery!” the Moonlake Alpha cries.

At the same time, the door to the hall blows open, flying off its hinges.

Through the smoke, a man steps through.

As the smoke clears, it’s Caleb.

He has blood splatter on his face, and there are bullets dug into his armored vest.

Yet he struts forward, walking up that silver carpet, as he should. A King, his head held proud, returning home.

Chapter 112

Some of the Alpha’s bow. Others stare as if seeing a ghost.

I’m up on the stage near the throne, on my knees in front of George standing behind me. His hands are on my neck.

As Caleb comes closer, his expression darkens more and more. A few feet away from me, his eyes flash red.

He glances at me, focusing on the mark on my face, before looking back at George. I want to apologize, for this and so much, but this isn’t the time. Even when I’m about to die, it isn’t the time.

I can only hope he knows without my having to say so.

“You will release my favored consort,” Caleb growls.

“I am the King here!” George snaps. “You are nothing but a dead man.”

“You think a few bullets and a few bear claws would be enough to kill a true King?” Caleb says, his voice pitching deeper. He must be near shift.

George’s hands tremble on my skin. “If I let your consort live… will you spare my life?”

“You have betrayed your own kingdom, sided with our enemy in the north to usurp the throne. You are responsible for every death that was incurred on that day and every day since. You also attempted to kill me directly, giving the order for your bear infiltrators to finish me off.”

“I will bring Harper with me. She will remain unharmed if you allow me to leave unimpeded,” George says, speaking as if Caleb had not just listed his crimes.

I shake my head minutely, hoping that Caleb can see. If he lets me leave with George, I’m as good as dead anyway. I’d rather die for the cause than be taken as a prisoner.

Caleb’s frown deepens impossibly further. “You think I would let you escape punishment… for the sake of a harem girl?”

Fury bubbles inside of Caleb. His wolf prowls in his mind, back and forth, back and forth, begging to be released soon. It wants the blood of the one who would threaten what’s ours.

The wolf doesn’t care about the crown. What it sees as ours is the woman at George’s feet, her precious, fragile neck in his hands.

Caleb says the words he is supposed to say, knowing he cannot value one woman about the stability of his entire kingdom. Yet, for the first time in his life, he feels a selfish desire to… save her.

Maybe he should have left her behind at the farmhouse like she wanted. Maybe he should have chained her to something at the warehouse. Maybe he should have been quicker getting here.

Any of these measures could have saved her from getting hurt.

Instead, here she is, in the heart of the lion’s den, face slashed and life threatened.

“I’ve seen the way you look at this one,” George says, calling his bluff. “She means more to you than the others. Harem girl or not, I’m sure you don’t want to watch me snap her neck.”

“If you harm one more hair on her head, I will not give you a quick death,” Caleb says. “I will rip you limb from limb while you are still alive. Then I will tear out your heart.”

George swallows thickly. Caleb has put fresh fear into him. Good. He should be afraid.

Anyone who threatens Caleb’s mate will –

Wait. No.

Caleb has a certain level of… fondness… for Harper. But she is not his mate.

His mate will not be found in his harem. She will be a regal and dignified werewolf, as worthy of the crown as Caleb himself.

Though, Caleb admits, he is filled with a certain measure of pride, seeing Harper’s knife jammed into George’s chest. Even as only a human, his consort has claws.

Caleb isn’t much of a gambler, but he could take a chance here and now. Who would be faster? An Alpha, dashing up to rip off a man’s head? Or a Gamma with his hands already on the throat of the one he means to harm?

Perhaps if Harper could fight back once more…

Caleb glances down at her. She has fear in her eyes but also something like determination…

He holds her gaze a moment, before flicking his eyes down to the ground. It was a lightning-quick move. He hopes Harper understands.

Her eyes suddenly brighten. Yes. She does.

With his hand at his side, he signals, stretching three fingers. Then two. Then… one.

Harper lifts a hand then, with as much strength as her fragile human body can manage, jams her fist straight down onto George’s foot.

George loosens his grip on her throat.

Harper falls forward, straight off the platform.

Caleb leaps, grabs George by his own throat, and rips his head off.

George’s death is instant. It’s not as slow as he deserves, after everything he’s done. But Caleb will not risk Harper any more than she’s already been risked. Only with George dead, is she truly free of danger.

The sight is so grotesque, that I look away. I have no sympathy for George. And I’m glad Caleb has returned and killed him. But it still turns my stomach, seeing a body without a head. And vice versa.

Caleb doesn’t hold the head aloft for long though, quickly tossing it to the side. From the body, he pulls out my knife. Then, hopping down from the platform, he hands it to me, hilt first. I set it aside for now.

Then Caleb reaches for me, likely to help me to my feet. Before he can, he’s intercepted by the outstretched hands and praises of every Alpha in the room.

He moves backward to accommodate them all.

Congratulations are in order, as well as many questions.

Through the door outside, I see the loyal soldiers scouting through. I imagine they will have the entire palace secure very soon, if they haven’t secured it already.

After a time, a servant walks in carrying the King’s formal crown. The servant seems confused, flanked by two loyal guards. They walk up the blood-stained silver carpet, carrying the crown all the way to the front.

Caleb hops back up onto the platform. As the servant comes close enough, he reaches down, snatches the crown off the pillow it was carried in on, and drops it onto his own head.

Chants start up in the room.

“Long live the King! Long live the King!”

Carrying my knife, I walk toward the wall of the room, giving room to the Alphas and their entourages, all who want to crowd around Caleb as close as possible to celebrate him.

Caleb, from his lifted platform, looks around until he sees me. His eyes meet mine.

We aren’t that far apart in physical distance. 8 or 9 feet at most.

Yet with Caleb up on his throne, and me down here near where the servants are coming in, we couldn’t be farther apart.

Just as I’d feared those final days at the farmhouse, the difference in our social status is too wide to stretch across.

I touch my cheek, and when I pull away, my fingertips are red. I need to see a doctor. I’ll likely need stitches.

The Alphas will likely all heal.

Leaving Caleb to his entourage, I start hobbling toward the door.

I’ve always been self-sufficient, but after spending so much time working beside Caleb, it hurts to stand alone once more.

Chapter 113

After Caleb’s grand display, I decided to remove myself from the gruesome sight and return to my old room, to see if it’s been ransacked. Entering, I notice a few things that are strewn about, but for the most part, everything is more or less as I left it. With a quick cleaning, it will be as good as new.

I set to work, stripping the sheets from the bed when someone comes through my door.

“Harper? Thank the gods.”

Turning, I see Bethany rushing toward me. I open my arms just in time to receive a big hug from her.

“I was so worried about you,” Bethany says. “No one could find you. And then when you returned, and those soldiers took you…”

“Did you get the servants away from the explosion?” I ask, not forgetting the task I had entrusted her with when it was clear that I was going to be captured.

“Yes,” Bethany says. “We already knew to be on guard, so when I gave the order to get away from the door, no one questioned it.”

“Good,” I say with relief. There were still casualties today, but it seems as if they were limited to the traitors and the loyal soldiers. No innocents were killed, from what I could tell.

Bethany and I pull away from the hug then. She notices the sheets on the floor and immediately begins to assist me in cleaning.

With her continuous curious glances at me, I could tell that she wanted to ask me a few things.

“Go on, then,” I say to her. Honestly, I have my own questions for her. Cleaning can wait for now.

“What happened to you?” she asks. “You totally disappeared, only to return with the King. What happened while you were gone?”

Over the course of the next hour, Bethany and I exchanged information about what happened at the farmhouse, as well as what happened here in the capital. We are both equally intrigued by hearing what the other has to say. Though, by the time we are through, Bethany is much more excited than me.

“I can’t imagine the King acting that way,” Bethany says with wonder. “He must really care about you to actually try to contribute, rather than just letting you do everything.”

“It was a matter of necessity, not affection,” I tell her.

“Maybe,” Bethany says, clearly not convinced. “But that doesn’t explain the way you talk about him now.”

“What do you mean?”

“Compared to before. Your voice softens when you speak of him, and you so often address him by his first name and not his title,” Bethany says. “You will have to be more careful about that in front of the others.”

I blush slightly, not realizing how informal I have been talking about Caleb. In my mind, I know that he is still the king. But my heart is less practical. After spending those days together at the farmhouse, my heart yearns for him to be simply Caleb.

“Harper,” Bethany asks. Close to me, her voice is quiet, as if she worries we will be overheard. “Are you developing actual fondness for our King?”

So what if I am? It wouldn’t change our positions. He would still be kind, and I would be nothing but a member of his harem. He would never return my feelings, and once he married, I would be entirely cast aside. At least, I hope I would be. It would be so much worse for him to continue to visit me, all while he is married to someone else.

“I didn’t mean to upset you,” Bethany says.

“It’s not that,” I tell her. “It’s just… Caleb – King Caleb is now as he always has been unobtainable. My growing feelings matter very little in the long run. When we were at the farmhouse, it was easy to pretend that things were different. But the reality is still a reality, and I am faced with it now. Caleb will never feel more for me than what a King could feel for his consort.”

Bethany’s good humor falls at my words. “Yes. I suppose that’s true… Though your feelings for him will surely help you find comfort in your days here. Maybe being near him won’t be such a chore for you.”

I want to believe that, but the truth is messier. Instead of being annoyed by Caleb’s presence, I will now be annoyed by my own impossible feelings. Being with Caleb might just hurt me now, down in my heart.

If only things weren’t so impossible…

But this is life. Caleb is King, and I am a lowly harem member. There will be no changing that.

Bethany and I return to cleaning. Before too long, we have my room in an acceptable condition.

We pause when we hear a great many feet being marched through the hallways. Curious, I duck my head out into the hallway, with Bethany behind.

The people being marched are in the next hallway down, but I can see them from where I’m standing. Their wrists are chained, their faces dire. They are being led into the stairwell, and likely taken down to the basement.

I stop a servant on her way up the hall. “What’s going on there?” I ask.

After her initial surprise at having been addressed, the girl answers, “The traitors, mistress. They are being led to the dungeons. In the morning, the King has declared that there will be a grand execution.”

I look at Bethany, who looks back at me.

Bethany speaks to the servant, “He has condemned them all without individual trials?”

“He says the sickness must be purged,” the servant continues. “He was quite forceful.”

I’m sure he was. “I should speak with him,” I say to Bethany.

While I have no love for any of these traitors and what they tried to do, I’m not sure a massive execution is the answer. Perhaps they can be reformed, or sent back to their home country in a trade of some kind.

Caleb is relying too much on his anger here. He’s thirsting for revenge on those who harmed him so badly that he’s not thinking clearly. Ruthless as he may be, he might end up regretting this action and the wealth of possible information it might have otherwise produced.

I need to talk to him. I’m the only one who really has a chance at soothing him enough to think critically. If, when he’s calm, he still wants to move forward with this plan, then I might understand. But as it is, it seems as if he’s being reactionary and unreasonable.

So many deaths. Even the deaths of traitors.

It would weigh on Caleb’s already troubled mind.

I step out into the hallway. The number of guards stationed outside of the King’s chambers give me a pretty good idea that he’s likely inside.

I head there and try to reach for the door. Immediately, my hand is knocked away. A guard shifts sideways to directly block my path.

“My apologies for the misunderstanding,” I say. “But Caleb – King Caleb usually allows me to see him…”

“Not anymore,” the guard replies. “The King has demanded that we block anyone from entering.”

“If you would ask him -“

“Anyone includes us,” the guard says. “We are not to enter either. If you wish to speak with the King, you must wait until he leaves his chambers and gives explicit permission.”

“I understand,” I say, downhearted. It’s not the guard’s fault though, so I refuse to take it out on him. Instead, I drag my feet back to my room.

“See?” I tell Bethany. “I’ll never be anything more than a harem member.”

Chapter 114

Caleb sees nothing but vengeful shadows everywhere he looks. Even from the safety of his chambers, he suspects everyone in the palace is plotting against him.

Before the attempted coup, Caleb thought that his paranoia was mostly unwarranted, triggered only by the strain of not yet finding his mate. Yet now, he sees that he was right to suspect. In fact, he might not have suspected enough.

If one of his own advisors could turn on him like a flipping switch, then anyone could. His reign could be threatened once more, at any moment.

So he has all of the traitors slain in a grand execution. He attends, forcing himself to look into the eyes of all who have betrayed him. The experience leaves him cold, so he retreats back into his chambers to try to bring warmth back into his body once more.

All he feels is numbness.

A knock sounds at the door.

“I said I do not wish to be disturbed,” Caleb growls. He cannot allow those vicious shadows to follow him into his most private chamber here. Else, nowhere will feel safe.

Still, the door opens. Caleb stands and faces the door in a rush, ready to personally tear the throat out of whoever would dare to disobey him.

He pauses when he sees Tristan at the door.

Tristan has always been trustworthy. He is not a betrayer. He is a subordinate, but he is also something like a friend – if Caleb were in any position to actually have friends.

“The Alpha Council has convened and is awaiting you,” Tristan says.

“I did not request any such meeting.”

Tristan gives a strange look. Then he more fully enters the room, closing the door behind him.

“You did. Last night,” he says.

Caleb does not recall that at all, but much of the recent days are cloudy with fear and rage. Perhaps in a clearer moment, he did arrange for the Alpha Council to meet.

“I must warn you that the Alphas wish to return home. They will attempt to sway you,” Tristan says.

“Let them,” Caleb says. “I would prefer not to be surrounded by so many strangers.”

“With respect,” Tristan says, which he tends to say right before he disagrees with Caleb. “The Council was formed to plan a defense against the Bear Clan of the North. That has not been resolved. If anything, the bears are even more emboldened after the success of this coup. We need the council -“

“I don’t need anyone,” Caleb snaps. “Unless you believe me incapable of protecting my own kingdom?”

Tristan’s expression hardened. “Of course not, my King.”

“Then let the Council go home.”

“Can we agree on a temporary recess? Two weeks are so. You might feel differently by then…”

“Beta,” Caleb growls.

“That’s who I am,” Tristan says sternly. “And as such, I have an obligation to tell you when you are being obtuse.”

If anyone else would have talked to Caleb like that, he would have had them killed without question. But Tristan has earned Caleb’s respect and trust. For Tristan to push back like this means he firmly believes what he’s saying to be the truth.

Caleb doesn’t agree, but… Tristan has earned his consideration.

“Fine,” Caleb says. “Tell them it’s a two-week recess. But if in a week, I have not changed my mind, then we will tell them not to return.”

Tristan bows. “Of course, my King.”

Caleb turns away from him then, but he keeps listening as Tristan leaves the room and closes the door behind him.

As soon as Tristan is gone, the whispering starts in Caleb’s mind once more.

The Alpha Council could have helped arrange the coup. Likely the Gamma didn’t work alone…

Caleb shakes his head, trying to clear it, but all he can feel are suspicions – against everyone.

I’m very worried when a few days pass and I haven’t been summoned to Caleb’s side once. He could be having a good few days, without any headaches, but the odds of that seem very unlikely.

After speaking with Bethany and a few other servants, from what I can tell, Caleb has not left the safety of his chambers since entering them after the grand execution – a thing that I was unable to stop and blessedly not required to attend.

“Only Tristan has been seen going in and out,” Bethany says, relaying some information she gathered from other servants that very morning.

“Then it’s Tristan I need to talk to,” I decide. If I can’t get in to talk to, then I will have to go to the next best person.

Bethany helps me track down Tristan when he heads to the dining room for lunch. After being alerted, I rush there to speak with Tristan. Sitting at a lonely table, he eats a sandwich and soup and does not even bother looking up as I sit down.

“I was expecting you sooner,” he says before I’ve even said a word. “You’re late.”

I sit down in the chair opposite him at this two-person table. “I haven’t seen Caleb since the day we returned.”

“He’s not well,” Tristan says. “His paranoia has amplified. He even looked at me with suspicion, and did not immediately trust my advice.”

“I say the Alpha Council was sent home…” I saw Samuel once, standing across the hallway, as he and Leah were making their exit. Neither of us said a word to one another.

Looking at him, I felt… nothing. His behavior before the coup… I could maybe forgive, but I would never forget. He’s no longer a man that I can trust.

“He would not listen to reason on that,” Tristan says. “It was only with the full extent of my influence that was I able to make him even consider calling them back in two weeks.” Tristan shook his head. “He sees everyone as the enemy. Even those he should see as allies and friends.”

“He has not called me to see him,” I say.

“And he won’t,” Tristan replies. “Even though he should.” Tristan finally glances up to meet my gaze. “Harper, you need to get in to see him. You might be the only person in the entire kingdom who could help calm that paranoia festering inside of him.”

“I tried to get in once before,” I say. “I was blocked by the guards.”

“They tried to block me too. You need to be persistent.”

As nice of a thought as that is, I’m not a werewolf and naturally not as strong as the guards. If they want to keep me out, they will find a way. Plus, Tristan is the King’s Beta, one of the most respected men in the entire kingdom, seconding only the King himself. I’m just a member of the King’s harem.

“He needs you, Harper,” Tristan says.

That could be true. And I hate to think of him suffering, unable to trust anyone, lost in the dark winding caverns of his own spiteful mind. He needs someone to offer him a hand and lead him out of his own spiraling thoughts.

At the very least, I can offer a massage to push back the headaches.

I had to get into the King’s chambers. No matter what.

Chapter 115

I nervously approach Caleb’s chambers. The guards are there, same as ever, eyeing me warily as I approach.

“I need to see the King,” I say.

“So does everyone,” one of the guards says. “What makes you special?”

“That’s Harper, the King’s favored,” the other guard tells the first.

The first guard sighs. “Even if you are special, we have direct orders. not to allow anyone into these chambers.”

“Tristan has entered,” I say.

“Tristan is the King’s Beta…” Under his breath, the first guard adds, “And I massive prick.”

It seems, to get where I need to be, I must also be a massive prick.

“The King needs me,” I say.

The first guard lifts a brow. “He’d be pissed to hear you say that.”

“Maybe he needs to be pissed,” I say. “Maybe he needs to feel anything. I think all of us can agree that him hiding in his chambers for days on end resolves nothing.”

“And you think you could be the one to drag him out?” the first guard asks, narrowing his eyes.

“I’m sure of it,” I reply.

“Let her try,” the second guard says. “If she fails, the King will just rip her head off.”

“It’s our heads that I’m worried about,” the first guard replies.

“I will make certain you won’t be blamed,” I tell them, hoping I can keep my word. Truthfully, I’m not totally sure Caleb will listen to anything I have to say, especially if he’s not even listening to Tristan. “Things cannot go on as they are. I’m the only one with a chance of bringing our King back to himself.”

The two guards exchange a look. With a sigh, the first one steps aside. “Fine. But it’s your fault if things go sideways.”

“I understand,” I say, and push open the door.

“When I said no one,” comes a feral growl from within the room, “I meant no one.”

The lights are off inside, and the curtains are drawn. It takes me a moment to find the source of the voice, and then a moment more to detect anything other than his red ruby eyes glimmering in the darkness.

Caleb sits in the corner of his room, gripping the walls like they mean to close in on him. His eyes, dangerous and red, are wild with either fear or rage – perhaps both.

He’s close to a shift, but still holding himself back. That gives me hope that I might still be able to reach him.

“Caleb,” I say. Now that we are alone, I can be informal without ramifications I hope. “It’s Harper. Can you hear my voice?”

“Of course, I can hear you,” Caleb snaps. “My senses are not the issue.”

“Are you sure about that? Why does it look like you are holding that wall up?”

“It could collapse at any moment,” Caleb says.

“Do you truly believe that?”

“I know it.”

“Caleb.”

As I take a step toward him, a visceral growl begins in the back of his throat and echoes throughout the room.

He’s certainly in a state, trapped within the paranoia of his mind. I suppose I should leave him to it. That’s what he wants, after all. But if I do that, then he’ll be trapped there, without any possible escape.

If Tristan couldn’t reach him, and I didn’t even try, who would be left?

No, I can’t let fear win out. I’ve been threatened by this Alpha before, but he’s never seriously hurt me. We’ve grown even closer since the last time he raised his hands to me. I have to believe that he would not do so again.

I can’t leave him like this. Not when I’m the only person who might be able to actually help him.

So I step closer.

“Caleb, it’s Harper. I know you can hear me. I’m just… I’m going to give you a massage, okay? Wouldn’t that be nice?”

–

Caleb is trapped inside of a fog within his own mind. Everywhere he turns, there is only darkness. Even this figure – this woman – before him is cast in dark shadows. She could be familiar his heart is telling him that she likely is – but his mind insists he is only surrounded by enemies.

Even the palace itself is soon to collapse, trapping him inside.

“Caleb…” the woman says. Her voice is soft and warm, like velvet, wrapping around him.

He thinks… maybe he can trust this person…

No. No, he shouldn’t. She means to do him harm.

She takes a step closer, and then another, bravely coming toward Caleb in a way that no one, not even Tristan, had done before.

“I just want to help,” she says.

As she comes closer, every inch brings a fraction more clarity to Caleb’s mind.

He recognizes this woman. He trusts her. This is Harper, his favored. She protected him when he should have died. She stayed with him at the farmhouse.

Caleb, without even realizing he’s doing it, leans toward Harper, moving closer to the feeling.

Harper would never hurt him. So he stays still as she lifts her hands and reaches out to him. She places her hands on the crown of his head and begins to lightly massage.

He closes his eyes at once, as calm and serenity washes over him.

Stepping closer to her, and to this feeling, Caleb wraps his arms around Harper and pulls her firmly against him. Lowering his face into the corner of her neck and shoulder, he breathes in her scent.

Finally, the shadows drift back away from his active mind and he remembers himself once more.

He has no idea why, but for whatever reason, Harper seems to have a strange power over him. No matter how lost he seems, she is able to return him back to himself, as if she is standing on the shore during a storm, calling him home to port.

She is the only person who has ever been able to calm his mind this quickly, this effectively.

He doesn’t like to think of her as a necessity in his life. After all, she is a member of his harem and nothing more. Plus, she continues to insist that she does not know the whereabouts of the child they created together, which continues to vex and infuriate him to no end.

Yet despite all that, she is one of the few people on this earth that he trusts above all others.

He hates to admit it but to maintain his fragile grip on his sanity, he needs to make certain that she is safe.

“Have you been well, since our return?” Caleb asks. His voice is still rough from his near shift and all the growling. It remains much deeper than normal.

“Yes,” Harper replies. “I’ve reunited with Bethany. To find her safe gave me a lot of relief.”

Caleb grumbles in acknowledgment. “And no one has tried to harm you?”

“No. Most everyone has left me alone. I haven’t even seen the other members of the harem…”

Caleb doesn’t tell her that he had ordered those members to be confined to their rooms until further notice. Only Harper was given special treatment.

He was the only one he was certain he could trust.

Shaking his head, he tries to clear away the lingering paranoia.

Yet even with it gone, he has a lingering worry – this time for Harper and her safety.

If anything were to happen to her, he would likely lose himself.

He can’t let that happen.

“Harper, I need you to do something for me.”

“Okay.” She pulls back to look up at him.

Caleb makes up his mind. “I’m going to get you a gun.”

Chapter 116

Caleb seems taken aback, his brow raising at first, before lowering dangerously. “You would deny your king?”

“I’m not comfortable with that. I don’t want something like that, that could kill someone so easily, not even to defend myself.”

“You carry a blade,” Caleb points out.

“That’s different.”

“How?” Caleb asks.

Okay, maybe he has a point. Maybe a blade can be just as lethal as a gun, but it still feels less lethal to me. My blade could be used to kill, but it doesn’t have to. A gun, I feel, has the main ability to kill, with all other scenarios falling second.

I read once, when I was back with my pack, that a person shouldn’t own a gun if they weren’t confident that would pull the trigger. I was as least confident as I could possibly be.

“I will not budge on this,” I tell him, and he glowers at me.

“You are the most frustrating woman in existence,” Caleb says. “It is to be a gift, to help keep you safe, and you throw it back in my face.”

“My blade was a gift and a good one. A gun would likely just be taken from me and used against me. I have no desire to have it.”

Caleb grumbles as he steps back, releasing me. With a foot or so distance now between us, he huffs a heavy breath as he pushes his hand through his hair.

“The most frustrating and the most vexing,” he grumbles to himself. Louder, to me, he demands, “If you will not allow me to properly protect you, then you at least undergo self-defense training.”

I could agree to that, I suppose. “Very well.”

“In addition, you will take part in warrior training, taught by one of my subordinates,” Caleb continues. “Learning the moves I teach you won’t be enough. You need to train for speed and strength, if you will not rely on the trigger of a gun.”

I won’t, so warrior training it is. “Fine,” I say. I wonder who he will assign to train me.

Caleb considers for a moment more. “You will also accept a large sum into a private bank account in only your name. To that account, I will contribute regular child support payments.”

“I absolutely will not,” I say, firm. “I keep telling you, there is no child.”

“Do not bother lying to me, Harper. The money will go into the account. If anything were to happen to me, I trust you to take that money and use it to keep yourself and our child safe.”

“I wish you would believe me,” I say. I’ve tried everything to make him understand that our one night together did not culminate in a pregnancy or a birth. I have no idea what faulty information he clings to so fiercely that has convinced him to not take my word at face value, even after I have proved myself trustworthy.

“Just take the money, Harper.”

It’s impossible, but admittedly, it does give me some relief knowing I have a backup fund just in case the worst should happen. Not that I want anything bad to happen to Caleb. In fact, I will do my utmost to make certain he lives a long and happy life.

“Now. With that out of the way.” Clapping his hands, Caleb walks around me toward the center of the room. “Your first lesson begins now.”

“My first… lesson?”

“Self-defense lessons, Harper. Come here now.”

When he suggested self-defense lessons, I had no idea that he meant to be the one to conduct them, else I might not have so readily agreed.

“Now, Harper,” he demands, his voice dropping again.

Not wanting to incur the wrath I have worked hard to calm, I move toward him. Immediately, he steps around me, coming to stand behind me instead. Then, he stretches his arms around me from behind, grabbing my wrists.

“Escape this hold.”

Typically, in lessons, the instruction is given before the test. Perhaps here, Caleb means to test my general knowledge before breaking things down? I’m not sure, but my general knowledge is fairly slight.

To defend myself in the past, I know to kick and bite and scream. None of those things I want to do right now with Caleb.

Growling, he drags me backward against his chest so hard that my back crashes against the hard muscle of his torso. Dropping his lips to my ear, he says, “You aren’t taking this seriously…”

“I am,” I try to say, but the words garble up in my throat, as new emotion comes washing over me.

This close, with my ass pressed against Caleb’s front, I can feel the sudden twitch of interest in his pants. Immediately, my own body reacts.

It’s been several days since the last time we’d been together. My body has been craving Caleb, waiting for any hint of a promise of pleasure. This is that hint. My knees start to go weak.

Caleb lightly scents the air. His hands drop my wrists, to paw at my hips instead, keeping my ass pressed tightly to the growing bulge in his pants.

“Harper… This is not what I intended.”

“Me either,” I assure him.

“This will not save you from a life-or-death situation,” Caleb says. His voice pitches lower, dangerous, as he adds, “If you try it with any other man, I will kill them.”

“I won’t,” I say, already knowing that I would never. The only man who has ever had this kind of effect on me is Caleb. With anyone else, I’d be struggling for my life. With Caleb, I want him to hold me closer. I want him to rip off our clothes, press me down onto the bed, and take me. “Caleb…”

He groans in my ear. “You smell so fucking good.”

Suddenly, he swivels me in his arms, forcing me to face him. Without further warning, his mouth crashes down over mine, claiming me as his tongue licks inside. As I cling to his shoulders, my knees indeed do finally give out. He holds me up, his grip tightening on my ass,

I push my breasts forward, pressing into his hard chest, searching for friction. I hate this bra. And all these other clothes that separate him from me.

Jumping up against him, I wrap my legs around his waist. He growls his approval into my mouth.

His dick is hard now, pressing into the apex of my thighs. My pussy drips, overwhelmingly wet. Gods, it’s like I haven’t had sex in ages, even though it’s only been a few days.

It feels like a lifetime ago.

“I need you,” I breathe against his lips.

“You do,” he says in reply and starts leading me toward the bed.

Before we get there, a knock sounds on the door.

“Fuck off!” Caleb calls.

The knock sounds again, louder.

Caleb, seemingly ready to ignore it, drops me onto the bed, tand hen crawls over me.

The door opens. Caleb, pushing up onto his hands, growls vicariously at the intruder.

Turning my head, I see it is Tristan.

“Forgive the interruption,” Tristan says.

“Get the fuck out, Beta.”

Tristan seems apologetic, even if he is unmoving. “King Caleb, your parents are here.”

Chapter 117

Caleb suddenly goes very still. “My parents?”

“They await in the Hall,” Tristan says. “They are expecting you.”

“Caleb?” I ask. I’m still pinned beneath him on the bed, my body still hot even as my confusion has thrown a wrench in my lust.

Caleb looks down at me, with something like an apology in his eyes. “Later,” he says and pushes away from me. My confusion only. increases. It’s so strong that it overpowers any hurt I might feel.

I’m speechless as he stands and crosses the room towards Tristan. They exchange nods, and I expect them to leave me there. Yet, just before they get to the door, Caleb looks back at me.

“Harper,” he says. “With us. Now.”

Immediately, I hop to my feet and scurry along behind them.

Out in the hallway, both guards stand at attention. Caleb totally ignores them both, pushing forward as if paying neither of them any mind. Behind his back, they both glance at me.

I have only a limited understanding of the relationship between Caleb and his parents. To my knowledge, Caleb’s father used to be the most powerful Alpha werewolf in the land. Somehow, several years ago, those power dynamics shifted, allowing Caleb to step forward. as top Alpha, taking the crown away from his father.

The werewolf way would have demanded that Caleb face his father in combat to determine who is stronger. Yet rumors whispered that

Caleb’s father had simply stepped down, desiring a quiet life.

I never knew which was true, and when I’d heard the rumors, I didn’t particularly care either way. Back then, the mysteries of the capital seemed like nothing I needed to seriously concern myself with. Our pack was strong, and though the king offered support when we needed it, that was the only relationship we’d desired in the past.

Now, I suppose, with the Bear Clan invading, times have changed.

Hopefully, the return of Caleb’s parents does not stir the rumors again. The last thing Caleb needs right now is even more dissension in the ranks.

When we reach the doors to the Hall, Caleb turns to look at both Tristan and me.

“My parents only resurface when they want something,” Caleb says. “Stay near me and keep your expressions schooled. They retain enough power to be troublesome.”

Tristan nods. Already, he looks bored.

I try to mimic that expression, but I have no idea how successful I am. Both Caleb and Tristan give me pitying sort of looks.

“Stay near me, Harper. But… behind me, if you can,” Caleb says.

My expression must not be so neutral, then.

Turning from us, Caleb pushes through the doors first, with Tristan following, and me in the rear.

I don’t see Caleb’s parents right away until we stop nearer the throne and I peek around Caleb’s shoulder.

Caleb’s mom is a beautiful Luna, with long dark hair and bright eyes. Yet there is no affection in her gaze as she looks at her son. There’s no dislike either, though. It’s almost as if she’s entirely neutral about him, which seems strange, given she gave birth to him.

Leaning a little more, I catch sight of Caleb’s father. He is the spitting image of his son, albeit several years older, with graying hair and a neatly trimmed beard. Even his style of dress is similar to Caleb’s, though he wears a deep blue tunic, compared to Caleb’s more muted black and gray tones.

The eyes are the same too, or at least Caleb’s father’s eyes look much as Caleb’s did when I first met him – hard and unyielding. Icy and ruthless.

Caleb learned much from his father, it seems.

“Son,” his father says.

“Hector,” Caleb says.

His father – Hector – frowns even harder. “You address me by my name now?”

“Did you expect me to continue to address you as Alpha like I did in my youth?” Caleb asks. “I am King now.”

“You could call me ‘father,” Hector says.

“That was another title you sacrificed long ago,” Caleb says.

While they continue to argue, Caleb’s mother glances at me. “And who is this, Caleb? She is dressed like one of your harem girls, but surely you would not bring someone so unrefined to a meeting with us.”

“Harper is my favor,” Caleb says. He inches slightly to the left, in an attempt to block me from his mother’s view.

I don’t need to see her to recognize the contempt in her voice.

“Favored or not, she is a harem girl, Caleb. What we have to discuss is official business.”

“I am the King here,” Caleb says in reply, his voice low and cold. “Her presence is not negotiable.”

“Move on, Kira,” Hector says. “It’s no concern of ours how our son wets his dick. We have much more pressing matters.”

My face burns hot at the crude language and the crass implications.

“Speak your peace, then,” Caleb says.

“The recent coup attempt has been a disgrace,” Hector says. “The Kingdom is in a state of disarray.”

“I was betrayed by the Gamma George,” Caleb starts to say.

Hector scoffs, cutting him off. “I couldn’t care less about how or why it happened, what matters is that it did, and now you face the consequences.”

“The packs lose their faith in you,” Caleb’s mother Kira says. “It’s possible that soon, many might stand up against you.”

“They can try and they will fail, just as George did.”

“It’s my understanding that George nearly killed you,” Hector says. “Or did I hear that wrong?”

“Where did you hear that at all?” Tristan asks.

“Silence, Beta,” Hector snaps. “You are to serve and to listen, not to speak.”

Caleb starts to growl. “You have now disrespected my favor and my Beta. Any further attempts will not be tolerated.”

“There’s the Alpha I raised,” Kira says. “I told you, he still has spirit.”

“Then he can prove it,” Hector replies. He steps closer to Caleb. “Caleb, what is needed of you now is an alliance.”

“We have already formed a Council with the Alphas of the packs,” Caleb says.

“I am not speaking of the Alpha,” Hector says. “I am telling you, it is past time for you to find a wife. You believe that I am disrespecting you? You should hear the chatter that happens outside of the palace walls.”

“The people lose their respect for an unmarried King who cannot hold onto his power,” Kira says.

“A marriage would strengthen alliances with the packs and the people. If you marry a strong, noble werewolf, she will bring fresh excitement to your rule,” Hector continues. “The people are

downtrodden with the invasion and coup. Give them something good. to look forward to. They need a wedding.”

What an absurd notion. With everything going on, who has time for romance? Certainly not Caleb, who needs to focus on bringing everyone together to defend the kingdom from our northern attackers.

Surely, he will see this as ridiculous as I do, and refuse his parent’s suggestion.

Except… seconds tick by, and Caleb’s dismissal does not come.

I look at Tristan, but Tristan stares straight ahead, his bored expression firmly in place.

I wish I could pretend to be uninterested in Caleb’s response.

As I’ve always known, Caleb would eventually move on with someone else. I am the favored of the harem, but that does not make me a permanent fixture in Caleb’s life. When he marries, I imagine he will cast me off to the side.

I thought I would have more time before that happens, but as Caleb’s hesitation continues, I already know the answer he is going to give before I even hear it.

And my heart already started to break.

“Very well,” Caleb says. “I will begin my search for a wife.”

Chapter 118

Since my arrival here at the capital, it has never been any secret that Caleb was the kingdom’s most eligible bachelor. I can’t pretend to be shocked when so many women take interest in him, hoping to claim his eye and his hand – and some of his power – for themselves.

Yet, even knowing that the thought of Caleb actually getting married felt like a far-off prospect. He’s never shown much interest in the women who pursue him. Since I’ve been here, he’s spent most of his time with me, not those women.

But with this request from his parents, Caleb’s attitude on the whole matter has seemed to shift. Suddenly, he’s taking it all much more seriously.

Standing beside him in his office, I watch as he writes down a list of names. Women he knows. Potential brides.

I don’t recognize the names, but Caleb seems to know them off-hand. What did his parents say? He needs to marry a noble werewolf. That’s probably a short list. I wonder if any of them are beautiful. Caleb would want a beautiful wife.

I’m not jealous, but as I stand beside Caleb while he sits at his desk writing, I will for him to look up at me, so see me and acknowledge me. Instead, he seems entirely focused on his task.

With each passing moment, a sprig of annoyance slowly grows within me, coiling around my chest, inch by unbearable inch.

I am not jealous. I will not be jealous. I refuse to be jealous!

“I’ve made arrangements with the Pitmaster,” Caleb says. “You remember her? She will be conducting this season’s warrior training. I’ve told her to expect you.”

A new fear opens up within me, pushing back that annoying sprig for now. “You don’t mean to send me back to the coliseum…”

I dread returning to that place, even just to train in the pit. I have so many dark memories from there, where I was so agonized, knowing my death was encroaching. I don’t ever want to feel that way again.

“Of course not,” Caleb says, dismissing that fear at once. “This training will be conducted in the courtyard. You will not be the only attendee, so I expect you not to embarrass me. Several trainees of the guard will also be taking the training.”

“I understand,” I say, relieved. “I’ll do my best.”

“Do better than that,” Caleb says and lists another name.

My annoyance immediately returns.

Later, when summoned for the warrior training, I head out into the courtyard. There, in a far corner, blessedly away from the pit where I had nearly been whipped, I find the Pitmaster, who looks younger than I remember. Though I’ve never seen her in sunlight before.

Several guard trainees are already there, each flexing or showing off with backflips or handstands. The Pitmaster ignores them all.

Instead, she considers me as I approach.

“Harper,” she says. “Glad to see you have survived. And a consort now too, congratulations.”

I’m still not sure why being a member of a harem is considered an honor, but it does beat risking my life in the coliseum.

“Thanks,” I say.

“The King himself told me that you would be attending warrior training this time,” the Pitmaster says. “He insisted that I not go easy on you. Please be aware that you will be treated as any other of the soldiers to be present here.”

“I understand,” I say. “I don’t want any special treatment.”

To actually learn something, I can’t be treated with any kind of special treatment. The hard knocks might hurt the worst, but they always leave the most long-lasting memories.

Over the past few months, my life has been threatened and then threatened some more. Whatever I can do to at least deter people from trying to kill me would be a step in the right direction.

Short of me actually carrying a gun, which Caleb continues to suggest and I continue to refuse.

“Good,” the Pitmaster says. Louder, she shouts. “All of you, ready yourselves!”

An hour later, I fell down onto the ground for the fifth consecutive time.

Without special treatment, I have been paired up with a tall and broad monster of a trainee, who could probably moonlight as a professional weightlifter he really wanted. Instead, he’s busy breaking every hold I could try, and flipping me over onto my back like I weigh nothing at all.

“Sorry,” he says, looking down as he towers over me. “You are very light…”

He’s a gentle giant. His regret seems heartfelt. Reaching down, he plucks me off the ground and then rights me on my feet.

“Thanks,” I tell him.

“Harper? You good?” the Pitmaster calls.

I don’t want special treatment, but my body is sore. Fortunately, there are other trainees who have tapped out for a moment. They are currently resting in the shade, their backs against the wall.

“I might need a moment to catch my breath,” I tell her.

“You can’t train if you’re hurt,” the Pitmaster says. “It’s good to know your limits.” She nods toward the other group, and I walk over to them.

I sit in the shade beside a younger looking man, likely only recently twenty. As we watch the stronger trainees continue with their sparing, he grins at me.

“Hardly seems fair, pitting you against the biggest guy here,” he says.

“I need to be able to face an opponent of any size,” I say.

“Sorry, but if that guy comes up to you, you should probably just run.”

Running is ever my first choice, but I know by now that it is sometimes not an option. In those cases, I need to be ready to fight.

“I’m Ted, by the way,” the trainee says. “I know we’re not supposed to make friends here, but life’s too short to sit around all quiet all the time.” His grin is somewhat infectious, even if he comes off as slightly naïve.

I wonder, with a slight ache in my chest, how long it will be before this place ruins his spirits. Hopefully not too soon. It’s nice to talk to someone with such an easy smile, who doesn’t seem haunted by bad memories.

“I’m Harper.”

“A beautiful name,” he says. “Are you training to become a guard too?”

I blink at him. Does he really not know who I am?

“Ted!” the Pitmaster barks. “If you are feeling well enough to flap your lips, then you are well enough to continue training. Get over here.”

“Got to run,” Ted says with a wink. “Talk more later?”

“I… suppose,” I say, too stunned to say much else. He genuinely believes that I am here to train for a guard position? Looking down at myself, I’m wearing a borrowed tunic and leather riding boots. Caleb didn’t want me to train in my usual, more revealing harem outfit. Is this the source of Ted’s confusion?

I should tell him, I reason. The sooner the better. If he knew who I was, he would know to treat me with more caution.

If Caleb were to see…

As if drawn by my thoughts, I suddenly see him. Caleb. Storming toward the training with his eyes flashing red.

He’s furious.

And he’s headed right for Ted.

Chapter 119

The Pitmaster sees Caleb coming before Ted does. She had been attempting to show him a few moves, but now she stands to the side, moving at just the last moment before Caleb grabs Ted by the arm and swivels him around.

“Hey – what gives?” Ted demands. There’s more confusion than recognition in his eyes. Does he not know… the king?

Though I suppose, in hindsight, that isn’t all that uncommon. Before I came here, I thought the king was an old man. Leah thought the same before she saw him at one of the events. How many others have no idea what the King truly looks like?

Could Ted be from the country or something, coming in only to become a guard – all without knowing what the King looks like?

“Easy, pal,” Ted says, raising both hands, palms forward. He glances back at the Pitmaster. “Is this part of the training?”

The Pitmaster’s face remains expressionless, but everyone else is caught in varying levels of surprise and horror. From their faces alone, it’s clear Ted is the only ignorant one here.

At this point, I just hope Caleb doesn’t kill him.

The Pitmaster takes pity on Ted. Stepping closer, she motions toward Caleb. “This is your king, you foolish boy.” To everyone else, she shouts, “Bow before King Caleb!”

At once, all of the other trainees, as well as the Pitmaster herself, fall to one knee in honor of Caleb. Even the other soldiers beside me, who had been sitting, pushed their tired bodies into a kneeling position.

I stand instead.

“K-k-king Caleb?” Ted stutters, looking back at Caleb, who has him gripped by the front of his shirt so tightly, Ted couldn’t bow or kneel even if he thought to. “Forgive me, King, I’m from outside the walls and I never -‘

“Why do you attempt to steal a member of my harem?” Caleb demands, his voice a low, dangerous growl.

“Y-your…?” Ted asks, confusion clear on his face. In a flash, realization comes over him. “You mean Harper? I wasn’t trying to steal her, King, though she is beautiful. I was just being friendly…” His voice shakes with clear nervousness.

“She is mine,” Caleb says, his voice pitching impossibly lower.

If I don’t intervene, Caleb really is going to kill those poor fool.

I rush forward. “Cal-King Caleb,” I correct myself at the last moment. “This boy is just a friend to me. He was only being polite.”

“I saw the way he looked at you…” Caleb says. With disgust, he adds, “I can smell his desire for you…”

Ted pales. “I don’t mean anything by it, honest! She’s just beautiful!”

A growl rumbles out of the back of Caleb’s throat.

“My King,” I say, hoping to appear subservient while also somewhat firm. “Perhaps you and I should discuss this privately.”

Caleb shifts his gaze to look at me. He narrows his eyes a moment, before releasing Ted’s shirt. Ted, off-balance, stumbles backward and tumbles onto his backside.

In a flash, Caleb grabs my wrist and drags me along behind him.

I think he must be leading me back to his office, or to his bedroom or mine. Instead, we don’t even make it inside the building. He stops at a gardener’s shed, and shoves me inside. With the door slammed closed behind us, he glowers at me.

“You flirted with that boy,” he says. “I should kill him in front of you.”

“I wasn’t flirting with him,” I reply. “I was just being friendly. He didn’t even know who I was!”

“I bet you liked that, didn’t you?” Caleb’s eyes flash red. “You didn’t want him to know that you are mine. You wanted him to think you were attainable. Were you going to fuck him, Harper? If so, I’d definitely have him killed.”

“I have no intention of fucking anyone but you,” I snap at him.

He pauses, his eyes dragging down my body.

When he looks at me like that – like he wants to eat me alive – gods, it shouldn’t make me want him but it does. Already my pussy is wet, my nipples aching.

“You want to smell anyone’s desire?” I taunt. “Smell mine.”

I’m feeling bold, driven wild with lust out of growing jealousy and pent-up desire from our lack of sex the past few days.

He’s totally frozen, staring at my breasts, his nostrils flaring.

“What does it matter anyway?” I demand. “Soon you’ll be married, and I’ll have to find someone else to warm my bed.”

Oh, it’s a dangerous game I’m playing, taunting him like this. He has to know, deep down, that I have no desire for anyone but him. But the lashings of my jealousy make me want to snap out in turn. If I’m hurt, he should also be.

If I must be jealous, then he should be too.

Growling deeply, Caleb rushes towards me, crowding me up against the stone wall of the far side of the outdoor closet.

“You think I would ever let anyone touch you? You are mistaken, consort. Your body belongs to me, now and forever, regardless if I wear a matching ring with anyone else. You are mine. I am the only one who can bring you pleasure.”

I lift my chin, feigning defiance, even as he pushes me harder against the wall, pining me with his body, his erection digging into my hip.

“Prove it,” I taunt.

Growling, he claims my mouth with his in a biting and passionate kiss. His hands tear apart my pants and panties, exposing me to the cool air. As I hiss, he drops to his knees.

“That boy would not know how to please you like this,” Caleb growls before he plunges forward, searching for my clit with his tongue. His onslaught of pleasure is relentless, particularly when he lifts one of my thighs to drape over his shoulder.

As he suckles at my clit, he presses a finger up inside of me. I’m so wet, that it slides in easily. He groans in satisfaction, before adding a second finger. Then, with the plunge up within me, he curls them forward, finding my g-spot.

Clawing at his hair, I buck against the stone wall and cum. As my body trembles with the aftershocks, he carefully removes his fingers and raises to his feet. He kisses me, and on his tongue, I taste myself. It makes me feral with possessive desire.

I want more.

“Caleb,” I moan.

He wastes no time. Gripping me by the thighs, he lifts me higher against the wall. As I wrap my legs and arms around him, he lines himself up and presses inside of me.

I drop my head back against the stone.

Gods, his fingers were heavenly, but his dick is outright immaculate.

He fucks me hard. I bite down on my lip to keep from screaming.

It feels so fucking good.

“I’m not… going to… last…” I warn him.

“I’ll make you cum until you cry,” he says. “This is only number two, Harper.”

It’s a beautiful, tortuous promise he’s making. He wants to push me over the edge again and again to make his point.

No one else could ever make me feel this way.

He thinks I don’t already know that.

“I want it,” I whisper in his ear.

“Hold on,” he growls and picks up speed.

So I do, holding on like I’ll never have to let him go.

Chapter 120

After, Caleb sits on the ground with his back against the wall, holding me in his lap. With his arms wrapped around my waist, I’m tilting my head, resting it on his shoulder.

I was positively worn out. My body had already been pushed to its limits for the warrior training, only to be pushed even farther with such enthusiastic and athletic lovemaking. Easily, I could fall asleep right here and now, in the safety of Caleb’s arms.

He seems to be well aware of that, doing little more to interrupt the moment than brushing his hand up and down the length of my spine. I curl into him, practically purring like a house cat, I’m so relaxed.

Neither of us brings up the arguments that led us to this closet in the first place. That feels like a different lifetime now. None of it matters.

Caleb knows he has no real competition with Ted, despite my teasing. And while my hurt still lingers, knowing I will soon lose Caleb to another woman, his wife, Caleb has at least asserted that he will continue to see me.

This shouldn’t make me feel better. I still don’t like the idea of sharing someone that I care about with other people. But I’m also well aware that I am a member of a harem. That Caleb has been faithful to me has been a fluke, not any kind of conscious decision on his part.

Yet, even knowing he won’t be my only… I still don’t want to lose him, even if I hate myself for it.

Quietly, Caleb begins to speak, rousing me from my near-slumber.

“You saved my life several times in our escape from the capital,” he says. “And then went out of your way to take care of me at the farmhouse…”

I did, but he doesn’t need my confirmation. So I keep my mouth shut.

“You deserve a reward for that,” Caleb says.

My heart sinks as disappointment swells through me. Does he think that I am the type of woman who would be content with material wealth? What good would money or things do me while I am here? I already have everything I need.

Perhaps I could ask for a gift for my pack, but with everything that happened with Samuel and Leah, that gift might be ill-received. Time needs to pass before that type of assistance would be welcome from me or Caleb.

“There is nothing I want,” I say.

“I don’t believe that,” he replies.

I shrug, unsure what he wants from me. “I didn’t help you so that you would gift me things.”

He glances at me sideways, searching, as if trying to see the sincerity behind my words. I can’t tell what he sees either way, but I know the truth. I told it.

“Regardless,” he says. “You have done me a service and I would see that service repaid.”

“I don’t want things,” I say.

“Don’t be stubborn, Harper. Everyone wants things.”

I close my mouth and refuse to open it again.

“Fine,” he says, after a moment. “If not a thing, then a request. I will grant one wish for you, whatever it might be. You may not want things, but I am certain you still foster desires. When you tell me what it is, I will grant it.”

I keep my lips sealed, refusing to accept anything from our brief but nearly perfect time together on equal footing.

In my heart, with growing dread, I already know what this means. This jealous. This hurt. This inability to face the future where he is going to be with someone else.

It’s love. I’m in love with Caleb, his good qualities and his bad ones. I love him for the whole that he is, and the stronger person I become when he’s around me.

This knowledge comes with a heavy price. I love him, but this is a doomed love. Even if he feels the same, which I doubt tremendously, he would still never truly be mine.

At best, I’d have to share him. Watching from the sides as he walked down the aisle, marrying someone else.

I don’t know if I’m strong enough for that. Nor do I know if I’m strong enough to leave – even if I could.

I’m caught in a trap, with certain unhappiness in every direction. All I can do is watch the hurt come barreling toward me, like I’m standing on the railroad tracks watching for the engine to come my way.

“I will wait,” he says. “When you are ready to tell me your wish, I will be ready to hear it.”

My wish would be to have him for myself, but that is not a wish he would ever be able to grant me. He would never want to.

A King would never tie himself down to a member of his harem. Not more than he’s already done.

So I keep my mouth shut and turn my face more fully into his shoulder.

The future will hurt me, but the present is well enough. For now, when we are together, I can pretend.

Caleb stays quiet and holds me.

Then, after a time, he checks his watch. “I have to go,” he says.

I want to whine, to ask him to stay like this for just a moment longer. Though realistically, no time would be long enough to satisfy my desire.

But then he says, “I have a date.”

My whole body goes cold. “Oh.”

Pulling away from him, I hurry to stand up and right my clothes as best I can. Caleb tore my pants completely off, but my tunic should be long enough to give me some modesty until I make it back to my room to change. I don’t think I’ll be returning to warrior training for today. With the King himself excusing me, I doubt I’ll hear anything about it.

“Harper,” Caleb says, while I’m already reaching for the door of the shed.

I don’t look back, not even as Caleb approaches from behind me. He runs his hands down my arms, all the way from my shoulders to my wrists. I close my eyes as the feeling of comfort warms me from the inside out.

Everything still hurts, but not as much as it had only a moment ago.

Caleb kisses the top of my head from behind.

“Don’t let anyone see you on the way back to your room,” Caleb insists. “Or I will tear their eyes out.”

It’s not the most romantic gesture I’ve ever heard. In fact, it’s downright troubling.

Yet, it still conveys a message of possession and jealousy. Right now, I want to be the only one he thinks about.

If only he wasn’t about to go on a date with someone else.

I don’t wait around for any more whispered words. I open the door and step out into the courtyard. There, careful to avoid any crowded areas, I rush towards the doors leading inside, not stopping until I make it safely back to my room.

“Harper?” Bethany asks.

“It’s nothing,” I tell her.

I will never reveal the truth, not even to my dear friend.

No one can know that I have fallen for the ruthless King Caleb.

お金金

SEND GIFT or GCASH: +63.936.139.8714

COMMENT

Subscribe

♡
Prev | Next

The Lycan King’s Defiant Surrogate by Riley Above Story (Chapters 101 to 110)

Chapter 101

Samuel stands beside his wife in the Hall of the capital as he has several times before since his arrival here for the Alpha Council – a council which has failed totally, if recent events were anything to go by.

This time, compared to the other times Samuel has been in this room, however, the King himself is absent. In his stead, the King’s Gamma George stands on the stage near the throne.

Most of the Alpha’s survived the attack from the bear clan, though many of the lesser wolves of their entourage, such as their servants and slaves, did not. Only an alpha wolf has a chance against the strength of a bear, and even then it can be precarious. And enough silver bullets could kill any werewolf, alpha or lesser.

The King himself, arguably the most powerful of all the werewolves, was himself felled in a rage of gunfire and a high fall.

The thought of King Caleb brings Harper to mind, which makes Samuel’s stomach turn. She and Samuel could have escaped in the chaos. Samuel had given her the chance… and she threw it back in his face, instead choosing the man kidnapped her and kept her here.

For years, since her disgrace, Samuel had tried to find ways of saving her, while spurning her sister at every turn. Had she not seen how he turned Leah away? He only changed his engagement because the elders in the pack commanded him to do so, but his heart always stayed with Harper.

And yes, maybe he had to act like she meant nothing to him, but that was only so people wouldn’t be suspicious. He’d kept the necklace.

Didn’t she receive it? Why wouldn’t his feelings matter to her? He was the one putting himself at the most risk, offering to run away from an alpha life for her, a slave.

She should have been honored and flattered by his sacrifice. She should have kissed him and thanked him, and cried with joy.

Instead, she chose to stay beside a bleeding-out monster.

Samuel hopes Caleb died in that alley.

Regardless, he will never be so foolish as to trust a vixen like Harper again for as long as he lives.

This was why, when he returned to the capital, he sought out the closet where he had hidden his wife while he went in search of her sister. He stayed with her there, waiting until the all-clear was given. Leah clung to him, looking to him for guidance and protection, as a Luna should.

Leah is still mad at him for his oversight in protecting Harper first. He can see her reasoning, but as she told him in that closet, “We can fix things between us. But you have to let her go. Forever, this time.”

“She means nothing to me anymore,” Samuel told her.

“You’ve said that before…”

“It’s the truth this time,” he says and hopes he means it, even though the words ping uncomfortably inside his chest.

Now, standing in the Hall, he watches as the other Alphas pace and shouts their concerns at George. Tensions are running high, and Alphas have little patience for uncertainty.

“We need all to return to our own packs!” one of the alphas shouts. “If those bear bastards could attack the capital, they could attack anywhere!”

“It’s for your own safety that you are kept here,” George says. “We’ve secured the capital, but nowhere else. If you step even one foot outside, you could all be killed. Then what will happen to your packs? With no leader?”

“We cannot be kept here,” another Alpha says. “This place is no safer than anywhere else.”

“That’s where you are wrong,” George replies. “Have you not noticed the increase in the guard?”

The increase in unfamiliar faces was not the comfort George perhaps thought it was. New faces meant new unfamiliar smells. A Gamma might not understand, but Alphas’ heightened senses would be put on edge, not comforted by the presence of the unknown and unfamiliar.

Even Samuel is sizing up some of the guards in the room. Something about them doesn’t seem right… but he can’t figure out why. One of the guards smelled like evergreen trees. Where in the kingdom do they grow evergreen trees? Isn’t that a northern thing?

“You still haven’t explained where all of these guards came from, says another Alpha, one that’s older and calmer than most. Perhaps the most experienced wolf in the room, the Alpha of the Moonlake pack.

His daughter Sonya was severely injured in the attack. To anyone else, that might be a reason to back down, but this Alpha seems the type who would back down for no one and nothing. Not even to be at his injured daughter’s side.

“If they were close enough to be here now, why were they not called in immediately to protect the king?” the Moonlake Alpha continues.

“It takes time to mobilize the reserves,” George answers smoothly. “Especially in the chaos of the attack.”

The Moonlake Alpha does not seem convinced. “And in that chaos, you yourself ascended in power?”

“In the absence of the King and his Beta, someone had to step up.”

“It could have been many other men.”

“But it wasn’t,” George says. Though his voice is cool, his eyes narrow.

By Healthy

Samuel checks the guard again, who has a good hold on his gun, watching the scene unfold.

“The guards listen to me now,” George says. “And I will use them to protect you. All of you. Whether you like me or not.”

With that, the Alphas and their guests are filed out of the room, and commanded to return to their rooms. Samuel is relieved to have a few minutes alone to think. Leah, however, gives him no silence. She rambles as she paces the room we’ve been given.

“I don’t like this. Gammas are to follow the order of Alphas, not the other way around. If my father was here…”

Samuel doesn’t care for Leah. She’s selfish and loud, cruel with her opinions, with a distinct lack of compassion for anyone but herself.

Yet, with hair and eyes like Harper, she is beautiful.

And willing. Perhaps Samuel has denied himself too long. His hopes for Harper have blown up in his face. She’s off, likely fucking the King if he’s alive. Why shouldn’t he also have fun?

“I don’t want to stay here another minute, do you hear me? Samuel? Are you listening? Why are you looking at me like – mmf!”

Samuel silences her with a greedy kiss. She pulls away for a moment and slaps him across the face. Yet before Samuel can recover or react to that, she mutters, “Why did you make me wait so long you damn bastard,” and jumps into his arms.

They fall into the bed, shed their clothes, and tangle together.

Leah claws her sharp fingernails down his back as she screams very loudly and repeatedly, nearly pulling him from the moment.

She’s over the top in everything, even this.

Still, she’s soft and wet, and if he closes his eyes, he can almost imagine someone else…

Soon, he topples over into his climax, a name on his lips.

It escapes him, “Harper!”

Leah goes very still. Then, furious, she shouts, “What the hell did you just say?”

Chapter 102

Back at the house, I force Caleb to sit on a chair so that I can clean and bandage each of the wounds he dirtied by being in that river. He’s surprisingly pliant, considering his usual aversion to being told what to do. But after the earth-shattering sex we’ve had, it seems nothing will break the air of smug satisfaction he’s taken on.

The alcohol wipes I use to clean the wounds out must hurt him. They sting even on the shallowest of cuts, and he has bullet holes. Yet he doesn’t seem to care. He just keeps smirking as he looks at me, gently scenting the air.

Even though I bathed in the river before we left it, he can probably smell himself on me still, with those Alpha senses. I try to ignore that look of ownership in his eyes. Maybe I press in a little too hard on one of the ones just to get him to stop.

He winces slightly. “That doesn’t seem necessary.”

“It was dirty,” I tell him.

He hums while giving me a suspicious look, but doesn’t call me out.

“Silver wounds take a long time to heal,” I say, hoping to shift the conversation.

“They do,” Caleb says. His smirk fully disappears, he suddenly seems as if he’s very far away.

Watching him, I wonder where he went. “This isn’t the first time you’ve been pierced with silver,” I say, guessing.

“It’s not,” he replies, affirming my suspicion.

He’s seemed too calm about this from the start. Even on that balcony, he didn’t flinch as the guns began to fire, as the bullets tore through his flesh and stayed there like shrapnel under his skin.

“It was… impressive, the way you stood up to those bears,” I say, hoping to bring him back to the present by offering compliments. It helps that those compliments are true. “You saved my life.”

“I’m not a hero, Harper.”

“In that moment, you were to me.”

“I’m the one who took you onto that balcony. You were only in danger at all because of me.”

I blink a few times, curious and surprised by his words. “It’s not like you to second-guess yourself.”

“If you believe that, you don’t know me at all.” His voice is very soft in the still silence of the room.

Without realizing it, I’ve even stopped moving.

Caleb looks out the window, and I wonder what he sees. It can’t be the grasses and the trees there, as the sun begins to lower in the sky.

Then, as quiet as a breath, he says, “I killed my brother to take the crown.”

I remember, years back, the tragedy of Prince Evan’s death. The older of the two brothers, Evan had been known to be outgoing and confident, with a bright smile and charm that never ran out. Caleb, in his shadow, was more known for being quiet. Stronger physically than Evan, but not near as well liked.

After Evan’s death, the reigning King, Evan and Caleb’s father, stepped away from the throne, gifting the crown to his only living son, Caleb.

No one has seen or heard from the old King since. Some vicious rumors say that Caleb had them sealed away. She even heard that Caleb had killed Evan, but she never thought it would be true.

What kind of man would kill his brother? Not one fit for the crown.

It was a juicy scandal and the talk around the taverns and bars. It wasn’t anything plausible or real.

At least that’s what she thought.

Now, in this secluded farmhouse, with the sunlight dimming, Caleb is admitting to the kingdom’s most tragic unsolved crime. It means the rumors are true.

Yet he’s not admitting to it in any gloating way, or with any satisfaction at all. Caleb has killed before, he’s tortured, and always he’s hardened as if he’s immune to it all. But right now… his face is filled with regret, and his eyes are sad.

“Did you love your brother?” I ask before I can stop myself.

“Yes,” he answers immediately, with no hesitation.

I want to know more, but for him to admit to even this much feels like he is showing trust and vulnerability that I haven’t earned. In time, if he wants to tell me more, he can, and I will listen. But I cannot force him to.

Caleb is not a good man, but for him to kill the brother that he loves, he has to have a good reason. I believe that, deep down to my core, even if I can’t explain why.

“I’m not afraid of you,” I tell him, hoping that the words offer the comfort that I want to give but struggle with how to convey.

He turns away from the window to look at me. His eyes refocus, coming back to the present.

“You should be,” he says. “Haven’t you heard? I’m a monster.”

“You aren’t,” I say too quickly, then relent, because that’s not entirely honest. “You can be. But you can also be kind and gentle…”

The way he was in that river, so steady and calm.

The way he was with me… A man with his strength could have broken me, but even in the heat of our passion, he never lost control enough to hurt me.

“I’m a villain, Harper,” Caleb says. “You’ve told me that yourself.”

“Only when you are being unreasonable,” I say. He’s starting to get there now, spiking my irritation.

“I’m not the only one who is unreasonable,” he replies. “You claim I’m not always a monster. You claim I can be kind and gentle. Yet still, you deny me, my child.”

Disappointment rises within me. After all of the ground,d we’ve covered here… After the shared vulnerability and the agreement we made that we need to work together to survive… After saving his life and his saving mine…

Still, we are at this same argument. It’s like talking to a wall, for how much he listens.

“Why can’t you believe me when I tell you there is no child? After everything I’ve done for you? What we’ve done for each other? You honestly believe that I would keep a secret like that from you?”

Caleb narrows his eyes as he searches my face. “Yes.”

The word stings, a knife to the gut, but I can’t really be surprised. With a heavy sigh, I shake my head. “There is no child, Caleb.”

“And still you keep lying,” he says. The vulnerability in him is gone now, sealed entirely away behind a wall of ice and steel. I shiver from the sudden chill.

Then, in a rush, Caleb stands. His hands grip my arms, causing a flash of fear in me, but he’s not looking at me. He’s staring at the door instead.

“What is it?” I ask, trying to follow the length of his gaze, but I don’t see anything right away.

Then, as I continue to look, I see a pair of headlights curling around the driveway.

It’s not quite dark yet, but the sky is turning more purple than blue.

“Who is that? Tristan?”

“No,” Caleb says. “He would never be back this soon. Stay in the house, Harper. No matter what you hear.”

I don’t like the sound of that! “What are you going to do? If either of us can risk being spotted it’s me, not you.”

“And if the intruder means to kill? What will you do then?” Caleb says, his eyes slicing at me like two knife flashes in the dark. “Stay out of sight, Harper. Leave this to me.”

Chapter 103

Caleb can say whatever bossy things he wants to, but the chances of me letting him face a potential enemy alone are exactly zero. So while he turns to confront the intruder head-on through the front door, I slip around out the back door in the kitchen and sneakily make my way around the side of the house.

The car comes to a stop beside the house, and a middle-aged man in an ill-fitting suit steps out of it. He seems unassuming at first glance, but I’ve learned you can’t really trust appearances. The many betrayals at the palace hardened me. Anyone could be pretending, just as the king’s guard pretended.

It is impossible to know the true motives of a person, under the surface.

The man grabs a briefcase off the backseat, and, after taking a moment to adjust his tie, starts to walk toward the house.

When he reaches the base of the stairs onto the porch, the front door bursts open, and Caleb lunges from inside the house. Caleb tackles the startled man, shoving him down onto his back in the dirt.

The man’s briefcase springs open, and catalogs and order forms spill out. Some flutter by me in the wind. Catching one, I look closer at it. It seems genuine. This guy might actually be a door-to-door appliance salesman.

A nearby form is labeled with this man’s name and contact information. Mr. Aloysius Harvey is from a town I recognize as being near the capital. I grab a few more forms as they fly by. Each is labeled exactly the same.

“Who are you?” Caleb shouts, right in Mr. Harvey’s face.

Mr. Harvey trembles beneath Caleb. He raises his arm in defense.

“Caleb!” I say, rushing forward.

Caleb’s attention shifts to me, annoyance in his eyes. “You are supposed to be inside,” he growls.

“This guy is just an appliance salesman,” I tell him quickly.

Confusion crosses over Caleb’s face. Hurrying closer, I show him the forms I grabbed.

He takes them as he stands, pushing away from the frightened Mr. Harvey at his feet. He looks closer at the forms, and then at Mr. Harvey.

“You are an appliance salesman,” Caleb says.

From the ground, Mr. Harvey adjusts his tie. “Can I interest you in a new refrigerator?” He’s clearly rattled as he sits up. He grabs his fedora from nearby and puts it back on his head, though it’s at an angle now. He laughs good-naturedly. “Some people are happier to see me than others, but I’ve never had a welcome quite like this before.”

As Mr. Harvey struggles to stand, Caleb reaches down, grabs him by the elbow, and yanks him back up to his feet with ease.

“I thought I was protecting…” Caleb glances at me. “The property.”

“Don’t think twice about it. It’s all right!” Smiling at me, he says, “With a beauty like that inside, who could blame you? You have my thanks miss, for setting the record straight in my favor.” Before I can answer, his attention goes back to Caleb. “Newlyweds?”

Heat rushes to my face. “We’re not…”

“Yes,” Caleb says before I can explain.

Mr. Harvey nods. “I was much like you when I first married Mrs. Harvey. Hard to restrain those protective instincts, right? Especially out here in the countryside. People in the capital look down on us folks out here, you know. I’ve recently come from there, a mess of a place. Bet they wished they lived out here now.”

The corner of Caleb’s mouth twitched downward, ever so slightly.

I rush in before any more can be said on either side. “You’ve come from the capital?” I asked. “What news have you heard from there?”

“To ask that, I’m assuming you heard some of the news?” Mr. Harvey asks.

“We heard there was some kind of attack,” I say.

Mr. Harvey nods. “Then you likely haven’t heard the worst of it. The bear clan attacked from the north, leaving the whole place on lockdown. I wasn’t even allowed inside this time, that’s how bad it is. I talked to some of the other folks stuck outside. They say the king was killed in the attack.”

“Terrible stuff,” Mr. Harvey continues without prompting. “The King’s Beta is missing too. The Gamma, George has stepped up as Steward in their absence, but -” Caleb stiffens.

A low growl permeates the air. Mr. Harvey and I both look at Caleb. He wears his anger openly on his face. When he notices us both looking at him, he huffs and turns away. He storms off, walking across the meadow.

When he’s out of earshot, Mr. Harvey faces me again. “Your new husband is very in touch with his… wolf side.”

Not wanting to give anything away, I nod. “He has strong opinions about politics.”

Mr. Harvey nods. “Well, stand by him, dear. Guys like that tend to be a handful, but he’ll be the most loyal, faithful partner you’ve ever had.”

If only he knew, Caleb would never be faithful to me. He has an entire harem waiting for him back at the capital. Why would he choose one woman when he could have his daily pick from over a hundred of them?

Even so, Mr. Harvey’s kind remarks do warm me somewhat. It’s nice to talk to someone who could see me as Caleb’s partner, and not as his slave.

“I’ve been terribly rude, I don’t think I’ve introduced myself.” Taking off his hat, he bows low. “Mr. Aloysius Harvey, your friendly appliance salesman.” Straightening, he places his hat back on his head. “I don’t suppose I could talk to you about that refrigerator?”

I lightly shake my head. “I’m sorry, Mr. Harvey, but we don’t even have electricity here.”

That surprises him. “Golly. Although I’m not surprised. Many of the old farmhouses go way back. I usually avoid them entirely, but I saw the smoke from your chimney and thought I’d take a chance. Usually, I do well enough in the capital that I don’t need to bother, but… well…”

“You weren’t able to go to the capital this trip,” I fill in for him.

“Locked up tight, ma’am.”

“I wish I could buy something from you… but without electricity…”

“You are kind,” Mr. Harvey says. “Without electricity, the only thing I could even offer you is this…”

He reaches into his inside coat pocket and retrieves a simple statue of a howling wolf. It’s three inches tall, in shining stainless steel, likely the same as his appliances.

Laughing slightly, he says, “We give these as a free gift to all those who purchase from us… It’s just a little figure.” Looking at it and then at me, he says, “Why don’t you take it, miss? Something to remember me by. Then, when you and your husband finally get electricity in this place, you know just who to call.”

I accept the figure and an order form too.

“Just fill it out and put it in the mail when you are ready,” he says.

With that, he heads back towards his car. “Give my regards to your husband. And remember, those wolfy reflexes are natural. It’s good he can be that natural around you.”

As Mr. Harvey drives away, I look closer at the little figure and smile. In a way, it reminds me of Caleb.

Searching for him now, he’s walking back from across the meadow. I’m hopeful that maybe the walk has helped calm him, but when I see his hands curled into fists, I know I’m in for another argument.

When he reaches me, he says, voice cold, “I’m going back.”

“To the capital? When?”

The next word comes out as a growl, “Now.”

Chapter 104

Caleb wants to go back to the capital now? As in, right now?

“That’s the worst idea I’ve ever heard in my life,” I tell him.

“What do you know?” he growls, fury crumpling his features. “That traitor is sitting on my throne like he belongs there, emboldened by the lie that I am dead. I will return to the capital, I don’t care who stands in my way. Then I will rip that bastard’s head off in front of his entire army of betrayers.”

He is shaking in his rage, his eyes flashing red.

We don’t even have a car here, but I suspect even that won’t hold him back. At this rate, he seems as if he would run the whole way to the capital if he had to.

“You are still healing,” I tell him.

“I’m healed enough.”

“It’s suicide,” I try instead. “You won’t make it past the guards and their guns, and then you really will be dead.”

He flashes his teeth at me, his canines growing. “Do not underestimate me.”

“I’m not. I’m being realistic. Tristan is there, scoping things out. We are going to wait for him to come back, remember? If you go in right now, you go in blind, without support and without a plan. We have to wait for Tristan to return.”

Caleb’s growl deepens, but since he doesn’t have a retort for that, I know I’m winning.

“What George has done cannot be tolerated,” Caleb says. His canines slowly pull back, returning to his usual human teeth.

“You will have your revenge,” I say, knowing better than to try to talk him out of that. “But you have to be patient.”

From the way his growling persists, I imagine that patience has never been one of his strongest virtues.

“I’ll have his head on a pike,” Caleb insists.

“You will,” I agree, placating him.

After a moment, he huffs a long exhale through his nose, and his eyes lose their reddish hue.

“Would a massage be held?” I ask.

He glares at the ground, looking away from me. I wait for him to answer me. After a few long moments of silence, he does, “Fine.”

I motion toward the house and we start inside. As we walk, Caleb notices the small wolf figure in my hand. “What’s that?”

“Oh, a little gift the salesman left for me. I think he felt bad for the way things went down.”

Caleb holds out his hand. “Let me see.”

I pass over the figure just as we enter the living room.

Caleb brings it closer and thoroughly inspects it. He even scents it.

“What are you looking for?” I ask.

“A listening device,” he says casually like that’s a totally normal thing to say.

A hint of fear rushes through me. Could Mr. Harvey have been a bad guy after all? I would hate if that turned out to be true. The man had been so kind to me, treating me like an equal, not as a slave. I haven’t been treated that well since before my disgrace.

“Oh.”

Caleb looks at me sideways, then passes the figure back to me. “It’s innocent.”

Relief presses away the fear. “Good,” I say, accepting it.

“It’s a silly thing. Why cherish it as you do?”

“It’s a nice keepsake.”

“To commemorate my downfall?” Caleb asks, narrowing his eyes.

“No. Not everything about this trip was so bad,” I say. In the kitchen, I leave the little wolf on the corner of the counter where I can see it.

Caleb shifts his gaze from me to the figure and back again. “No, I suppose not.”

I motion toward one of the kitchen chairs. Once he sits down, I move around behind him and place my hands on his shoulders.

Immediately, he starts to calm under my touch.

At nightfall, Caleb lights a few lanterns in the house while I light the oven and prepare one of the fish that Caleb caught. While that is cooking in the oven, I begin chopping up some vegetables to cook on the skillet on the stovetop.

Caleb returns then and peers over my shoulder. “What are you doing?”

“Getting ready to make some grilled veggies,” I tell him. When he lingers, I glance back at him. “Do you… want to help?”

It felt strange, to ask a King for help chopping the vegetables – even after I had yelled at him to contribute more.

I’m still expecting him to say no, so it surprises me immensely when he nods, saying, “I know my way around a knife.”

Without a word, I pass over the knife. He moves quickly and expertly, slicing through the vegetables like an actual chef.

“How did you learn to do that?” I ask him, in awe.

“You don’t want to know,” he says, a hint of darkness in his voice.

Oh. That means torture. I’m sure of it.

In that case, he’s right. I don’t want to know.

I prepare the pan on the stove while he continues with the vegetables. Working side by side like this feels oddly domestic. Not something I would have ever expected to share with the king.

I don’t hate it. In fact, I’m alarmed at how much I do enjoy, working in tandem with a man I care about, as if class wasn’t something that fundamentally separated us in almost every other regard.

It makes me curious about things that probably don’t matter…

Yet they still feel vitally important here, in the quiet of the kitchen, with only the crack sizzle of the wood in the stove to pull me from my thoughts.

“If you weren’t a king,” I ask, “What would you want to be?”

He chuckles lightly at my question. “I don’t know… maybe a fisherman.”

“You’re joking but I think you’re good at it.”

“I am good at it,” Caleb replies. “But would it be enough to satisfy me in the long term? I don’t know. It’s more likely I would be a soldier, working my way up through the ranks.”

“Your ambition would drive you?” I ask.

“I like having power,” Caleb says.

It’s honest, at least.

In polite conversation, the next thing we would talk about should be my answer to the question, but Caleb just continues chopping and doesn’t say anything.

He probably isn’t used to having to contribute meaningfully to conversations, so I answered anyway as if he had asked me.

“I don’t know what I would be, if life had treated me a different hand,” I say.

Caleb laughs harder like I told a joke.

Did I miss something?

Glancing back at him, I ask, “What’s so funny?”

“You are joking,” Caleb says, “So I’m laughing.”

I turn away from the stove to face him. “How am I joking?”

Glancing at my face, he stops chopping to face me as well. “Because you can’t be serious. It’s too absurd.”

“In what way?” I ask.

“Why would you want anything other for yourself than to be a member of my harem?” His confusion seems genuine. He’s dead serious about this.

I take a deep breath, trying to push down on my rising anger. A king’s viewpoint is skewed. He thinks he treats me so kindly. And maybe he does, considering, but I’d still rather be free.

“I’d rather be here,” I tell him. “Like this.”

Caleb glances around. His confusion does not wane. “There’s no electricity.”

“Maybe not. But here, I can make my own choices. I could spend all day watching the grasses blow in the wind if I wanted.”.

“So you want to be lazy.”

“I want to be free,” I say, with more bite than I meant. “The capital is a gilded cage for me. I can’t even sneeze without asking your permission. Here, I can live however I want.”

I expect Caleb to fly off the handle in anger, but instead, he almost seems… thoughtful.

“Oh.” He returns to his work, chopping the vegetables. There’s more than I need now, but I don’t stop him.

I puzzle over his muted reaction for a long time.

Chapter 105

In the capital, Tristan moves stealthily through the upper hallways of the capital. He’d disguised himself as a guard to sneak past the capital walls, aligning himself with a troop as they entered. Quickly after, before he could be recognized, he broke away.

He maintained a few connections in the underground, who helped him assemble what he needed for his next disguise.

A soldier might help him pass unknown among the servants, but it was not the servants he needed to deceive. So, he took on the disguise of a kitchen servant. Then, carrying a box of groceries, entered the capital itself without receiving a second glance.

In the same apparel, he’s made his way all the way to the upper floors, no one questioning him. A few of the servants noticed him, recognizing him, but with a finger to his lips, the nodded, agreeing to stay silent.

Caleb was not exactly beloved by his wait staff, especially the slaves, but nor did those people feel any loyalty to George instead. In fact, per Tristan’s contacts, conditions have become even worse under George’s reign.

Tristan moves into the harem wing, searching for a contact there. He’s not totally surprised that most of them are under armed guard.

The harem’s loyalty will always be to Caleb. George is right in not trusting them, infuriating as that may be for Tristan personally right now.

Realizing the consorts are off-limits, Tristan redirects his attentions, moving into the nearby servants’ quarters, the ones discretely removed from public sight behind a thick stone wall. This is where the handmaidens stay.

Tristan memorized the layout long ago, as he has the entirety of the capital, even the floors and places not used anymore. For this reason, when he enters a room, he can do so with confidence, knowing he will find who he is looking for.

“Excuse me!” gasps Bethany, Harper’s handmaiden.

Tristan closes the door behind him, then turns to see Bethany. When she sees it’s him, she lowers the kitchen knife she’s holding.

She’d swiped it. Something she might be punished for regularly if Tristan wouldn’t look the other way. Given the circumstances, he’s relieved she has it now. He wouldn’t fault a woman for wanting to protect herself when even the soldiers are traitors.

“Beta Tristan,” she says formally though softly, voice a whisper. “How are you here? They say that you’ve run away?”

“I suspect much of what they say isn’t true,” Tristan says.

Tristan doesn’t know Bethany all that way, but he does know she is exceedingly loyal to Harper, perhaps more than she is even to her king. A questionable position to take, given she only continues to exist by the King’s mercy… But… She’s just the person he needs right now.

At present, loyalty to Harper means loyalty to the king.

“You don’t mean…” Hope rises in her voice. “Harper and the King…?”

“They are alive and safe. For the moment. And looking for ways to return. That’s why I’m here. Tell me everything that has happened. Rumors on the road say that George has declared himself Steward. I trust you know that he is the ultimate traitor.”

She nods. “I do. But it’s not just Stewardship he’s after, Beta Tristan. He wants the Crown.”

“He’s declared Caleb dead,” Tristan says with a frown. “But surely the Alpha Council would not surrender power willingly… to a Gamma.”

“The soldiers are loyal to him,” Bethany says. “He’s basically holding the alphas prisoner here, threatening them and their loved ones if they don’t comply with his wishes.”

“Even so, there are channels he will have to take to become King. He cannot simply steal the crown for himself.”

“He says that he can,” Bethany says. “He’s using the war with the North as the reason for his urgency. He even planned an entire grandiose ceremony to show off his new power.”

“A ceremony? While the city is on lockdown?”

“I’ve heard him give commands to allow specific vendors to pass through the walls,” Bethany says.

“Good,” Tristan says. “I can use that information.”

“Then you should also know, that all of the soldiers inside the palace have been replaced with bear-shifters or wolves easily bought. The ones in the underground, however, are still loyal to Caleb. That’s why they’ve been replaced. They’d likely have a few questions for George if they could make it through the door.”

An army at the ready, then. Just waiting for their King’s return.

“Thank you, Bethany. You will be rewarded for this.”

“I don’t care about rewards,” Bethany says. “Harper is my friend. Until she is safe, I won’t rest.”

Tristan nods, pleased with her attitude. If only that loyalty was for the king, and not a consort. Tristan is too desperate to be picky, though.

“Warn the other servants to be prepared for the day of the ceremony,” Tristan says. “I suspect the King’s return will not be gently received.”

“No,” Bethany agrees. “There is sure to be bloodshed.”

“We’ll be ready,” Tristan says.

“I’ll prepare the servants and slaves,” Bethany says. “Give them a signal, and they will vanish.”

“Good,” Tristan says, already formulating a new plan. “That’s good.”

Healthier, Caleb is able to make it up the stairs now, so instead of squishing himself onto the bed, he stretches out on the bed instead. I follow along behind him, though stay rooted at the door to the room while he relaxes inside of it. There is a second bedroom if he wants to be alone.

When Caleb notices my hesitation, he grumbles, “What are you doing, lingering there? Get in here and warm my bed like a good consort.”

His tone makes me want to argue, but since being at his side is where I want to be, I comply in this instance.

As soon as I’m within reach, he grabs me around the waist and yanks me down onto the bed.

With me on my back, he rolls over me. His mouth covers mine, his tongue plunging deep.

In a rush, he grips the front of my dress like he means to rip it off

“Wait!” I shout, pulling back from his kiss.

His brow scrunches in annoyance, but his hands still.

“What is the reason for this defiance?” he snaps.

“There are so few clothes here for me,” I say. Reaching up, I start undoing the buttons that block my breasts from his hungry eyes and hands. “If you tear too many, I’ll have to walk around naked.”

“I don’t see the problem.”

I roll my eyes at him. “What if another salesman visits?”

“I’ll pluck out his eyes,” Caleb says, his voice lowering to a growl.

“What if it’s Tristan?”

Caleb continues growling, though he doesn’t formulate words this time. Instead, he pulls his hands away from my dress and allows me to continue to unbutton, unimpeded.

When the last button is free, he pushes the dress down from my shoulders. I roll away as he tugs it out from under me. He turns and places it on top of a chair near the bed.

His kindness startles and delights me so much that by the time he rolls back to me, I stretch myself, ready and waiting for him.

“Well?” I ask, lifting a brow.

“As a consort should be.”

We take our pleasures well into the night, thoroughly enjoying and exhausting each other.

In the morning, I wake up first.

Caleb’s face is relaxed in sleep, and one of his arms is slung around me.

A morning like this, where neither of us really needs to be anywhere, is so rare and so gentle,that it makes my heart hurt.

Secretly, I wish in my heart that things could stay like this forever.

It’s impossible, I know. But I yearn for it so dearly that it makes me ache.

Chapter 106

Rolling away from me, Caleb wakes up a while later. He stretches as he pulls himself out of bed. Since he’s naked, all of his bare skin is on tantalizing display. As hot as he is, though, right now, I’m not as turned on as I am disheartened.

Caleb’s wounds are almost all the way healed, so much so that many of them simply look like red marks that are fading even as I watch them.

While I’m happy that he’s healthy again, I’m also filled with trepidation and worry. There’ll be nothing holding us back now. When Tristan comes back to us, we will have to go to the capital. My little slice of heaven here will come to an end.

Caleb catches me staring with a melancholic look on his face. “What’s the problem?” he asks.

I don’t know how to explain without making him angry. We’re having a good morning, and I don’t want to ruin that. Besides, who knows how long it will be before Tristan returns?

Yet I feel the weight of the situation pressing down onto me. If I could stop us from having to go back, I would. But I know there’s nothing I can do to keep Caleb out here with me, hidden away, where we can be on equal levels socially.

Nothing will keep Caleb from reclaiming his throne.

“Harper,” Caleb says, turning more fully toward me. “I will not ask again.”

“I’m just thinking of what things will be like when we go back,” I admit.

He shrugs, seemingly relieved that my worries were about something as simple as that. “Things will return to how they’ve always been. George’s interference will not change the way I run my kingdom.”

“That’s not what I mean,” I say. Gathering my courage, I press, “What about us?”

Caleb laughs as he turns and begins to dress, kicking his legs into his pants. “What about us? That will not change, either. It will simply return to how it was before.”

“Oh,” I say, downtrodden, and glance away.

Caleb notices. He continues to dress, but he’s not laughing anymore. “Did you want things to change, Harper?”

Yes. Immensely. But when I try to imagine Caleb as King treating me as anything other than a servant, I just can’t manage it. He is still waiting for his perfect mate to come around, after all. Compared to that, I don’t have any chance of holding his interest for very long.

The fact that I’ve held his attention for this long is something of a miracle.

“Would you let me go?” I ask softly.

This time, he totally stills. “Go where?”

“Here,” I say. “I want to stay here, with the meadow and my garden. I wouldn’t bother anyone. I wouldn’t tell anyone what happened. Everyone can just assume I died.”

“No,” Caleb snaps with such fierceness that I look at him in surprise. Holding my gaze prisoner with his own, he doubles down, “Absolutely not.”

“Have I not been a good consort?” I ask. “Do you hate me so much that you would drag me back into imprisonment?”

“You have been a good consort,” Caleb says. “And it is precisely for that reason that I will not be leaving you here.”

“Please, Caleb…” Truly, I do not want to see him interact with the harem again, or worse. What if he does find his perfect mate when we return? Would I be forced to watch from his side as he cavorts around, fawning over some other woman?

I’d rather stay here, alone but safe for the rest of my life.

Caleb presses a knee onto the mattress and leans over me on the bed.

“I will not let you go,” he says fiercely. “I will not give up my favored consort.”

With that, he leans down and kisses me. It’s a claiming kind of kiss, with more bite than softness.

He’s reminding me that I still belong to him and that I always will, no matter where we are, inside the capital or not.

“There is no escaping me,” he growls and pushes me down onto the mattress again.

Two days later, Caleb is fully healed, doing pushups while I tend to the garden. He’s shirtless, leaving me entirely distracted – until a truck starts pulling up our driveway.

“In the house, Harper,” Caleb says, pushing himself up to his feet.

“No,” I tell him.

“Harper,” he growls.

“I told you before and I’ll tell you now,” I say. “If this is the enemy coming, then we’ll face them together.”

He opens his mouth like he wants to argue more, but the truck is moving at break-neck speeds up the drive. Instead, Caleb comes and stands directly before me…

As the truck comes closer, I see that it has the name of a catering company painted on the side. It skids to a stop beside the house, kicking dust up from the stone driveway.

Tristan hops out of the driver’s side. “King Caleb! I’ve returned. And I brought company.”

Seeing it’s Tristan, Caleb’s shoulders relax somewhat. He moves closer toward the truck, following Tristan as he moves around the back. I follow as well, staying back a few feet.

Relief rises in me, happy to see Tristan unharmed. At the same time, I feel dread, knowing there can be no more delay in Caleb’s return.

Tristan opens the back of the trunk, revealing a few of Caleb’s closest soldiers. They hop out of the back of the truck and line up. While they stand at attention, some cannot hide their pleased expressions, seeing their king again.

“I’ve brought a few loyal troops,” Tristan says. “They’ll be helpful discussing strategy. There are more still back in the underground. You have an army, my King, ready and waiting for your orders.”

“It’s good to see you alive, King Caleb,” says one of the bolder soldiers.

“I imagine so,” Caleb replies, “After that traitor George told everyone I was dead. As if I’d be felled by a bear and a handful of silver bullets.”

Tristan and I exchange a glance. It was a lot more than a handful of silver bullets. Plus, he also fell out of a window.

But I suppose telling too much truth to the soldiers might dim their hero worship. Right now, we need that sense of awe and surprise.

If everyone thinks he’s dead, it will ruin George all that much more when Caleb makes his grand return.

I’d still rather stay here, but I suppose a King’s return would be a sight worth seeing.

“We need to speed up our timeline,” Tristan says when the awestruck mood has mostly passed. “George has become emboldened in your absence. He is using planted bear soldiers to keep the Alpha Council prisoner. He is using threats against their families and entourages to ensure they don’t stand in the way of him crowning himself king.”

“That traitor wants to wear my crown?” Caleb asks, low and dangerous, the threat clear in his voice.

George made a huge mistake betraying a predator as fierce and deadly as Caleb. Caleb will never back down until he has retaken his throne and made George pay for usurping him.

“My King,” Tristan says. “It’s time for you to return. Your throne awaits.”

Caleb grins. “Finally.”

Chapter 107

Though Caleb is amped up to return to the capital and reclaim his throne, Tristan and the rest of the soldiers are showing a bit of fatigue.

In a quiet moment, away from the ears of the others, I speak gently to Caleb, “Tristan doesn’t look like he’s slept since he’s been gone. Perhaps leaving in the morning, after everyone has eaten and rested would be best.”

Caleb glares at me for the unsolicited advice. I expect a lecture, yet, the longer he looks at me, the more his features soften.

“Fine,” he says. “But feeding all of them is your responsibility.”

He likely means it as a punishment for my suggestion, but I know there is enough fish in the icebox. There’s also some ripe vegetables in the garden. We have enough food to feed the soldiers and ourselves. Honestly, I’m pleased to see none of it going to waste.

To Tristan, he says, “We’ll leave in the morning.”

Tristan nods, hiding his relief until Caleb’s back is turned.

Inside, I cook alone. Compared to having Caleb helping me, it feels slow and lonely, but I’m slowly moving toward acceptance once more.

In front of others, Caleb cannot act as anything less than a king. It would be an embarrassment, I suppose, for him to prepare his own. food.

I much prefer Caleb the man to Caleb the king, but I know I have no say in the matter.

When everyone has eaten, floor space is divvied up and claimed. Caleb looks at me, then tips his head toward the stairs.

“We’ll leave at dawn,” Caleb announces, then starts upstairs. Obediently, I follow along behind him. He enters the bedroom first. After I’ve entered, he closes the door behind me.

It’s our last night together like this – two people together in a country farmhouse. Back at the capital, any moments we share will be only ever between a king and a member of his harem. I will lose whatever human privileges I have.

As I stand at the foot of the bed, facing it, Caleb steps up behind me. Gently, he begins to undo the buttons of my dress. Leaning my head forward, I close my eyes, trying to burn each second of this softness into my memory.

Not that I mind when he’s rougher with me. Caleb always delivers on pleasure. But this tenderness… I know I’ll never have it again. That makes this moment all the more bittersweet.

Once the last button is undone, the entirety of my dress is only held up at the shoulders. Caleb pushes at my sleeves, tugging them off my shoulders. At once, the whole dress drops down to my waist, exposing my bare breasts. With another light tug, the dress rounds the curves of my hips and pools down on the floor.

He slides his index fingers under the sides of my panties and shifts them down. They fall to my ankles.

Behind me, I hear the shift of clothing. After a moment, when he presses his front against my back, I feel his hard muscles and warm skin. His dick is throbbing, pressing against the meat of my ass.

He lowers his lips to my ear. “We have company tonight, so you will have to be quiet. As much as I love hearing you scream…” He licks a long swipe up the shell of my ear. “Your noises are for me alone tonight. Do you understand?”

“Yes,” I say.

“Good.”

Grabbing my shoulders, he turns me to face him. When I do, I look up into his eyes.

He holds me at a distance at first, as his eyes drag down the length of my naked body. Then, when his gaze meets mine again, he drags me in and kisses me.

Without breaking our kiss, he slowly lowers me down onto the bed. He drags me up so that my head rests on the pillow, all while staying on top of me, crawling over me.

His hand finds my breast, his thumb flicking over my nipple.

“Caleb…” I gasp.

“Quiet, Harper,” Caleb whispers, his voice a deep rumble. “Or I will stop.”

“Don’t stop,” I whisper in reply.

“Don’t make me…” Dipping his head, he catches that same nipple with his mouth, lapping at it with his tongue.

I squeeze my eyes and mouth shut, as I push my head back against the pillow. My back arches upwards, giving him more access. He hums, pleased.

After a moment, he pops off that breast to give the other the same attention. This time, however, he also slides a hand low, teasing my clit.

I clench my teeth to keep from making a sound.

Keeping his thumb over my clit, he angles his hand around to simultaneously slip two fingers inside of me. What he feels is him removing his mouth and his fingers, so that he can look down at how wet they are.

“Your pussy is impatient,” he says, his voice a breath. “I better not keep it waiting.”

Pushing my legs apart, he angles himself between them. Holding his dick with one hand and my thigh with the other, he aligns himself with my entrance and slips inside.

Even biting my bottom lip, I can’t stop my moan. So I cover my mouth with one hand. With the other, I claw at the sheets, bunching them together in my closed fist.

Eyes hooded but watching me, he pushes in all the way to the hilt. The way he’s up on his knees, I anticipate a deep, rough ride. Instead, he leans over me, covering my body with his own, bringing his face very close to mine.

Like this, his thrusts are shallow, but gods, it still feels good.

What makes it more intense is, with how close his face is, I can look nowhere else but his eyes.

The way he looks at me, the way his hands find mine, even the way he’s thrusting in and out of me….

It is all so terribly tender it makes my heart sing and ache at the same time.

This isn’t fucking…

This is making love…

A sob claws at my throat, but I shove it down as I do all my other noises.

He doesn’t love me. This softness is a fluke. He just needs to be quiet.

My heart doesn’t understand though.

Gods, it feels so good… But it hurts so much…

I close my eyes.

“Look at me,” Caleb whispers, voice as deep as a growl. “Don’t you dare look away?”

I open my eyes again, watching his as he takes his pleasure in my body, and I find mine with his.

When I cum, he sees every inch of me, deep down to my soul. This close, I can hide nothing from him.

After, I found no sleep that night.

I roll out of bed before dawn and sneak downstairs to make breakfast. The soldiers were all awake to the scent of what was left of the bacon and eggs. I throw in some potatoes, and there’s enough for everyone.

After breakfast, I clean the kitchen, leaving it much like we found it.

While everyone else prepares the truck to leave, I stay in the kitchen, holding my small wolf keepsake in my hand. I’d meant to carry it forever as a memento of this adventure. But. Knowing the life I’m going back to, maybe it would hurt too much to be reminded of the freedoms and the softness of what happened in this farmhouse.

With a heavy heart, I place the figure down on the counter and turn my back.

“It’s time,” Caleb says. I didn’t notice him watching me from the doorway.

“I’m ready,” I say and moving past him, walk out of the house and to the truck without looking back.

Caleb watches Harper go, before turning his attention to the small steel wolf she left on the counter in the kitchen. She’d looked at it first. Her leaving it behind was intentional.

Maybe she wants to forget this place.

Maybe he should too.

Yet he still walks toward the counter and pockets the little wolf, before he turns to leave.

Chapter 108

Caleb and I, as well as most of the soldiers, sit in the back of the truck, while Tristan and one soldier sit up front. The ride to the capital is long, especially without a seat cushion, but not one of us complains.

Without any light from outside, we are left in total darkness. As the trip progresses, Caleb slips his arm around my waist and tugs me closer against his side, farther from the others.

“She is a member of my harem, soldier,” Caleb growls. “I don’t care how loyal you are, I will protect what’s mine.”

“I didn’t mean offense, King Caleb. I apologize,” says one of the soldiers.

“Apologize by controlling yourself,” Caleb adds.

I don’t understand what’s happening. In the dark, I can only make out shadowing figures. Still, I get the distinct impression Caleb just saved me from something, so after inching even closer to him, I put myself on guard to the rest of the people around me.

Another hour passes in uncomfortable silence. Then Caleb says, “We’re almost to the gates.”

“How can you tell?” I ask as the other soldiers shuffle, preparing their weaponry.

“I’m king,” he says, like that solves everything.

I continue to stare at where I think his face is in the dark. Eventually, he relents.

“I am the strongest Alpha in the kingdom, Harper. I can sense it.”

“Smell?”

“In part,” he says.

As I was never gifted a wolf myself, many of his abilities are a mystery to me. He acts as though he has some kind of sixth sense that lets him determine where he is in the kingdom by feeling alone. I don’t really know if I should believe such a thing is possible, but with Caleb, anything seems possible.

He’s so powerful, so strong and capable. He should have died falling out of that window. Instead, he’s here now like nothing ever physically happened to him. It’s a wonder.

He’s a wonder.

“Quiet now. We’re approaching the gates,” Caleb says.

We all still, feel as the truck comes to a stop. Through the walls of the back of the truck, I can hear muffled voices, but none of what is being said.

There’s a moment where Caleb’s hand clutches tighter around me. But, then, in the next instant, he relaxes again. The voices shout something, and the truck starts up again.

“We’re through,” Caleb says. We feel the shift as the truck descends down the corkscrew road, traveling deeper and deeper into the underground.

Once we reach the bottom, the road straightens out. We stay silent as the truck follows along a few roads, turning here and there. Eventually, we come to a stop again.

“We’re here,” Caleb says.

I brace myself, expecting a fight right away, even though logically, I know the plan was to meet at a safe house first to connect with Caleb’s other loyal soldiers.

Someone outside unlocks the back of the truck and the door pushes open. I squeeze my eyes against the sudden light. Even the dim light of the underground burns my eyes compared to the total darkness in the back of the truck.

One by one the soldiers file out. I follow along behind them, blinking quickly to try to help my eyes adjust.

As I do, I notice many disparaged people standing around an old warehouse, all of their eyes on the back of the truck.

It’s not me they are waiting to see so I quickly step out of the way.

Caleb hops out next. A few gasps sound from the crowd, along with a few, “Thank the gods.” Some of the people even fall to their knees, bowing before their returned king.

Caleb stands as regal as I’ve ever seen him, proudly taking in the sight. “My thanks to each and every one of you for standing against the traitor who has taken my place. When my crown is returned, I will see boons placed upon each of you as my gratitude for your loyalty.”

More people bow. An older woman near me starts crying.

Through their eyes, I can see how beloved Caleb truly is by his people. They don’t care how ruthless he can be within his palace walls. To them, they only see the man who provides.

Tristan then comes to Caleb’s side. “I’ll rally the troops. We’ll be ready to leave on your go.”

“How much time do we have before this ceremony?” Caleb asks, disdain clear in his voice.

“5 hours,” Tristan says.

“Good.”

As Tristan hurries off and the others return to their work, Caleb approaches me, takes me by the elbow, and drags me off to a corner of the warehouse.

There, he affixes me with a stern look. “This is where you will stay until I come and collect you again.”

“I can help,” I tell him at once.

He sighs as if he’d already resigned himself to this fight. “You can help, by staying out of the way.”

“I can wield a blade. The Pitmaster taught me.”.

“You could scarcely defend yourself against a few lions. How do you expect you would fare against bears and their silver bullets?”

“You are underestimating me,” I say, annoyed.

“I am impartially judging your level of ability, Harper. If I bring you into the palace with me, I will spend more time protecting you than I will fighting my own battles.”

“That’s not true.”

Maybe he’s right about the actual fighting part. I know my blade skills are mediocre at best, and wouldn’t do a hell of a lot against a bear with a gun. But I also know, that if I hadn’t been there when Caleb needed me, he would have been found and killed in that alleyway.

If I’m not there next time, who will shield him when he cannot shield himself? Can I fully trust even his most loyal soldiers to place his life above their own?

I don’t want to insult Caleb by suggesting he can’t take care of himself. He’d take that personally and will stop this argument with a firm No. That he is even entertaining this conversation at all means that I have a chance, however small, of convincing him to bring me along.

“I won’t be a burden. I can carry my own,” I say.

“Do you still have your knife?” he asks, frowning.

I reach into the pocket of my farm dress and withdraw my weapon. Still, on its cover, it looks more like a pen.

“And you expect that to take down a bear,” he says.

“It will take down whatever I need it to.”

Caleb narrows his eyes at me. “If that’s true, I propose this… If you can prove it, I will let you come. Otherwise, you will stay here without further argument.

“How can I prove it?” I ask him. I’m determined to prove myself, whatever it takes. Does he want me to show him the different stances I know? Perhaps he will roll in a training dummy or see my form as I lunge at some of the many wooden boxes in the room.

The corners of his mouth quirk upward into a smug kind of smile. “Easy. We have a duel.”

Chapter 109

Caleb and I move to the center of the warehouse. The soldiers and other loyal citizens make room for use. When word gets out that we are going to spare, we earn ourselves a sizeable crowd. They should be getting ready for the fight ahead, but I suppose watching the king spar with member of his harem is too curious a sight to ignore.

When he attacks the ceremony later today, Caleb will wear body armor, but he chooses nothing of the sort right now, wearing only a black t-shirt and black slacks with heavy black boots.

I’m still in my dress from the farm, though I’ve sliced a slit up the side to give myself more mobility. Caleb really doesn’t like that and has been glaring at that slit since I made it.

“Well?” he says, gesturing with one hand for me to attack him. “Come on. I’ll let you try twice before I do anything but dodge.”

“I don’t want to actually hurt you,” I say.

He laughs, as do a few onlookers.

“Consort, you can try your very best. See what happens. I promise you won’t hurt me.”

His cool dismissal of my talents lights a fire within me. I decide not to hold back.

Readying myself, I fall into one of the stances that the Pitmaster showed me. My knife is much smaller than the blade she provided me, but the principles are the same. My enemies are always going to be bigger than me.

I had to catch them by surprise. I had to be quicker.

Could I be quicker than the king of alphas?

Unlikely, but I was going to try my best.

In a flash, I rush forward, blade first. I slash at him.

He leans back, and my knife slices through the air, not once catching on his skin or the fabric of his shirt.

“That’s one attempt missed,” Caleb says, righting himself. “Try again.”

I use the momentum I already have, to continue a spin, then follow- through with a second attack, slicing upwards this time.

He turns to the side, moving at high speeds but with a smoothness that makes the action appear casual. He smirks like he’s proud, even though some of the onlookers chuckle again.

“That’s two,” Caleb says. “Remember, on this third one, I get to do more than dodge. Come at me again.”

Righting myself, I think about the best course of attack. I could angle for some kind of distraction technique. But the first thing that comes to mind is kissing him, not something I want to do in front of all these people, and not likely something I would do in an actual combat situation.

No, what I need to do is just stick to my guns.

I lower myself down low and prepare for my third and final attack.

Now!

I dart forward.

At the same moment, Caleb reaches out, grabs my outstretched wrists, and twists just enough to make me drop the knife. As it clatters onto the ground, he tugs me against him, trapping me with his arms around my waist.

“I win,” he says, smirking smugly down at me. The onlookers clap. Caleb ignores them. As he continues to stare at me, his good humor entirely fades.

Is he thinking, like I am, that his winning means my staying behind, which means this is goodbye?

“You need more training,” Caleb says, “but it will have to suffice for now. You will stay here with the other non-combatants. It should be safe here, but if the worst should happen…”

I can see now that his reason for leaving me behind isn’t just to keep me safe. It’s because I’m one of the few people he can trust to try to save his remaining loyal followers.

Leaning in, he whispers in my ear, “Do what you have to, to survive, Harper.”

“I will,” I tell him. His words have soothed some of the pain of losing so spectacularly.

Releasing his hold on me, he lifts a hand toward my face but doesn’t quite touch. It hovers for a long moment as he stares at me like he’s searching for something.

“King Caleb,” Tristan says, materializing nearby. “It’s time to go.”

Caleb looks at me a moment more, then turns without another word to me. With Tristan’s help, he straps on the armored vest, then, leading the soldiers, slips out through the side door with them following behind.

The plan, as I understand it, is for Caleb and the soldiers to slip in through an open servants’ entrance. They mean to enter undetected, making a grand entrance at the ceremony itself, running George’s plans in the most dramatic of fashions.

I worry for them, for Caleb and for Tristan, while also wishing I could be there to see the shock on George’s face.

The King is only gone fifteen minutes when another soldier bursts through the entrance of the warehouse, panting so hard, that he looks like he might keel over.

“Where is the king?” the soldier asks, looking around. “I have a message.”

“Rest yourself, son,” says one of the older woman non-combatants. “Sit down before you fall down.”

“No time. I have to deliver a message.”

“They’ve already left,” someone else says.

The young man curses.

“What’s the message,” I say, stepping forward.

The soldier looks at me confused. “Consort Harper. You’re alive?” This man must have worked in the palace, to recognize me.

“The message,” someone else presses, urgency in their voice.

“The servants’ entrance… the one we’d planned on using to enter… It’s been sealed off,” the out-of-breath soldier says. “There’s only one open entrance in and out of the palace and it’s highly guarded.”

“The soldiers will be stranded,” says a woman.

“Or they’ll be mowed down at the checkpoint.”

“I can take the message to them,” one of the others says, a boy too young for combat. He’s already rushing toward the door.

“Wait,” I say stopping him.

Several pairs of distrusting eyes turn to me.

“If you tell Caleb the way is shut, he will go through the one that is open, even if it leads to casualties. We need a different option to present to him. Does anyone have any other ideas?”

“He might not,” says one of the women. “My husband is with him. I’m not going to hold up this message so you can talk hypotheticals.”

“No,” the older woman says. “Harper’s right. The King will make a judgment call, and he has always been more prone to action than waiting.” The older woman nods to one of the other non-combatants. “Show her what’s in that crate over there.”

“This is wasting time,” says the impatient woman.

An older man leads me to a stack of crates. Inside is a supply of dynamite.

“They could blow it from outside,” the old woman says, but as it’s a servants’ entrance, the servants’ quarters are just inside. It could lead to many innocent casualties. But if the servants were warned. “But if they are warned before the explosives go off…”

I meet the old woman’s eyes and understand her intent. Someone has to go in and warn them.

“Does anyone have any servant clothes?” I ask.

“We’ve already abandoned our posts,” the older woman says. “If we are recognized, we will be immediately killed.”

“I’m not suggesting any of you go in…” I say.

The impatient woman frowns at me. “You can’t mean for it to be you.”

“If I’m caught, I might not be immediately killed,” I say. “I’m the only one who can say that. Give me the clothes. Someone else ran the dynamite to Caleb. But please tell him to give me a head start.”

“He won’t be pleased when he finds out it’s you who went inside,” the old man says.

“Then don’t tell him,” I say and rush to change.

Chapter 110

With no time to waste, as soon as I’m dressed, I rush out of the warehouse and head down the streets toward the palace.

My plan is flimsy at best, but someone has to take the risk to save those innocent servants. I’m not willing to let anyone else take the risk, despite my promise to Caleb.

He’s going to be mad as hell when he finds out, but… well, he can scold me afterwards, when that door crumbles down without hurting anyone and we are all safely out of this.

When I near the palace, I slow my run to a brisk, purposeful walk, not wanting to draw attention. Fortunately, Tristan’s intel was right. Even though the ceremony is in a few short hours, there are still tons of servants and vendors bustling in and out of the only open entrance.

Tempers are high, impatience flaring both from those waiting and those having to check every single ID. Eventually, the vendors and servants, pressed for time, start taking their chances, slipping past the checkpoint in waves. The soldiers, seemingly more annoyed that they were given this job than they care about the security of the palace, look the other way as the servants slip inside.

I stick close to one batch of servants and slip in with the next wave. At this point, the soldiers seem to give up entirely and just wave us through.

“Be quick about it, then. Steward George is losing patience with these delays,” says one of the soldiers, hurrying us through.

I keep my head down as I move away from the pack and towards the servants’ quarters. Unfortunately, the entrance to the quarters is barred by two familiar-looking soldiers. Traitors, who, during the battle, sided with George over their own king.

I turn my head away, but I’m not fast enough.

“Was that…?” one of them asks.

As I hurry away, he calls, “Hey, you! Wait!”

I can’t wait. Instead, I take off running. I’m not familiar with these lower floors, but I remember where the stairwell is. I rush there now, sliding around people. In the stairwell, I rush up, two stairs at a time. I’m a floor up when the door below opens.

“I swear to the gods, that servant looked like Harper from the harem,” says one soldier to another.

“You are imagining things,” says the other.

“Then why did she run?”

I rush up the stairs, but I only make it to the floor of my old room, before they get too close. In a panic, I dart out of the stairwell and rush through these old familiar hallways.

There, I turn a corner and collide with a familiar woman.

“Bethany?”

She gapes at me as I gape at her. “Harper? What are you doing here?”

“There isn’t much time,” I tell her. “They are going to catch me?”

“Who is?”

“Bethany, you have to warn the servants to move out of the lower floors of the servants’ quarters. Caleb and the others are going to use explosives to get through the door and -“

“There she is! Servant! Stop that woman.”

To protect Bethany’s reputation, I grab her by the shoulders and pretend we’re grappling.

“There’s no time,” I tell her with urgency. “Tell them. Get as many people clear as you can.”

“I will,” she assures me, just as the soldiers arrive.

They grab me by the arms and yank me back. The soldier who suspected me gets a good look.

“It is her! Look!”

The other guard peers at me. “I’ll be damned. We thought you were dead.”

“Maybe she knows where the King’s body is,” the first soldier says.

The other guard shakes his head. “Better to leave this to George.”

“Steward George,” says the first guard. “If you keep forgetting, you’ll get us assigned an even worse duty.”

“Shit,” the other guard says.

As they drag me off, I glance behind me, relieved to see Bethany already turning the other direction, toward the servants’ quarters on this floor.

The two guards drag me up the stairwell, then down the hallway to the doors leading to the hall.

“Keep her here,” says the first guard. “I’ll go in and see if George is of a mind to see her.”

As the second guard nods, the first slips into the room. It takes a few minutes, but then an angry booming voice erupts so loudly, I can hear it even from the hallway.

“Bring her here at once, you imbecile!”

The second guard doesn’t wait for the first to reemerge before he shoves open the door to the Hall and drags me inside.

With the Hall, decorations are still being arranged. Servants are on tall ladders, draping silver streamers around the beams in the ceiling. Others are setting up tables near the side of the room, and covering them with silver tablecloths.

One is unrolling a long narrow carpet down the center of the room, from the doorway to the throne. At the end of it, standing just in front of the stage that holds the throne, stands George.

The first guard rushes down the carpet toward us. The servant laying the carpet glares at him behind his back.

“Now. Now. Faster,” the first guard says.

Each grabbed one of my arms, and the two servants rushed me to the front of the room. They force me down to my knees in front of George, who stares down his nose at me.

Roughly, he grabs me by the chin and lifts my face upwards to see my face.

“So it is you. Harper, of the fallen King’s harem. The fallen King’s favorite,” George sneers.

Calling him fallen is premature, but knowing surprise is to Caleb’s advantage, I don’t correct George now.

“Dressed as a servant, sneaking through my palace,” George continues.

This palace does not belong to you. I bite back at the words.

Although to George, he must believe that he does. He’s already wearing some of Caleb’s clothing, garments of a monarch, with golden trim woven through the seams. As George is much narrower and smaller than Caleb, the clothes are ill-fitting. The addition of a gaudy silver belt does not hide it, making it bunched in places instead.

The other vendors are rushing. But the tailors likely had to tell George no outright.

I wonder what became of them.

“I assumed you died,” George says. His finger strokes the side of my cheek. When I try to shrink away from him, he grips me harder at the chin. “Why have you come back? What is it you hope to accomplish?”

I keep my mouth closed, refusing to answer his questions.

“It is in your best interest if you talk to me now,” George says. “Else I’ll have to mar that pretty face of yours. Wouldn’t that be a waste?” He smirks with malice. “You know, after I am crowned, everything that belonged to him will belong to me instead. Including his harem. Including you.”

If he tries it, I will fight back tooth and nail, whatever it takes to stop him. He will not find me a willing victim, no matter if he wears the crown or not.

If it even comes to that.

Down below, back in the underground, I imagine Caleb has received the message and the dynamite. It’s only a matter of time before George’s plans and dreams go up in literal smoke.

Caleb grabs the messenger by the front of his shirt. “You let Harper go in there? Alone?”

“King Caleb,” Tristan says, a soft warning that Caleb is getting distracted.

With the dynamite, they will lose their initial surprise.

Shoving the messenger away, Caleb turns to Tristan instead. “This ramps up our timeline. I don’t care if the timing doesn’t match up. We are moving everything forward.”

“Yes, King Caleb.”

Thinking of Harper, Caleb’s blood pressure skyrockets.

If she’s not dead by the time he gets there, he might just kill her himself for causing him all this worry.

If she’d just stayed…

Of all the times to defy him.

“Get that dynamite in place,” Caleb barks. “Everyone get ready. Stealth is no longer an option.”

The soldiers salute.

Someday he will find a way to force Harper to actually listen to his commands.

If she’s alive.

He growls, low and dangerous, already feeling the shift of his inner wolf pull at him.

お金金

SEND GIFT or GCASH: +63.936.139.8714

COMMENT

Subscribe

♡
Prev | Next

The Lycan King’s Defiant Surrogate by Riley Above Story (Chapters 91 to 100)

Chapter 91

“You would fight me,” Samuel repeats slowly, as if in disbelief. “For him.”

“Not just for him, but for your sense of honor as well as mine,” I tell him. With that wild look in his eye, I don’t trust him enough to even turn my back on him for a minute. Of all the dangers out here, the invaders and the bullets and the raging bears, I never thought Samuel was someone I would have to be afraid of.

Or someone that I would have to protect others from.

Yet here we are.

“You’re crazy,” Samuel says like I’m the one who’s in the wrong. “You are absolutely insane.”

“Then it shouldn’t matter to you what happens to me from here on,” I say. “Turn around and leave.” I still need his help to move Caleb, but I’m not going to let Samuel anywhere near Caleb after the things he said tonight.

“Whatever, you crazy bitch,” Samuel says, finally backing away. “When the bears attack you, and you are left all on your own, I hope you remember this moment and how you pushed me away.”

I don’t move, don’t even lower my knife until he’s backed far enough away that he is outside of the alley. Once he turns and disappears. down the street, I return to Caleb’s side. Returning the knife to his sheath between my breasts, I grab at Caleb’s arm again and pulling, try to drag him into a more secluded corner of the alleyway.

We make it about two inches before my strength gives out and I flop down on my ass. Caleb is of tall stature with all muscle. He’s heavy, far heavier than I can hope to carry. But where there’s a will, there’s a way.

Determined, I push myself to my feet. This time, I try grabbing him around the middle and tugging. I yank with all my strength, but again, we don’t go anywhere.

Caleb grumbles this time and peeks one eye open, just slightly. “Harper?”

I shush him at once. It’s dark back here, but if anyone hears any talking they will certainly try to investigate.

“What’s happening?” he asks, quieter this time. His voice is wrecked, sounding like it’s caught somewhere between wolf and man.

“You fell from a window,” I tell him.

He grunts. “That’s why I can’t move. All of my bones are broken…” He exhales a wheezing breath. “Shit.”

“Just stay quiet, I’m going to try to get us out of this.” I look around. There’s a flat board leaning up against one side. If I could get Caleb onto that, and then find something ball-shaped to put underneath it.

It takes me a while to realize Caleb is watching me.

When I meet his gaze, he says, “You have to leave me here.”

Thinking I misheard, I inch closer. “What?”

“You can’t carry me. They’ll find us both. They’ll kill me, but I don’t want to think what they’ll do to you.”

“I’m not going anywhere.”

He groans, and I’m not sure it’s just from the pain. “I am King, damn it. And I command you to leave me behind.”

I roll my eyes at him. “You can punish me for disobeying you when we survive this.”

Then, with renewed effort, I grab his shoulder and try to yank most of his weight over my back. He must help a little, shifting and kicking his legs.

Together, we make it toward the corner of the alley, falling behind some boxes before we both pant with exertion. Caleb is stretched out on top of me, I turn to hold him in my arms.

“Harper…” he says, breathy now. He’s weak and winded, soon to fall unconscious again. “Run…”

“Hush,” I tell him.

Then, suddenly, the sound of hurried footsteps stops just outside the alley.

“Have you checked down here?” one of the soldiers asks.

I freeze, afraid to move. Caleb is totally slack now, unconscious again.

The light of a flashlight beam peers into the alley. It searches this way and that, all from the safety of the street. Yet from that angle, the light never quite reaches our corner. We’re safely blocked by the edge of the building.

The flashlight moves away, returning the alley to darkness.

“Nothing in there.”

“Well, he has to be here somewhere. The wolf didn’t just sprout wings and fly away. Keep looking.”

“Yes, sir!” says the other two.

All of them move away.

I exhale in relief. We are not out of the woods, far from it, but at least the immediate danger has passed.

It’s only a matter of time, though, isn’t it? I very well can’t carry Caleb out of danger on my own, and sooner or later, someone will think to check this alleyway.

In the quiet, other questions begin to formulate inside my mind.

For this scale of an attack to happen, for it to be this successful, something must have gone fundamentally wrong.

More likely, someone or one betrayed the King. This had to be an inside job. All of these bear soldiers didn’t just parachute into the premises. For them to be where they were, they already had to be inside somehow.

How long have they been infiltrating?

And who was the one, right under Caleb’s nose, who orchestrated all of this.

An Alpha, waiting for a chance to usurp the throne? But they’d still have to wrangle power from the bears unless the bears promised a partnership.

Still, as prideful as Alpha wolves are, I struggle to imagine them wanting to rule with anyone, especially not the bears.

Who then? Someone who has been seething under the King’s rule, and wanted him out of the way, no matter the overall cost?

Someone who wanted chaos?

Someone who wanted death?

My brain starts to hurt trying to think of the possibilities.

Well, whoever it is, and for whatever reason, I have to make sure those plans are fruitless. Maybe they managed to sew chaos for a time, but they would not win in the end. The King will survive this.

I hear a whistle noise and freeze again. There are no birds this far underground. Again, I hear the sound as it draws closer. Then, a slight sound like someone is sniffing.

With Caleb draped over me, I can’t even reach my knife anymore to defend us. But still, I hold my breath and brace myself. I will fight if I have to. Somehow I will find the strength.

The whistle sounds again, closer. Someone has stepped into the alleyway. They move swiftly and silently. I can’t hear them at all. I only see them when they step in front of a broken window and a hint of light reflects off the side of their face.

It’s a man, tall with broad shoulders. I wish I could see more, but I can’t from my position.

My only relief is that he doesn’t seem to be holding a gun.

I might have a chance. If he tries to physically attack us, I might be able to reach my knife and slash him.

He whistles again, a sharp high sound followed immediately by a low sound.

I don’t make a noise. I don’t move a muscle, except for my heart which thunders wildly.

Like he can hear it, the man turns to look at me. He looks me right in the eyes.

Chapter 92

The man moves closer, coming right for us. I tense all of my muscles, ready to fight, when I blink and realize the identity of the man in question.

It’s Tristan.

Breathe exhales my lungs so sharply, I feel like it’s been punched out of me. Tears well in my eyes, relief flooding through me.

Tristan is here. He’s Caleb’s Beta. He’ll know what to do.

“Harper,” he says with realization. Some of his own tension eases from him, as he comes closer and helps slide Caleb onto his side, off of me. “Is he?”

“Alive,” I tell him.

Tristan touches Caleb’s neck to be sure. “Thank the gods.”

“He fell from a window. Most of his bones are broken, he said.”

“was he awake?”

“Briefly,” I say.

Tristan exhales and nods. “Good. That’s good.”

Tristan has blood splatter on his face and his knuckles are cracked like he’d done some serious punching. He’s changed since I last saw him, now wearing the same black soldier uniform that looks suspiciously like the enemies…

My nerves start to itch again. “Tristan? Why are you wearing that?”

He glances down. “Oh. It’s easier to move among the enemy if they can’t immediately tell you don’t belong.”

That’s a reasonable explanation but it still makes me nervous. I hold onto Caleb’s arm a little tighter than before.

Tristan notices. “I’ve sworn a blood oath of loyalty to King Caleb. Do you know what that means?”

Vaguely. It’s hard to remember now with my adrenaline so out of control.

He takes my silence for ignorance and continues, “I cannot physically act against that oath. If I were to be disloyal to my King, it would kill me. That is the oath I took as Beta. Caleb is my leader, but he is also like a brother to me.”

I want to believe him but… “I don’t know.”

“Watch,” Tristan says. He pulls out a knife. My panic heightens, but instead of going for Caleb’s chest, he moves toward the arm I’m holding. Lightly, he traces a small scratch over the back of that arm. It bleeds a little but heals quickly. Tristan turns his arm so that I can see. The same scratch he gave Caleb is mirrored onto his own skin, but much, much deeper. His blood comes rushing out.

“Stop,” I gasp.

“It’s fine,” he says and lowers his sleeve. “I am not as strong as our King but I will heal quickly. It was more important for you to see that I am trustworthy, especially as what I’m about to ask you to do will not be without danger.”

“Thank you,” I say, because while I don’t like seeing either of them hurt, it does make it easier to trust.

Kneeling beside Caleb, Tristan more thoroughly inspects him. Already I can see that some of Caleb’s bruises are fading and the harsh angle to his broken bones is snapping back into place.

“We can assume that Caleb will not be able to help us with his escape. Even after his body heals, he will need time to rest and recuperate. These bullets are silver, we will have to pry them out.”

I could see, where he was pointing, that the skin couldn’t fully heal over the bullet wounds in his chest. Gods, it all looked so painful.

“We can’t do that here,” I say. “If he wakes up again…”

“You need to find him some clothes. I will find us a car.”

“A car? I don’t understand. Shouldn’t we help the guard retake the capital?”

Tristan looks at me with pity. It’s much different than his usual boredom and I hate it. When things are normal, he’s bored. I want things to be normal.

“We don’t know who we can trust here,” Tristan says. “But I know exactly who we can’t trust. And until we remove him from power and authority, it would be unwise to bring Caleb back under that roof. We need to escape and regroup. Let the King heal. Then we come back and destroy them.”

“Destroy who? Who can’t we trust?” He clearly knows more than I do, perhaps from slinking around behind enemy lines.

“George. Caleb’s Gamma. One of his closest advisors,” Tristan says.

“The one who never agreed with him.”

Tristan nods. “Caleb always thought some dissenting voices were good in his council. I have no idea how long George disagreed.” His lip curls in disgust. “When this is over, I will ask him myself. Preferably with my knife in his gut.”

Seeing he was getting angry, I tried to redirect his attention. “I can search for clothing in the nearby houses, but how will you get a car? And we shouldn’t leave him like this.”

“No.” He sighs. “Truthfully, I was going to send you for clothes and sneak Caleb away, but now…”

“You were going to leave me?” I gasp.

Tristan motions toward my wrist, where Caleb has wrapped his hand around it tightly. In the excitement, I hadn’t even noticed.

“No chance of that now,” Tristan says. “You say here. I will find a car and clothes. Wait for my signal.”

I imagine I already know the signal. That horrible whistling.

“Alright,” I agree.

Tristan quietly slips away, and I continue to worry. I don’t know how long it takes but it feels like hours, constantly on guard.

Then, at last, I hear the whistle.

Tristan sneaks back into the alley, carrying dark clothes for Caleb.

Together we dress him. Then, together, though with mostly Tristan carrying the weight, we pull him from the alley. Tristan drapes him across the backseat and hurriedly instructs me to lay beside him. He covers us both with a blanket, making sure both our feet and heads are hidden.

“Don’t move until you feel sunshine. Don’t even breathe,” Tristan says and closes the door. He gets in again, in the driver’s seat, I presume. The car starts and Tristan drives.

I do not move or breathe.

“We’re coming up to the checkpoint,” Tristan says. “Keep your head down.”

Slowly the car rolls to a stop. Tristan puts the window down.

“Get that gun out of my face,” Tristan snaps, twinging his words with a different kind of accent. The kind they use in the north.

“Oh, sorry, brother. We didn’t realize you were on our side. Where the hell are you going in this? The war is still on.”

“Have you seen this car? I’d be a fool to leave this behind.”

“Sure. But the war -“

“The worst of the fighting is done, as you well know. The higher-ups are going to be calling us out soon, and they aren’t going to allow for looting. Let me by in this beauty, and I’ll promise you a ride later.”

“Looting isn’t permitted…”

“See my knuckles?” Tristan says. “Guess how many wolf bastards I beat to death with my bare hands.”

“What if I guess right?”

“I’ll let you have the car,” Tristan says.

That’s a lie. Tristan isn’t giving up this car. He can’t, not without betraying Caleb. I believe he wouldn’t do that even if the blood oath wasn’t in effect.

He said himself, Caleb is like a brother.

“Ten,” the man says.

“Eleven,” Tristan replies smoothly.

“You’re full of shit,” the man at the checkpoint says, though he’s laughing.

“That means you’ll let me through?” Tristan asks.

“No, man. No looting means no looting. Not even for our brothers.”

Shit. How are we going to get out of here now?

“Shame,” Tristan says. “I was really hoping this might be this easy.”

Then, suddenly, the car veers forward like a bat out of the hell.

“Hey!” the man at the checkpoint shouts.

Then the shooting starts. Glass shatters, and the back windshield is blown out.

Tristan only accelerates more, then abruptly turns up the spiral road that leads us out of here.

Gods, do we even stand a chance?

Chapter 93

The road that leads out of the caverns is a winding spiral. Tires screech as we go around and around, up and up, Tristan never once taking his foot off of the pedal.
In the backseat, as I cling to Caleb’s unconscious body, the force of the turning pushes us back into the seat. The blanket that’s covering us comes loose, and over it, I can suddenly see out and up through the shattered back window to the lights flashing as we rush by them.
Remembering there are more guards at the top, I grab the blanket and yank it back over Caleb and me.
Tristan doesn’t slow the entire way, not even near the top, when sunlight finally beams in.
“Hey! Stop!”
The car accelerates, flying forward. More gunfire. The back windows shatter. The back of the car swerves but Tristan somehow keeps it from spinning out.
Suddenly, the wood breaks and shatters. Splinters fly in through the car.
More men and women should be after us.
Then, eventually, I hear only the rumble of the car engine, the clank of something broken dangling off the side door of the car, and the wind.
Are we free? Have we escaped somehow? I dare not hope to dream, so I keep hiding, coiling protectively over Caleb’s bruised and broken body.
I don’t know how long I stay in this state, adrenaline surging, trapped in fear and uncertainty, but it feels like a long time. A few hours at least.
Finally, the car rolls to a stop, and Tristan cuts off the engine.
“We’re here,” he says.
Where’s here?
Pushing back the blanket, I smell the scent of fresh grasses and hear the rustle of trees.
Tristan disappears from the driver’s seat. Beyond him, I can see that every window in the car, including the windshield has been shot out.
Slowly, I sit up. We’ve journeyed up a long dirt road, stopping beside an old farmhouse with sun-bleached blue siding. Out front looks to be a patch of dirt with some vegetables growing, but also some weeds. Everywhere else is covered with tall grasses.
I’d been trapped in the capital for so long that I’d almost forgotten places like this existed.
Tristan comes around to the outside of the back door. He tries to pull it open. It won’t budge. With a growl, he pulls it harder. This time, then entire door falls off. He shoves it aside with a huff, then reaches in to help me out.
“Where are we?” I ask him.
“Off-grid,” he says curtly, in the kind of way that makes me feel like that’s the best answer I can hope for.
Maybe it is. As long as we’re safe, I don’t particularly care where we are.
“Let’s get him inside,” Tristan says.
Together, though admittedly with Tristan carrying more of Caleb’s weight than me, we manage to get Caleb up the front steps of the farmhouse and then in through the front door.
The house is decorated nicely, albeit with a thin layer of dust on everything. It seems like a family lived here once, maybe a long time ag,o and then disappeared, taking nothing with them.
I tried not to think too hard about the implications of that. The house itself seems nice peaceful, and safe. For now, that is enough.
We carry Caleb in. I try to head for the couch, but Tristan leads us to the kitchen table.
“He needs to rest,” I argue.
“He needs those silver bullets out of him,” Tristan replies.
Caleb’s chest is still bleeding. As much as I don’t want to admit it, or participate in what’s going to come after, I agree.
So we lift Caleb up onto the kitchen table and roll him onto his back.
“I’m going to need a knife,” Tristan says. “The wounds are trying to heal. I’ll have to make new incisions to get those bullets out.”
I head into the kitchen, searching through the drawers. At last, I find a sharp steak knife, after tossing aside three or four that were too dull.
“Will this work?” I ask Tristan.
His face is grim with the work he must now perform.
“Find some towels and get fresh water from the pump outside,” Tristan says. “This isn’t going to be pleasant.”
I hurry to follow his orders.
While Tristan works to remove the bullets from Caleb’s chest, Caleb blessedly does not awaken. In his sleep, he merely grunts now and then as the bullets are pried from under his skin one by one.
I do my best to clean the wounds after the silver has been removed when Tristan moves on to the next one.
It takes several hours. When we finish, I step out onto the porch for fresh air.
Tristan joins me, after a while. “He’ll be fine now. Thanks to you. After some time to recover, he will be his old self again.”
I nod, glad for it, while also conflicted. Caleb is a ruthless tyrant. Did I make the right choice?
Tristan and I look out over the swaying grasses and the trees beyond. Everything is so isolated here. Peaceful. So different than what my life has been like for the past few months. Hells, maybe ever.
“You could have run in the chaos,” Tristan says. “No one would have known. The King might have died. Everything would have been different…”

I’m not sure I believe that. Even after what I’ve seen today, prying those bullets from Caleb’s body, I’m still not sure I believe he has any weakness at all. He would have found some way to survive. I’m sure of it.
“Why didn’t you run?” Tristan asks. He’s looking right at me now.
I don’t know the answer. Not really.
The smarter move would have been to run, to live my life free, with a chance to be happy whether with Samuel or not. Instead, I tethered myself to Caleb.
“I couldn’t let him die,” I say.
“Why not?” Tristan asks. “After the way he treated you, you might not have even lived with any blame.”
“That’s not how it would work for me,” I say. “But I didn’t do it just to keep from feeling guilty.”
Tristan lifts a lone brow.

I don’t really want to admit the depths of my feelings for Caleb to Tristan, but there’s something about this place that calms me. It makes it easier for me to open up. Maybe because it’s so quiet.
“My feelings for Caleb are… complicated,” I say. Even as peace, that’s the most I can manage.
It seems to be enough for Tristan. He looks forward again, and we both watch the tree line in silence for a while.
Caleb blinks away in an unknown room, on a hard kitchen table that wreaks of his own blood and silver. Someone is trying to kill him.
He won’t go down quietly.
Hopping off the table, he starts to growl. He doesn’t know where he is. None of this looks or smells familiar.
Someone smuggled him out of the city. Maybe they don’t mean to kill him, then. Maybe they simply want to use him as blackmail.
He won’t allow that either.
Then, suddenly, a woman enters the living room of this quaint house. At a glance, she seems familiar, but Caleb’s mind is so fogged with unpleasant memories and pain, that he can only think of one word.
Traitor.
He lunges.

Chapter 94

Caleb’s vision is red as he closes his hands around the traitor’s throat. He has her up against the wall, her feet. dangling, kicking wildly. She claws at Caleb’s hands with her dull human fingernails, as if that would ever be enough for him to not see justice done.

“C-Caleb…” she gasps, the villain, trying to manipulate him by saying his name so informally. She and her cohorts may have absconded him from his capital, but no matter where he goes, he will always be king.

“That’s King Caleb,” he growls.

A warm drop of water drips down onto his hand. He’s indoors. How could it be raining? No, it’s not rain. The drop was a tear from the traitor…

Something shifts in the back of Caleb’s mind. He knows this person… She’s…

Pain bursts in his head, his headache overcoming him so quickly that he stumbles backward. The traitor slips from his grasp and falls to her knees near the baseboards…

Clutching his head with both hands, Caleb cries out. What is he forgetting? Why does it hurt? Why does everything hurt so much? He’d pushed his body hard in pursuit of the traitor, but now he was feeling the effects. His limbs felt heavy, his body sluggish.

“It’s alright, King Caleb,” the woman says as she crawls closer to where he’s brought low, crumpled over in pain and weariness. “You’re safe here.”

He shouldn’t believe her. She likely wants to kill him or use him for blackmail, yet… even though he had gripped her by the neck, as she shuffles closer, it’s compassion he sees in her eyes.

How can this be?

Blinking a few times, the red clears from his vision. And he sees, the woman is Harper.

“It’s okay,” she says, hands in front of her like she’s trying to calm a wounded animal. Maybe that’s exactly what Caleb really is.

He places his hand on his chest, realizing now that his wounds are bandaged. “What happened to me…?”

“Tristan and I got you out of the city,” Harper says. “We’re at some safe house… How much do you remember?”

“A lot of it is a blur,” Caleb says. His head still hurts but it’s not as bad now, allowing him more presence of mind to think and remember.

“You fell out of a window,” Harper says, filling in some of the blanks.

Caleb remembers… He was separated from Harper. He tried to get back to her by following her scent, but she was already long gone when he was confronted by his advisor.

His Gamma.

George.

The man had looked so damn confident and so pleased with himself, almost to the point of glee. He’d cornered Caleb against a set of windows, flanked on either side by massive alpha bears. Behind George were more bears, soldiers, and so many guns filled with silver bullets.

It would take a lot to actually kill an alpha as strong as Caleb, but at that moment, Caleb knew he was facing his own death.

“Long live the King,” George mocked, as he signaled the soldiers to fire.

As the silver bullets tore through Caleb, he turned and jumped through the window. On the way down, his final thought…

Harper… Run.

“I was betrayed,” Caleb says now, to Harper in this dusty old house. “My Gamma…”

“We’ll make him pay,” says Tristan as he walks in through the front door. “Glad to see you alive, King Caleb, but you are in no shape to be moving around just yet.”

“Well, you left me on the damn table,” Caleb snaps, with no real heat behind it.

“We had to let your wounds heal some before we tried moving you again,” Tristan says flatly. “We pulled sixty-three silver bullets out of you, and I’m still not totally sure we got them all.”

Caleb gently twists his body this way and that, feeling each poke of discomfort. “That explains why I feel like Swiss cheese. Help me to the couch then, damn it.”

Tristan and Harper both help Caleb to his feet and together they shuffle toward the floral-pattern couch against the wall.

“A bed would be better,” Harper says.

“All the bedrooms are upstairs,” Tristan says.

Caleb, tough as he is, would not likely make it up a set of stairs right now. He feels like he might collapse just from inching across the floor.

A growl rises up in the back of his throat. He hates how helpless he feels. Like he’s a damn kid again.

He glances at Harper and sees the red marks around her neck. He did that. Shit. Maybe it would be better if he was weaker.

This situation hasn’t helped his paranoia or his rage. Even though she’s helping him, Caleb still finds himself suspicious of Harper’s presence. She shouldn’t have hurt her though.

Gods, he needs to get a grip.

When the reaches the couch, he collapses down onto it. It’s too small for him. He has to dangle his feet off the side.

“Harper,” Tristan says. “Why don’t you go see if there is any food in that kitchen?”

Harper looks between Tristan and Caleb, likely knowing she is being dismissed, before turning and leaving the room.

Tristan drops to sit on top of the coffee table. “Ask.”

Caleb makes certain Harper is out of earshot, before saying, “Can we trust her?”

“You’d be dead without her,” Tristan says blandly. “She sought you out and protected you until I could get there.” Tristan glances to the side.

“You aren’t telling me everything,” Caleb says. “I would know the full truth. Now.”

Tristan sighs. “She could have escaped. I saw that Alpha Samuel sniffing around where you and she were hidden. He likely tried to convince her though I have no proof of it.”

“But she didn’t…”

“No. She stayed with you and protected you. She watched you while I secured a car.” Tristan frowns. “A car I very much need to get rid of.”

“Drive it into a lake and watch it sink to the bottom,” Caleb says. “My blood is likely all over it. We can’t have any trackers find their way here.”

“Agreed,” Tristan says. He glances over his shoulder toward the kitchen. “I’ll stop for supplies on the way back. She won’t find anything in that kitchen.”

“Good,” Caleb says. From here, he can see Harper stretch to look up in a high cabinet. She’s still wearing that tattered dress from the gala, but it’s basically rags now. “I could use some time alone with my savior.”

Tristan has no reaction to that. “I’ll return in the morning,” Tristan says.

At Caleb’s nod, Tristan stands and walks out the front door. As the screen door slams behind him, Harper returns to the living room carrying a can so old it doesn’t have a label on it anymore.

“Was that Tristan leaving?” she asks. From here, they can hear the car engine start-up.

“Yes,” Caleb says. “He’ll get us some supplies.”

“That’s a relief,” Harper says, holding up the can. “I don’t think anyone’s been here in fifty years. Everything’s expired.” She starts to place the can down on the kitchen table but then stops herself at the last moment. With a frown, she takes a step away from the table.

Caleb feels endeared to her in this moment, for all she’s done for him.

“Come here, consort,” he commands. He pats his thigh, gesturing for her to sit on his lap. “Come and get your reward for protecting your King.”

Chapter 95

Caleb pats his thigh like he wants me to come sit on his lap. He can’t be serious. The man could barely walk across the room on his own and now he wants to have sex?

“We should wait,” I start to say.

His eyes narrow. “You dare deny your king?” He adds a frown. “Or do you think your king is incapable? Do you doubt my virility?”

He’s proven himself substantially virile time and again. I have no doubt that even as exhausted as I must be, he would still somehow manage to bring us both to the edge of pleasure again and again.

Under normal circumstances, I might even be excited to join him. As he is, I could ride him, finally being the one to bring us both to that precipice. But not like this.

“Two hours ago, we were pulling silver bullets out of your chest,” I say.

His voice dropping low, he says, “Do not make me come and get you, consort. Get over here. Now.”

He’s using his stern alpha voice, which instinctively makes me want to comply. Or maybe I just like the way his voice pitches low and sexy.

The thought of having him so close to losing him, to reaffirming myself that he is alive… is not unwelcomed.

As I take a step toward him, his demeanor immediately shifts to pleased, his lip quirking up into a smirk. His hand moves to the zipper of his pants and he pulls it down.

Uncertainty still grips me, even as I spread my knees onto either side of him and lower myself down over him on the couch.

His hand reaches up, snatching a fistful of my hair. He tugs, angling my chin back, and exposing my throat. Then, gently, he leans in and places soft kisses over the red marks he left there when he had been confused and attacked me.

I hum. His mouth is so warm. It feels so good against my skin, especially when he adds his tongue.

I clutch at his shoulders with both hands. Slowly, I start to lift myself and then sink down onto him.

He tenses slightly, hissing.

I freeze.

“Keep going,” he grunts.

“No,” I say.

“Harper. Now.”

“No,” I say more fiercely. Gently, I lift myself up and off of him, and then move away from the couch.

“You would deny me?!” he bellows, furious. His muscles shift like he’s trying to stand, but he’s too weak to stand up from the couch. He growls instead, but it’s not nearly as intimidating when he can’t move.

“Yes!” I snap back, which seems to startle us both. Too late to back down now, I press on, “When I have sex with a partner, I only want it to be pleasurable for us both.”

“A partner,” Caleb growls, and this time he does manage to push himself upright, his fingers clawing at the armrest of the couch. “Who the fuck do you think you’ll be sleeping with other than me?”

“I didn’t mean it that way,” I say.

“Didn’t you?”

Gods, he’s so stubborn. “I just don’t want to sleep with you if you are hurt! That’s shouldn’t be that hard to understand!”

He’s glaring at me like he hates me, and it cuts me deeply.

I should have known things wouldn’t have changed. It doesn’t matter that I saved his life, or that we are outside of the capital. He is still a demon, and I should have known better than to follow my confused feelings.

I don’t even want to be in the same room with him right now. I turn toward the stairs, eager to explore the rest of the house.

“Where the hell are you going?”

“To find some clean clothes,” I tell him. I take the stairs two at a time and don’t look back.

Eventually, once the shooting and the screaming ends, Bethany crawls out from under her bed. There are so many safe rooms in the capital but each one she tried was taken with people of higher rank than her, unwilling to share their space with her. In the end, with nowhere else to go, she retreated back to her room.

Fortunately, aside from one guard who briefly passed by the room, and didn’t spot her, she was safe.

Despite the quiet now, Bethany has no idea what to expect as she walks out the door. She’s greeted with more silence in the hallways. Down toward the Hall, one of the older slaves seems to have at least taken charge.

He spots Bethany at once and waves her over. “We need to clean this Hall out as soon as possible,” he says. “The Gamma George is going to be stepping up as the King’s Steward in the King’s absence. He’s insisted he has control of the Hall.”

It’s not in a slave’s nature to talk back, but in the absence of any real authority here, Bethany feels emboldened. She’s also worried about Harper. The last Bethany saw her, she was with the King. If something happened to him, something likely happened to her as well.

“Where is the King?” Bethany asks. “Is he missing?”

“He’s dead.”

Bethany freezes, shocked. She didn’t think anyone or anything could take down the King. How could this even happen? None of this makes sense.

“Get to work,” the man says, giving Bethany a shove toward the door of the Hall. “And if you throw up, you are the one who has to clean it up.”

“Why would I…?” Bethany starts, but her voice fails as she steps into the carnage of the Hall.

Whatever bodies that would have been left from this attack were cleared from the room, but the blood remains. It smells reek of blood and immediately, Bethany recoils.

“Here,” another slave says, handing Bethany a mask and a pair of gloves. “Grab one of the mops and get out to the balcony. An alpha was brought low out there.” Almost as an afterthought, they add, “Pick up the silver bullets but be careful not to touch them with your bare hands. Any wolf in you, that silver will burn.”

“Thanks for the warning,” Bethany says, her stomach twisting. At least, she thinks, she’ll be outside on the balcony and hopefully, the air will flow better.

She tries not to look at the ground on her way to the balcony. Once she’s there, she has to be waved through by one of the guards.

At least the guards have seemed to regain control of the capital. During the attack, it had seemed like that would never happen.

Although… Bethany pauses and looks at the guard again. He’s not one she immediately recognizes. She’s been here a long time and knows most of the people that are enslaved and assigned here.

It’s possible this guard was brought in from elsewhere during the attack, but the way he’s carrying himself, it seems so… odd. The guards here are all trained to stand a certain way. This soldier isn’t doing that at all.

It’s the shoes that fully give him away. This soldier has boots with thick tread the kind needed for heavy snow. Soldiers here are not assigned those kinds of boots because they just aren’t needed.

But soldiers from the bear clan in the north… they would need them.

“What are you looking at?” the soldier asks, his northern accent curling his syllables. He’s not even trying to hide it.

Bethany tucks her chin and steps out onto the balcony.

Surely the King’s Gamma doesn’t know that there are still bear soldiers lingering around the capital. Bethany has to find a way to tell him before things get even worse.

Chapter 96

Bethany keeps her head down, completing her work scrubbing the blood from the balcony while trying to not to panic about the very clearly bear soldiers still in the capital, posing as King’s guards. All the while, she waits for her chance to come forward and warn the Gamma about what she’s seeing.

After finishing cleaning, I head back into the Hall from the balcony. Gamma George is there, speaking with a few guards, some I recognize, but most are barely disguised bear-clan soldiers.

“What do you mean you can’t find the body?” George snaps.

Bethany, wanting to eavesdrop, immediately begins cleaning nearby. No one seems to pay her any mind. Not George, not the bear-clan soldiers, and not even the guards she knows.

As a slave, she’s basically invisible in the room. At least to them.

Bethany locks eyes with another slave, who gives her a silent, worried look.

The head guard George is talking to, stands at attention, his face carefully passive. “We’ve searched the entirety of the premises. Every alley. Every house. No one can account for the King’s body.”

“Then he might still be alive,” George says and curses. “I’ve already told half the kingdom that he is dead.”

“No one could survive that fall,” the head guard argues. “And all those silver bullets…”

“Do not underestimate him,” George says. “That devil has been a thorn in my side for years. I won’t believe he’s actually gone until I have his head on a pike.”

Hope springs through Bethany’s chest. If George believes the King might still be alive, then maybe Harper is too.

Yet at the same time… how deep does this corruption go, if even the Gamma worked with the bears to oust King Caleb?

“You there,” snaps one of the guards. “I don’t see you working…”

“Ignore the slaves,” George says. “They’ll follow orders no matter who is in charge.” He laughs. “They are probably as glad as the rest of us to see the king go.”

A few of the guards and soldiers laugh along with him.

Bethany hurries to continue working so as to not draw any more attention. If she keeps her ear to the ground, maybe she can find a way to help Harper and the King…

……

Meanwhile……

I go through all the cabinets upstairs and manage to find a plain dress that fits well enough – at least, if I tighten the sash around the waist. There’s some linen pants and flannel tops that look like they might fit Caleb too. I’m hesitant to take them downstairs though, still avoiding him.

It’s unsettling, seeing Caleb brought so low. He might still see himself as a King, but broken and weary on that couch, unable to even lift himself, he’s anything but.

Maybe I’m hiding up here like a coward, but it’s better than facing the uncertainty that waits for me down below. Still, the man should have clean clothes, so with a deep settling inhale, I take to the stairs.

When I finally make it down to the living room once more, Caleb is asleep, his head pressed into the corner of the couch. His chest rises and falls lightly with his deep breathing.

He is peaceful like this, so I choose not to wake him. Instead, I leave the clothes I found for him on the coffee table and step outside of the house. It’s already dark again.

How much things can change in a day.

Not wanting to disturb Caleb, I take up one of the rickety rocking chairs on the front porch. I’ve been awake for a long time now, so as soon as I rest my bones, my eyes grow heavy too. Before long, I’m drifting off to sleep right there on the porch.

I feel something warm in the night. When I wake up again, I’m on the couch, and the sun is creeping in through the windows. There’s voices on the front porch, but they are familiar.

Tristan and Caleb, talking lightly. I also notice that the clothes I left on the coffee table for Caleb are gone.

Standing from the couch, I cross the room, closer to the door.

“You can’t just go back storming through the gates,” Tristan says. “We don’t know the state of anything right now. George could be expecting you. He could have you killed on sight.”

“He’ll have to try harder if he wants to kill me,” Caleb says. Then, in a gruffer tone, he adds, “Do not forget you speak to your King, Beta. Just because I am wearing these ridiculous clothes.”

“Of course, King Caleb. With all due respect, you assigned me as your Beta in part because of my observations and judgements. It’s only out of concern for your well-being that I’m telling you, you walking back into the capital right now is asinine.”

“I am capable,” Caleb says.

“You need to rest,” I say, from the doorway to the house. I can’t stand listening to this anymore. Caleb can’t be out there, gallivanting around like he’s at 100%. “You nearly died. If you go back there, the exertion alone might kill you, even if the bear clan doesn’t.”

Caleb turns to look at me, incredulous, from where he sits on the rocking chair. When he looks back to Tristan, who is leaning against one of the support beams at the edge of the porch, Tristan shrugs.

“She’s not wrong,” Tristan says.

“Whether she is or isn’t, I don’t need anyone else to tell me how I feel,” Caleb grumbles, more grumpy than belligerent now.

I don’t point out, though I think, that he clearly does need someone to tell him when enough is enough. Before I said anything, he was ready to go back to the capital, guns blazing, like he wouldn’t pass out from exhaustion almost instantly.

When he returns to the capital, he needs to be healthy.

“Allow me to return to the capital in your stead,” Tristan says. He’s known Caleb for longer than me, and clearly knows how to make suggestions to Caleb to help guide him to the correct choices, without insulting him.

“They’ll kill you too,” Caleb says.

“Only if they spot me. I’m not going to make my presence known. What I’m suggesting is purely reconnaissance. I’ll go in, find out what’s going on. When we have more answers about what’s happening there, we can formulate a more sound attack strategy.”

Caleb nods in agreement.

“I’m not sure this is a good idea…” I say, with hesitation. Tristan and I aren’t friends, exactly, but I do care whether he lives or dies. We are allies in this. I don’t like seeing him put himself in danger. “What if you are spotted?”

Caleb frowns, but doesn’t say anything.

Tristan, meanwhile, looks at me with determination hardening his eyes. “No one at any of the locations I visited today knew what was happening inside of the capital. The only people who know are the people who are there. It’s fine and well for us to hide away while we can, but we can’t do this forever. Nor can we go back blindly.”

I understand what he’s saying: he doesn’t have any choice.

“Harper is right to have fears, Tristan,” Caleb says. “We need your eyes and ears at the capital, but I insist you be cautious. Not just for yourself but for all of us.”

Tristan bows low. “I will not fail you, King Caleb.”

Without another word, he turns and hurries away. There’s a new car parked beside the house. It’s a beat-up old sedan, yet still in better shape than the bullet-ridden car we used for an escape.

At the door, Tristan nods to both Caleb and I. Then, he enters the car and drives away.

I can’t help but worry that I won’t ever see him again.

Chapter 97

My main worry is for Tristan and his safety on his dangerous mission. My second worry, however, is for myself, as I’m now alone with him in this farmhouse. There are no other slaves or servants. No cooks. No cleaners. No other harem women to sate his needs – although that makes me more pleased than concerned, for reasons I don’t want to think about.

Undoubtedly, he is going to wish for me to fulfill the duties of all the other servants.

Almost immediately, my fears are realized.

“Consort. Make breakfast. Tristan brought groceries when he returned. I expect you know how to throw a meal together.”

I do, but it annoys me that he assumed that.

He’s injured, I remind myself, so that I will hold my temper. Besides, I am technically his servant still, even if we are outside the capital. I’m also hungry too.

In the kitchen, I find the pantry stocked. There’s no electricity in this house, but there is an old wood burning stove and an ice box. Both of which are stocked with wood and ice.

I could finagle a quick breakfast with modern appliances, but these antiques take me much longer to sort out. Why is it so difficult to start a fire on the wood stove? You’d think one match would do it.

Half an hour late, I’ve managed to start a fire, though I’m covered in splotches of old soot from having pushed the wood around so much.

The eggs and bacon are heating up now though, so that’s something.

Caleb storms in, demanding, “How long does it take to cook an egg?”

“Longer than you’d think, with the equipment I’m working with,” I tell him.

“I don’t see the problem,” he says.

“These kinds of stoves haven’t been used in over a hundred years,” I say, glaring back at him.

He leans against one of the nearby counters, his arms crossed, his eyes narrowed with annoyance. His face, even irritated is handsome as ever, which is incredibly frustrating, but it’s his body that takes my breath away.

That flannel shirt and linen pants that I had found upstairs that I thought might fit him are decidedly too small. They stretch across his wide shoulders. Every curve of muscle down his torso is on delicious display. Those pants are so tight, I can clearly make out the outline of his dick – which twitches under my gaze.

“My eyes are up here, servant,” he says, though he’s smirking now, the bastard. “And you’re burning the eggs.”

“Shit!” I gasp, removing the pan from the heat of the stovetop. The eggs are overdone, but the bacon isn’t thoroughly cooked yet. The stovetop isn’t cooking evenly. I’ll have to remember that in the future.

In a hurry, I dump the eggs onto a pair of plates and then return the pan, with only bacon now, to the stovetop. If I’m having this much trouble with the stove, I have no idea how I’m ever going to get the oven to work.

I rub my forehead, realizing too late that I’ve smeared my soot-coated hands across my forehead.

“Here,” Caleb says, suddenly beside me. He cups my jaw with one hand while reaching up with the other, holding a towel, and gently wipes the soot off of my face. “A servant of mine shouldn’t look like she fell out of a chimney.”

For a moment, he seems almost… softer somehow. I try to envision him doing this with anyone else and come up short. But then, like he realizes himself that this is not to his character, he backs away and tosses the towel at my chest.

“Clean yourself up. It insults me for you to be such a mess in my presence.”

“We’re in a farmhouse with no electricity and water we have to get from a pump,” I say. I don’t want to admit that I’m hurt by his sudden turnabout, but it still hurts all the same. “I’m doing my best.”

“Do better,” he says. Grabbing his plate of eggs, he eyes the kitchen table, but likely recalling what happened there, he instead returns to where he had leaned when he first entered the kitchen.

I look away back to the bacon. By the time it’s finished, he’s ready for more eggs. I offer him mine, which I haven’t even started eating yet.

He frowns at them. “Those are cold by now. You wouldn’t have your king eating cold food, would you?”

At that moment, I want to smash it into his face.

Patience, I plead with myself and crack open a couple more eggs.

By the time I manage to get to my own breakfast, it’s all cold. Still, I’m hungry enough to eat it all down, even as I silently resent Caleb for it.

He leaves his dirty plate on the counter and heads back to the couch in the living room.

Later, after cleaning the dishes, some of the house, and myself, I head outside to check on the state of the garden. Tristan left us with enough food for a few weeks, but without knowing how long we might stay here, I think it’s smart to have a renewable source of food. Especially because I’ve seen Caleb eyeing that icebox. I don’t trust him not to accidentally leave it open.

I’m not sure the King has ever stepped foot in a kitchen before in his entire life.

The garden is small, but has a variety of vegetables planted. Some, like the potatoes, are even close to being done. It’s just a little overgrown, is all. With some love and care, this garden could flourish again.

Rolling up my sleeves, I set to work pulling out the more invasive of weeds. Tall grasses have infested most of the garden, so it’s slow- going work.

I’m only halfway through when Caleb ambles out of the house. From the porch, he calls down to me. “Servant. I want a glass of cold water.”

“I put some water in the icebox,” I tell him as I continue my work. “It should be cool by now.”

“That means nothing to me. I am telling you to get me a glass of water.”

I should, probably, even though it is a menial task that he is perfectly capable of doing on his own. But I’m more concerned right now with making sure we can survive on our own, isolated as we are, than I am about catering to his every need.

“I’m busy,” I say.

An eerie kind of silence follows. Then, he asks, “What did you just say to me?” Every word is stunted as if spoken through his teeth.

“Who knows how long it will take Tristan to return,” I say. “We need a garden.”

“That is not a concern of mine,” he says. “That is for you to worry about.”

Anger flashes hot within me. At the moment, I take it out on the weeds, yanking them with more ferocity now. “It will be a concern to us both if we run out of food.”

“Servant,” Caleb says, his voice low now. A tone like that I might have feared in the capital, but here in the countryside, I am too tired, hungry, and irritated to be afraid of him. “Water. Now.”

Knees in the dirt, I swivel to face him. “Get it yourself.”

Chapter 98

For a brief moment, Caleb’s entire face goes slack with shock. In that instant, I feel vindicated, like maybe he’ll learn something new.

However, in the next second, his face hardens instead. His words like ice, he says, “What did you just say to me?”

On any other day, maybe I would have backed down. The Alpha is intimidating when he’s pissed off. Even now, I feel a tremor of fear zips down my spine.

But fear isn’t the only thing I feel. A kindling of defiance has always simmered inside of my soul, ever since my disgrace. It comes forward now and then, usually to get me in trouble before I can suppress it once more to keep the peace.

Right now, that defiance burns like a bonfire.

Maybe it’s the near freedom that comes from being in this place. Maybe it’s the confidence that Caleb can’t kill me here unless he wants to leave himself entirely servant-less. I imagine he’d be dead in two days, not knowing how to pour his own ice water.

Whatever the cause, the defiance is there, bright and hot, and it won’t be silenced any longer.

“I said, get it yourself,” I tell him, enunciating each word slowly so that there can be no confusion.

He steps down from the porch, moving toward me with his long, kingly strides. I stand up to meet him, unwilling to kneel before him now.

He glowers down at me, his upper lip curled in disgust. Curiously, at the same time, the ice thaws in his eyes, and his own fire seems to spark there, hot and dangerous.

“I am your King,” he says, his voice a deep growl. The shivers that tone of voice gives me are entirely different than fear, but I press down on those feelings, restraining them. This is not the right time to be horny.

“Out here, it’s just the two of us,” I tell him, steel in my voice. I want him to know that he can yell and demand and posture all he likes, it won’t make a difference. “Look around, you are the king of nothing but weeds and an old farmhouse. I cannot maintain this place entirely on my own while also catering to your ever meager needs. You know where the icebox is. I’m busy trying to help us survive out here.”

“You can stop your work to tend to my needs. It is your duty as my servant.”

I shake my head. “If you don’t start pulling your own weight around here, I’m going to walk off and leave you here. How would that be? We’ll see how long the king can last on his own. Do you even know how to work a stove?”

“Do not mock me,” he says furiously. Inching closer, he towers over me, glaring down the length of his nose at me.

“You won’t care if I walk off then,” I snap, unwilling to be intimidated. “A king should be able to stand on his own.”

In a flash, Caleb reaches out and grabs me, clutching the front of my dress in his fists.

“Until Tristan returns, it will take both of us to survive out here,” I tell him, squawking slightly now as he lifts me up off my feet. My voice turns pleading. Why can’t he understand? “I can’t do it all alone. You have to pull your own weight!”

A deep growl escapes the back of Caleb’s throat. For a moment, I brace myself, because he looks mad as hell and like he might just throw me across the meadow.

But then, his gaze shifts, and he looks down at the garden beneath us and its sorry state.

“You expect this… to grow our food?” Caleb asks. Slowly, he lowers me down to my feet.

When my feet touch the ground, I breathe easy again. “It’s already growing some. We just need to help it.”

Caleb releases his hands from my dress and takes a half-step back. His anger has simmered now into mere annoyance – and skepticism. “Show me.”

That’s… odd. I was expecting more fights from him. At the very least, I thought he might just storm off and leave me alone. But now he wants to… help?

Maybe my words got through to him. Does he now see how important it is for us to work together to survive?

Containing my pride, I return to my work in the dirt, showing him how to grab the weeds and remove them, while also being cautious of the plants we want to save.

“If you expose the roots, make sure to cover them again with fresh soil.”

He watches for a time, then bends down and, with a disgusted look on his face, digs his hands into the dirt to uproot a rather nasty weed. I’ve seen this man covered in blood and gore. I’ve seen him commit torture and other terrible acts, all with a straight face.

But it’s the dirt under his fingernails that has him looking the most disgusted.

He removes a few weeds as I showed him, but then seems to grow impatient and starts pulling faster and at random.

“Stop!” I tell him quickly before he can uproot a carrot.

“What?” he says shortly, throwing me a look of frustration.

“That’s a carrot,” I say.

Looking down, he slowly releases the death grip he had on that carrot. “They look the same…”

“Perhaps if you stick with the grasses,” I suggest. “The grasses don’t look like any vegetables.”

He looks at his hands. Even from where I am, I can see the dirt caked into his skin at the bends of his fingers and palms.

“My hands are not built for such gentle work,” he says. “I am built to rule, not to… tend gardens…”

“It’s an adjustment. It will take time.”

“I am a king,” he says, the annoyance returning tenfold to his voice. “I should not have to adjust.”

“Caleb,” I start.

“Do not address me so informally,” he snaps, as he pushes himself back to his feet. “Whether we are here or anywhere else, I am still your King, and you will treat me with respect and dignity.” He looks at his hands again. “Dignity…” he repeats with distain, then huffs a sharp breath.

Before I can think of what to say to him, my own anger flaring, he storms off, not in the direction of the house, but through a part of the meadow, headed toward the nearest line of trees..

I let him go, glaring after him. He’s made such a mess of the garden, it’s probably for the best that he just gives up.

It will be a miracle if we survive out here for any length of time without killing each other. Or starving to death. At this rate, I think killing each other will come first.

For a time, I continue my work on my own, weeding most of the garden. Yet, the longer I work, and the longer Caleb takes to return, the more I wonder if I wasn’t patient enough with him.

He is a king, after all. He’s likely always had servants tending to his every whim, so he wouldn’t know how to use a stove or an ice box or how to weed a garden.

That he helped at all today shows a willingness to learn, to do his part, and to pull his own weight.

Maybe tending the garden isn’t the right task for him, but we can try other things…

I should apologize, I realize. Or at least, offer some suggestions of things he could help with that he might excel at.

Gods know where he wandered off too. He is coming back… right?

Nervous now, I abandon my work to follow the path he took, across the meadow and through the trees. There, I hear the sounds of rushing water. I follow the noise to find a river.

In that river, stands Caleb.

Entirely naked.

Chapter 99

Caleb’s wounds are healing nicely. That’s the first thing I think looking at Caleb’s chest. The second is much less innocent.

As much as I want to hate Caleb, and as many viable reasons as I have to do so, his body always manages to provide an excellent counterpoint. He may only be an alpha werewolf, but he is built like a god. Wide shoulders taper to a narrow waist, only to expand out again with shapely rounded glutes.

And all of it is on perfect, wet display for me now.

Caleb’s attention is fixed on something in the water, his hands curled loosely above the water.

Then, in a flash, even faster than I can see, he darts his hands into the water, scoops out a fish, and tosses it onto the shore right at my feet.

For a moment, the building heat inside of me wanes, only so I can be so thoroughly impressed. He’d moved quickly as lightning.

“How did you do that?” I ask.

He smirks at me. “I’m an Alpha,” he says with all the confidence in the world. I want to mock him but I’m actually glad this endeavor has rebuilt his spirits after his frustration with the garden. “Do you want to try to learn?”

“I’m not an Alpha,” I say. “I’m not even a wolf.”

His smirk widens. “We’ll put you to the test, then. See how much you are capable of.”

He’s baiting me. I hate that it’s working. I’m not one to back down from a challenge.

I kick off my shoes and then step into the water at the river’s edge.

Caleb clucks his tongue. “Don’t come in here with that dress. The current isn’t much but it will feel twenty times heavier with that skirt holding you down.” Mischief sparks in his eyes. “Unless you want me to rescue you.”

Annoyed, I start unbuttoning the front buttons of the dress, then untie the sash at the waist. When it’s loose enough, I lower it down over my body and step out of it. Embarrassment brings heat to my cheeks, but I try to ignore it, reminding myself that my underwear still covers most of me.

I step into the river once more, only for Caleb to cluck in disapproval once more.

“There’s no sense in wetting your panties and bra. It would make for an uncomfortable walk home,” he says.

He’s right and I hate that. Still, I hesitate. He’s seen me naked before, many times, but I still feel shy, more than normal. Maybe because we are outside, and not in the bedroom. And the activity we have planned isn’t sex.

“Although your panties are already wet, so I can understand your hesitation,” he says smugly, making a show of scenting the air.

Alpha bastards and their heightened senses. Yes, my body reacted to seeing him naked, but I shouldn’t be punished for it. Though,

admittedly, even now, my pussy is creating fresh dampness at the thought of being naked with Caleb.

Frustrated by my own body, I hurriedly remove my bra and panties and leave them on top of my dress.

Turning back to the water, I make the mistake of looking at Caleb and find him staring at my nakedness with hooded eyes. When he looks at my breasts, my nipples harden. When that gaze lowers to the apex of my thighs, I shift, aching to feel him inside of me.

No. He is going to teach me how to fish and I need to focus on that. Keeping that thought at the forefront of my mind, I step into the water. He doesn’t correct me this time, so I continue, wading through the thigh-high waters until I’m closer to him.

He could grab me if he wanted to, yank me to him and kiss the life out of me. Instead, he instructs me.

“Stand like this, with your feet slightly further apart. You don’t want to stumble when you are forced to move quickly,” he says.

Disappointment flushes through me, and I hate myself for it. Caleb showed me what to do is what should be happening. Sex was never the intention here, no matter how hot my body was for him.

I inch my legs apart. “Like this?”

He stares at the junction of my thighs, just above the water. “Perfect.”

Heat burns my face, scorching, until he looks away, down to the face of the water. He sets his hands as he did before, with the side of his palms over the water.

I mimic the motion.

“No. You have to keep your fingers curled. You’ll be making a net with your hands,” he says.

I try to follow his instructions, but I still can’t manage.

“No,” he says again. With a sigh, he wades through the water closer

to me. “Like this,” he says. Taking point behind me, he wraps his arms around me so that his hands can fit around the outsides of my hands. He curls my fingers one by one.

Meanwhile, his torso is lining my entire back. His cock is hardening, twitching against my ass.

It’s exceedingly difficult to concentrate.

Caleb, however, despite his dick’s growing interest, maintains his focus.

He moves my hands with his own, pushing down under the water, then closing almost beneath the fish. We lift, flinging the fish into the air, but my last minute hesitation causes the fish to land short of the shore. It flops harmlessly back into the water.

I’ve never moved my arms that quickly. They sting a little from the exertion of it.

“I don’t think I’m built for this particular job,” I tell him.

His arms are still around me, his hands covering my hands.

“No, I suppose not,” he says, his lips near my ear, his breath hot on my earlobe. “Fortunately, you have other talents.”

I swallow thickly. Does he mean sex or gardening?

His dick throbs, nearly all the way hard now, nudging at the swell of my ass.

Guiding my hands with his own, he brings them up so that my palms press flat against my own breasts.

“Caleb…” I whisper, trepidation in my voice.

“No one is here. No one can see you but me,” he says, his voice a warm rumble in my ear.

“But your wounds…” I say, even weaker. The walls I built to keep him out are crumbling.

“I’m stronger every minute.” He abandons one of my hands, leaving it on my breast, as he starts to trail a hand down the length of my front, down over my stomach, lower still to my mound. “Every second.”

“Caleb,” I gasp, as he pushes two fingers through my folds, searching for and then quickly, expertly, finding my clit.

“I can make you scream out here, and no one will hear you. Here, we can both let ourselves go…”

Both?

I glance over my shoulder at him, to see the heat as well as that strange softness in his eyes.

As if seeing the question in my gaze, he answers, “A King must always uphold decorum, even in the bedroom. Out here, I don’t have to hold myself back.”

I swallow thickly, wondering what he could possibly have left to give that I haven’t already seen when I’ve already been so thoroughly satisfied. Whatever it is, the promise of it sparks new electricity through me.

“What do you say, Harper? Do you want to see me unchained?”

I do. So much, in fact, that I swivel in his arms and jump up against him in anticipation.

He mustn’t have been expecting me to do that, or he wasn’t prepared for the sudden weight.

Either way, we both topple, crashing down under the water.

Chapter 100

The shock of water up my nose cools my passions enough for fear to set in. What have I done? I basically shoved Caleb under the water. He’s going to be furious. He’s going to –

My rush of thoughts is abruptly halted as Caleb yanks me up and out of the water. I brace myself, expecting to be yelled at. Instead, his chest shakes against my ear as a sound I’ve never heard before – at least not genuinely escaping his lips.

He’s… laughing.

I look up at him to be sure, and…yes. His lips are curled up, his eyes squinting slightly, his mouth open. Genuine booming laughs, bright and happy, are coming out of him.

If I wasn’t seeing it for myself right at this moment, I wouldn’t believe it.

He’s happy. He’s playful. He’s… having fun?

Cradling me against his chest, bridal style, he carries me to the edge of the river. Once there, he lowers me down onto his stretched-out flannel shirt.

Unlike where I had left my clothes in a neat pile, Caleb had left his shirt stretched out as far as it would go, almost like… he’d been expecting this scenario. His eyes flash once more with mischief. He had been expecting this. Or maybe hoping for it.

“Caleb…” I don’t know what to think, or what to expect from this sudden, strange, happy version of him.

It makes me weak. If he was like this all the time, he’d never receive an ounce of defiance from me.

I thought him handsome when he was grumpy, yet a happy Caleb is like looking into the sun. He’s so perfect that it makes my heart hurt.

Is this what he meant by unchained? That he could finally let himself show his true feelings, even when those feelings weren’t upset or annoyance.

“Were you trying to escape me, by pushing me under the water?” he says, his voice a more playful growl, upbeat. “You should know better. You cannot escape me or my desires.” His gaze trails down along the length of my wet body. Gripping my knees, he pushes them apart, then places himself into the new space between them. “The King always gets what he wants.”

Today, I’m so hot for this man that I don’t even feel like pretending to be disinterested. “Then take what you want, my King,” I say, egging him on. “Show me what it means for the King to be unchained.”

His eyes darken, overflowing with wanton lust, mirroring, I imagine, my own. I drop my knees farther, stretching so far that they are down into the grass.

Caleb leans back on his knees. With his thumbs, he reaches down and pulls apart my lower lips, revealing my clit and my entrance – the entrance that’s dripping in my lust for him.

He openly sniffs the air, scenting my desire. “You smell so fucking good.”

Suddenly, his eyes flash red, and his canines start to extend.

“Caleb,” I say with alarm.

“Easy,” he says, soothing me. “I’m in control.”

Glancing down, I see that the rest of his has stayed human. Only his eyes and those two sharp teeth have changed. Perhaps this is what he means by unchained… letting his wolf have a taste.

Caleb lines himself up with my entrance and pushes himself inside, he receives no friction along the way. My pussy has been preparing for this moment since I stepped up to the riverbank and saw him naked.

Now, it feels like home as he slides all the way inside. This is how things should be. With him filling me, making me his.

“Caleb…” I say, half-moan, half-sigh. Gone is my ability to formulate actual words. With him inside of me, I can only think of his name again and again, like my mind is on a loop of base desire.

Caleb is what I want. He’s what I need.

Then he starts to move. Slowly, he drags his hips backward. I grab at his shoulders, desperate to keep him close, but he leans farther back out of reach. I whimper and he tsks at me.

“Grab your tits,” he says. “Like we did in the river. Play with those nipples. Give yourself pleasure while I fuck you like an animal.”

At once, I raise my hands. Cupping my breasts, I flick my thumbs across my nipples, sending zips of pleasure through me.

“Good,” he says. “Don’t stop. I want a show.”

With that, he snaps his hips, moving as quickly as he had in the river, so quick I could almost not see him move. But Gods, could I feel it.

I drop my head back, my mouth falling open. Again, he drags himself almost all the way out, slow as can be, before – snap – back in inside of me.

“If you stop, I stop,” Caleb commands. His hands grab me around the ass, lifting my lower half as he presses himself up further on his knees, giving himself more leverage. “Touch those tits, Harper.”

I try to obey, massaging the swell of my breasts while flicking my thumbs over my nipples.

He pulls out again – slowly and instantly plunges himself back in. His dick presses hard against the sensitive spot inside of me, and I gasp, unable to catch my breath. My surprise has me clamping down on my nipples, sending another rush of pleasure through me.

It’s almost unbearable. Too much, so close to pain, but still on the right side of pleasure.

A low growl emerges from the back of Caleb’s throat. His red eyes take mine prisoner. He bites at me like he wants to dig his teeth into my neck and claim me. That would make me his mate forever. He won’t do it, but his instincts want him to send fresh excitement and satisfaction through me.

In another lifetime, maybe I could be his. Gods, the thought makes me wild.

I curl my legs around his waist, begging him to continue with my heels against his ass.

He must sense my desire because the next pull out of me is as fast as the following plunge back inside.

He’s bucking inside of me with lightning speed, in and out, faster than I can see.

“Ahhh… Ah! Aaa-ah! Ah! Ca-leb! Caleb!!”

He growls in response, his fingers turning clawlike, biting into the meat of my ass. The pleasure-pain takes me further, I feel like I’m floating.

He doesn’t let up his pace, even as his growl heightens, and his grunts turn half-animal, half-man. I glance down in shock, but his body is still human. Yet, I could swear his dick is growing larger inside of me.

It’s too fast to see.

Smack, smack, smack, skin slaps across skin. His sweat drips down off his chin onto my equally sweaty skin.

I’m so close, I feel like I’m going to fly away. I give up holding my breasts, grabbing chunks of grass above my head instead. This lets my breasts loose to the inertia of his thrusts. They bounce with wild abandon, claiming his hungry eyes.

“Fuck. Fuck! Fuck, Harper. Fuck.”

“Ah! Ah! Gods, Caleb…AH!”

It’s so much, too much. I’m nearing the edge.

“Close!” I manage, between my gasps and my moans.

“Cum,” he growls with the full force of his Alpha voice.

The Alpha command crashes into me hard, maybe because he is so close to losing himself. Or maybe because I am. Either way, I’m thrown over the abyss, past the precipice of pleasure into something even further beyond.

Pure ecstasy.

Still, he presses inside of me. As I am, I’m nothing more than a blissed-out ragdoll, existing singularly for his pleasure. Then, his relentless pace starts to stutter.

“Harper…” he grunts with grit teeth. He’s holding himself back.

Why hold himself back? I thought I was going to have him unchained? Can he sense some form of hesitation on my part?

“Give it to me,” I tell him, more in instinct, than with clear-headed thought. “I want it, Caleb!”

That’s enough to send him over the edge. He plunges deep. Then, at the last moment, he pulls out and comes in thick hot strips all over my body.

Lifting his head back, he howls.

お金金

SEND GIFT or GCASH: +63.936.139.8714

COMMENT

Subscribe

♡
Prev | Next